U.S. EPA Region IV Alabama ,1 I / I N i Ii . State Implementation Plan I 1- / /,‘ ..- .— / i J ------- ALABAMA AIR POLLUTION CON1ROL COMMISSION RULES AND REGULATIONS All regulations were adopted by the Alabama Air Pollution Control Commission on January 18, 1972, unless otherwise noted. Annotations are not a part of the regulations. An original copy of the resolution of the Alabama Air Pollution Control Commission adopting the original regulations and amendments thereto is available for public inspection and copying in the office of the Alabama Air Pollution Control Commission, 645 South McDonough Street, Montgomery, Al 36130. ------- TABLE OF CONTENTS ) ------- ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Division 335-3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 335-3-1 General Provisions 335-3-I-.01 Purpose 335-3-1-.02 Definitions 335-3-1-.03 Ambient Air Quality Standards 335-3-1-.04 Monitoring, Records, and Reporting. 335-3-1-.05 Sampling and Testing Methods. 335-3-1-.06 Compliance Schedule. 335-3-1-.07 Maintenance and Malfunction of Equipment Reporting. 335-3-1-.08 Prohibition of Air Pollution. 335-3-1-.09 Variances. 335-3-1-. 10 Circumvention. 335-3-1-.11 Severability. 335-3-1-.12 Bubble Provision. Chapter 335-3-2 Air Pollution Emergency 335-3-2-.01 Air Pollution Emergency. 335-3-2-.02 Episode Criteria. 335-3-2-.03 Special Episode Criteria 335-3-2-.04 Emission Reduction Plans. 335-3-2-.05 Two Contaminant Episode. 335-3-2-.06 General Episodes. 335-3-2-.07 Local Episodes. 335-3-2-.08 Other Sources. 335-3-2-.09 Other Authority Not Affected. Chapter 335-3-3 Control of Open Burning and Incineration. 335-3-3-.01 Open Burning. 335-3-3-.02 Incinerators. 335-3-3-.03 Incineration of Wood, Peanut, and Cotton Ginning Wastes. ------- Chapter 335-3-4 Control of Particulate Emissions. 335-3-4-.Ol Visible Emissions. 335-3-4-.02 Fugitive Dust and Fugitive Emissions. 335-3-4-.03 Fuel Burning Equipment. 335-3-4-.04 Process Industries - General. 335-3-4-.05 Small Foundry Cupola. 335-3-4-.06 Cotton Gins. 335-3-4-.07 Kraft Pulp Mills. 335-3-4-.08 Wood Waste Boilers. 335-3-4-.09 Coke Ovens. 335-3-4-.1O Primary Aluminum Plants. 335-3-4-.!! Cement Plants. 335-3-4-.12 Xylene Oxidation Process. 335-3-4-.13 Sintering Plants. 335-3-4-. 14 Grain Elevators. 335-3-4-.15 Secondary Lead Smelters. 335-3-4-. 16 Reserved. 335-3-4-.17 Steel Mills located in Etowah County. Chapter 335-3-5 Control or Sulfur Compound Emissions. 335-3-5-.O1 Fuel Combustion. 335 -3-5-.02 Sulfuric Acid Plants. 335-3-5-.03 Petroleum Production. 335-3-5-.04 Kraft Pulp Mills. 335-3-5-.05 Process Industries - General. ------- Chapter 335-3-6 Control of Organic Emissions. 335-3-6-.01 Applicability. 335-3-6-.02 VOC Water Separation. 335-3-6-.03 Loading and Storage of VOC. 335-3-6-.04 Fixed-Roof Petroleum Liquid Storage Vessels. 335-3-6-.05 Bulk Gasoline Plants. 335-3-6-.06 Bulk Gasoline Terminals. 335-3-6-.07 Gasoline Dispensing Facilities - Stage I. 335-3-6-.08 Petroleum Refinery Sources. 335-3-6-.09 Pumps and Compressors. 335-3-6-.10 Ethylene Producing Plants. 335-3-6-.!! Surface Coating. 335-3-6-.12 Solvent Metal Cleaning. 335-3-6-.13 Cutback Asphalt. 335.3-6-.14 Petition for Alternative Controls. 335-3-6-.!5 Compliance Schedules. 335-3-6-.!6 Test Methods and Procedures. 335-3-6-.17 Manufacture of Pneumatic Tires. 335-3-6-.18 Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products. 335-3-6-.19 Perchiorethylene Dry Cleaning Systems. 335-3-6-20 Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems. 335-3-6-21 Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment. 335-3-6-.22 Graphic Arts. 335-3-6-.23 Petroleum Liquid Storage In External Floating Roof Tanks. Chapter 335-3-7 Control of Carbon Monoxide Emissions 335-3-7-.01 Metals Production. 335-3-7-.02 Petroleum Processes. Chapter 335-3-8 Control of Nitrogen Oxide Emissions. 335-3-8-.01 New Combustion Sources. 335-3-8-.02 Nitric Acid Manufacturing. Chapter 335-3-9 Control of Emissions from Motor Vehicles 335-3-9-.0! Visible Emission Restriction for Motor Vehicles. 335-3-9-.02 Ignition System and Engine Speed. 335-3.9-.03 Crankcase Ventilation Systems. 335-3-9-.04 Exhaust Emission Control Systems. 335-3-9-.05 Evaporative Loss Control Systems. 335-3-9-.06 Other Prohibited Acts. 335-3-9-.07 Effective Date. ------- Chapter 335-3-10 Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources 335-3-1O-.O1 General. 335-3-1O-.02 Designated Standards of Performance. 335-3-1O-.03 Word or Phrase Substitutions. Chapter 335-3-11 National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 335-3-11-.O1 General. 33 5-3-1 1-.02 Designated Emission Standards. 33 5-3-1 1-.03 Word or Phrase Substitutions Chapter 335-3-12 Continuous Monitoring Requirements for Existing Sources. 335-3-12-.O1 General. 335-3-12-.02 Emission Monitoring and Reporting Requirements. 335-3-12-.03 Monitoring System Malfunction. 335-3-12-.04 Alternate Monitoring and Reporting Requirements. 335-3-12-.05 Exemptions and Extensions. Chapter 335-3-13 Control of Fluoride Emissions 335-3-13-.O1 General. 335-3-13-.02 Superphosphoric Acid Plants. 335-3-13-.03 Diammonium Phosphate Plants. 335-3-13-.04 Triple Superphosphate Plants. 335-3-13-.05 Granular Triple Superphosphate Storage Facilities. 335-3-13-.06 Wet Process Phosphoric Acid Plants Chapter 335-3-14 Permits 335-3-14-.O1 General. 335-3-14-.02 Permit Procedure. 335-3-14-.03 Standards for Granting Permits. 335-3-14-.04 Permits to Construct in Clean Air Areas ------- Appendix A Class I Counties. Appendix B - Sulfur Dioxide Priority Classifications of Counties. Appendix C - Environmental Protection Agency Regulation Referenced Documents for New Source Performance Standards and National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants. Appendix D - Nonattainment Areas. Appendix E - Attainment Areas - Ozone. Appendix 11.1 - Small Business Assistance Program Appendix 11.2 - Emissions Statements for Ozone Nonattainment Areas Appendix F - Maintenance Plan for Leeds Area ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3.1 General Provisions Table Of Contents 335-3-1-.01 Purpose 335-3-1-.02 Definitions 335-3-1-.03 Ambient Air Quality Standards 335-3-1-.04 Monitoring, Records, and Reporting. 335-3-1-.05 Sampling and Testing Methods. 335-3-1-.06 Compliance Schedule. 335-3-1-.07 Maintenance and Malfunction of Equipment; Reporting. 335-3-1-.08 Prohibition of Air Pollution. 335-3-1-.09 Variances. 335-3-1-.l0 Ciitumvention. 335-3-1-.1 1 Severability. 335-3-l-.12 Bubble Provision. 335-3-1-.O1 Purpose . The purpose of these rules and regulations is to protect and enhance the public health and welfare through the development and implementation of coordinated statewide programs for the prevention, abatement and control of air pollution. Author: Tommy E. Bryan Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: June 22, 1989 Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg. Oct. 31, 1989 Mar 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-1-1 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1-.02 Definitions Meaning of Terms. As used in these rules and regulations, terms shall have the meanings ascribed in this Rule. (a) “Act” shall mean the Alabama Air Pollution Control Act of 1971, Act No. 769, Regular Session, 1971. (d) “Air Contaminant” shall mean any solid, liquid, or gaseous matter, any odor, or any combination thereof, from whatever source. (e) “Air Pollution” shall mean the presence in the outdoor atmosphere of one or more air contaminants in such quantities and duration as are, or tend to be, injurious to human health or welfare, animal or plant life, or property, or would interfere with the enjoyment of life or property throughout the State and in such territories of the State as shall be affected thereby. (t) “Air Pollution Emergency” shall mean a situation in which meteorological conditions and/or contaminant levels in the ambient air reach or exceed the levels which may cause imminent and substantial endangerment to health. (h) “Capture System” shall mean the equipment (including hoods, ducts, fans, etc.) used to contain, capture, or transport a pollutant to a control device. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (i) “Chairman” shall mean the Chairman or, in his absence, the Vice Chairman of the Commission. (k) “Coating Applicator” shall mean an apparatus used to apply a surface coating. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (I) “Coating Line” shall mean one or more apparatus or operations which include a coating applicator, flash-off area, and oven wherein a surface is applied, dried, and/or cured. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (m) “Commenced” shall mean that an owner or operator has undertaken a continuous program of construction or modification or that an owner or operator has entered into a binding agreement or contractual obligation to undertake and complete, within a reasonable time, a continuous program of construction or modification. (n) “Commission” shall mean the ‘Air Pollution Control Commission of the State of Alabama” established by the Act. (o) “Construction” shall mean fabrication, erection, or installation of an affected facility. (p) “Continuous Vapor Control System” shall mean a vapor control system that treats vapors displaced from tanks during filling on a demand basis without intermediate accumulation. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (ci) “Control Device” shall mean any device which has the function of controlling the emissions from a process, fuel-burning, or refuse-burning device and thus reduces the creation of or the emission of air contaminants into the atmosphere, or both. (r) “Control Regulation” shall mean a legally enforceable emission control strategy. 335-3-1-2 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (s) “Control Strategy” shall mean a collection of various emission standards selected for the difference categories of sources. (t) “County Classification” shall mean the designation Class I County or Class 2 County. All facilities, plants, or other installations shall be subject to the restrictions on air pollution emissions specific to the county classification of the county in which they are located. 1. A “Class 2 County” shall mean a county in which: (i) More than 50 percent of the county population resides in a non-urban place, as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce Census Bureau of 1970. (ii) No secondary National Ambient Air Quality Standards are being exceeded, based on 1971 air quality measurements. 2. A “Class 1 County” shall mean a county in which the conditions of either subparagraph (a)(l) or (a)(2) above or both are not met. (u) “Day” shall mean a twenty-four (24) hour period beginning at midnight. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (v) “Director” shall mean the Director of the Division of Air Pollution Control of the Department of Public Health which is established by the Act. (w) “Effluent Water Separator” shall mean any tank, box, sump, or other container in which any volatile organic compound floating on or entrained or contained in water entering such tank, box, sump, or other container is physically separated and removed from such water prior to outfall, drainage, or recovery of such water. (x) “Emission” shall mean a release into the outdoor atmosphere of air contaminants. (y) “Employee” shall mean any employee of the Commission or Division. (z) “Existing Source” shall mean any source in operation or on which construction has commenced on the date of initial adoption of an applicable rule or regulation; except that any existing source which has undergone modification after the date of initial adoption of an applicable rule or regulation, shall be reclassified and reconsidered a new source. (aa) “Federal Act” shall mean the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq.) as last amended, and as may hereafter be amended. (Amended July 26, 1972) (bb) “Flash-Off Area” shall mean the space between the application area and the oven. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (cc) “Fuel-Burning Equipment” shall mean any equipment, device, or contrivance and all appurtenances thereto, including ducts, breechings, fuel-feeding equipment, ash removal equipment, combustion controls stacks, and chimney, used primarily, but not exclusively, to burn any fuel for the purpose of indirect heating in which the material being heated is not contracted by and adds no substance to the product of combustion. 335-3-1-3 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (dd) “Fugitive Dust” shall mean solid air-borne particulate matter emitted from any source other than a flue or stack. (ee) “Gasoline” shall mean a petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor pressure of 27.6 KPA (4 psia) or greater and used as a fuel for internal combustion engines. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (if) “Heat Available” shall mean the aggregate heat content of all fuels whose products of combustion pass through a stack or stacks. (gg) “Hydrocarbons” shall mean any organic compound of carbon and hydrogen only. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (hh) “Incinerator” shall mean any equipment, device, or contrivance and all appurtenances thereof used for the destruction by burning of solid, semi-solid, liquid, or gaseous combustible wastes. (ii) “Intermediate Vapor Control System” shall mean a vapor control system that employs an intermediate vapor holder to accumulate vapors displaced from tanks during filling. The control device treats the accumulated vapors only during automatically controlled cycles. (adopted April 3, 1979) (jj) “Loading Rack” means an aggregation or combination of gasoline loading equipment arranged so that all loading outlets in the combination can be connected to a tank truck or trailer parked in a specified loading space. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (kk) “Maximum Process Weight Per Hour” shall mean the equipment manufacturer’s or designer’s guaranteed maximum (whichever is greater) process weight per hour. (II) “Model year” shall mean the annual production period of new motor vehicles designated by the calendar year in which such period ends, provided that if the manufacturer does not so designated vehicles manufactured by him, the model year with respect to such vehicle shall mean the twelve-month period beginning January 1 of the year specified herein. (Adopted July 26, 1972) (mm) “Modification” shall mean any physical change in, or change in the method of operation of, an affected source which increases the amount of any air contaminant (to which a rule or regulation applies) emitted by such source or which results in the emission of any air contaminant (to which a rule or regulation applies) not previously emitted, except that: (1) Routine maintenance, repair, and replacement shall not be considered physical changes, and (2) The following shall not be considered a change in the method of operation: (i) An increase in the production rate; (ii) An increase in the hours of operation; (iii) Use of an alternative fuel or raw material. (nn) “Motor Vehicle” shall mean every self-propelled device in or upon or by which any person or property is, or may be, transported or drawn upon a public highway. (Adopted July 26, 1972) 335-3-1-4 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (oo) “New Source” shall mean any source built or installed on or after the date of initial adoption of any applicable rule or regulation, and any source existing at said stated time which later undergoes modification. Any source moved to another premise involving a change of location after the date of initial adoption of an applicable rule or regulation shall be considered a new source. (qq) “Odor” shall mean smells or aromas which are unpleasant to persons or which tend to lessen human food and water intake, interfere with sleep, upset appetite, produce irritation of the upper respiratory tract, or cause symptoms or nausea, or which by their inherent chemical or physical nature or method or processing are, or may be, detrimental or dangerous to health. Odor and smell are used interchangeably herein. (rr) “Opacity” shall mean the obscuration to an observer’s view produced by smoke on any color that is equivalent to an obscuration by smoke of a shade specified in the Ringelmann Smoke Chart published by the United States Bureau of Mines. [ 1’HIS IS THE DEFINITION IN THE ORIGINAL REGULATIONS] (ss) “Open Burning” shall mean the burning of any matter in such a manner that the products of combustion resulting from the burning are emitted directly into the ambient air without passing through an adequate stack, duct, or chimney. (tt) “Operating time” shall mean the number of hours per year that a source conducts operations. (uu) “Organic Material” shall mean a chemical compound of carbon excluding carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides or carbonates, and ammonium carbonate. (adopted April 3, 1979) (vv) “Oven” shall mean a chamber within which heat is used to bake, cure, polymerize, and/or dry a surface coating. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (ww) “Owner or Operator” shall mean any person who owns, leases, operates, controls, or supervises an affected facility, article, machine, equipment, other contrivance, or source. (zz) “Petitioner” shall mean any person who petitions the Commission pursuant to Section 12 of the act and in accordance with Rule 335-3-1-.09 of the rules and Regulations. (aaa) “PM 10 ” means particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter less than or equal to a nominal 10 micrometers as measured by a reference method based on 40 CFR 50, Appendix J, and designated in accordance with 40 CFR 53, or by an equivalent method designated in accordance with 40 CFR 53. (ddd) “Priority Classification” shall mean Air Quality Control Region Pollutant Priority Classifications set forth in 40 CFR 52. (eec) “Process” shall mean any action, operation, or treatment of materials, including handling and storage thereof, which may cause discharge of an air contaminant or contaminants into the atmosphere, but excluding fuel burning and refuse burning. (ift) “Process Weight” shall mean the total weight in pounds of all materials introduced into any specific process which may cause any discharge into the atmosphere. 335-3-1-5 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (ggg) “Process Weight Per Hour” shall mean the total weight of all materials introduced into any specific process that may cause any discharge of particulate matter. Solid fuels charged will be considered as part of the process weight, but liquid and gaseous fuels and combustion air will not. For a cyclical or batch operation, the process weight per hour will be derived by dividing the total process weight by the number of hours in one complete operation from the beginning of any given process to the completion thereof, excluding any time during which the equipment is idle. For a continuous operation, the process weight per hour will be derived by dividing the process weight for a typical period of time by that time period. (hhh) “Refuse” shall mean matter consisting of garbage, rubbish, ashes, street debris, dead animals, abandoned vehicles, industrial wastes, demolition wastes, construction wastes, special wastes, or sewage treatment residue. (iii) “Reid Vapor Pressure” shall mean a vapor pressure specification for volatile organic crude oil and volatile nonviscous petroleum liquids excepting liquid petroleum gases as detemiined by American Society for Testing and Materials. The pressure approximates the absolute vapor pressure of the liquid. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (jjj) “Shutdown” shall mean the cessation of operation of affected source or emission control equipment. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (111) “Smoke” shall mean gas-borne particles resulting from incomplete combustion consisting predominantly, but not exclusively, of carbon, ashes, or other combustible materials. (mmm) “Soiling Index” shall mean a measure of the soiling properties of suspended particulates in air determined by drawing a measured volume of air through a known area of Whatman No. 4 filter paper for a measured period of time, expressed as COHs/1,000 linear feet. (ooo) “Source” shall mean any building, structure, facility, installation, article, machine, equipment, device, or other contrivance which emits or may emit any air contaminant. Any activity which utilizes abrasives or chemicals for cleaning or any other purpose (such as cleaning the exterior of buildings) which emits air contaminants shall be considered a source. (ppp) “Stack or ducts” shall mean any flue, duct, or other contrivance arranged to conduct emissions to the open air. (qqq) “Standard Conditions” shall mean a temperature of 20°C (68°F) and pressure of 760 millimeters of mercury (29.92 inches of mercury). (Adopted April 3, 1979) (rrr) “Startup” shall mean the setting in operation of an affected source for any puipose. (sss) “State” shall mean the State of Alabama. [ NOTE: THIS IS THE DEFINITION IN THE ORIGINAL REGULATIONS] (at) “Submerged Fill Pipe” shall mean any fill pipe, the discharge opening of which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is six (6) inches above the bottom of the tank; or when applied to a tank which is loaded from the side, shall mean any fill pipe, the discharge opening of which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is two times the fill pipe diameter, in inches, above the bottom of the tank. 335-3-1-6 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (uuu) “Topcoat” shall mean the final film of coating applied in a multiple coat operation. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (vvv) “Total Reduced Sulphur (IRS)” shall mean hydrogen sulfide, mercaptans, dimethyl sulfide, dimethyl disulfide, and any other organic sulfides present. (adopted July 26, 1972) (xxx) “True Vapor Pressure” shall mean the equilibrium partial pressure exerted by a petroleum liquid as determined in accordance with methods described in American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2597, “Evaporation Loss from Floating Roof Tanks,” 1962. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (www) “Total suspended particulate” means particulate matter as measured by the method described in 40 CFR 50, Appendix B. (zzz) “Vapor Collection Systems” shall mean a vapor transport system which uses direct displacement by the liquid loaded to force vapors from the tank into a vapor control system. (Adopted April 3, 1979) (aaaa) “Vapor Recovery System” shall mean a system that prevents release to the atmosphere of at least 90 percent by weight of organic compounds in the vapor displaced from a tank during the transfer of gasoline. (adopted April 3, 1979) (bbbb) “Violator” shall mean any person who is issued a citation by the commission or its authorized agent pursuant to section 17(e) of this act. (cccc) “Volatile Organic Compounds” (also denoted as VOC) mean any organic compound excluding methane, ethane, 1.1.1 trichlorethane (methyl chloroform) and trichlorotrifluomethane with a true vapor pressure of 1.5 psia or gieater under storage conditions. The procedures specified in the regulations supersede this definition. (Revised April 3, 1979) (dddd) “Vapor Collection System” shall mean a vapor transport system which uses direct displacement by the liquid loaded to force vapors from the tank into a vapor control system. (eeee) “Vapor Recovery System” shall mean a system that prevents release to the atmosphere of at least 90 percent by weight of organic compounds in the vapor displaced from a tank during the transfer of gasoline. (flit) “Violator” shall mean any person who is issued a citation by the Commission or its authorized agent pursuant to Section 17(e) and ( I) of the Act. (gggg) “Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)” shall mean any organic compound which participates in atmospheric photochemical reactions. This includes any such organic compound other than the following: Methane; Ethane; Methyl Chloroform (1,1,1-Trichloroethane); Methylene Chloride; CFC-11 (Trichiorofluommethane); CFC-12 (Dichlomdifluoro-methane); CFC-fl (Chlorodifluoromethane); FC-23 (Trifluoromethane); CFC.. 114 (Dichlorotetrafluoroethane); CFC-1 15 (Chloropentalluoroethane); HCFC- 123 (Dichlorotrifluoroethane); HCFC-124 (2-Chloro-1 ,1 , 1 ,2.tetratluoroethane); HFC-125 (Pentalluoroethane); HFC-134 (1,1,2,2,-Teirafluoroethane); HFC- 134a (HFC-134a Tetrafluoroethane; HCFC-14 lb (Dichlorofluoroethane; HcFC-142b (Chlorodifluoroethane); HcFC-142b (Chlorodifluoroethane); HFC-143a (1,1,1-Trifluoroethane); HFC-152a (1,1-Difluoroethane); CFC-1 13 (Trichiorotrifluoroethane); and perfluorocarbon compounds which fail into these four classes - (1) Cyclic, branched, or linear, completely fluorinated alkanes, (2) cyclic, brancched, or linear, completely fluorinated ethers with no unsaturations, (3) cyclic, branched, or linear, completely fluorinated tertiary 335-3-1-7 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 amines with no unsaturations, (4) sulfur containing perfluorocarbons with no unsaturations and with sulfur bonds only to carbon and fluorine. The heretofore mentioned excluded organic compounds have been determined to have neglible photochemical reactivity by the EPA to Administrator. For purposes of determining compliance with emission limits under Chapter 335-3-6, VOC shall be measured by the approved test methods contained in Chapter 335-3-6. Where such a method also inadevertently measures the heretofore mentioned negligibly photochemical reactive organic compounds with the reactive organic compounds, an owner or operator may exclude these negligibly reactive compounds when determining compliance with an emission limit using EPA-approved test methods and procedures. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: September 24, 1974, November 27, 1978, April 3, 1979, June 5, 1979, July 26, 1979, June 16, 1988, September 21, 1989, November 1, 1990. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg. JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision FEB 15, 1973 APR 23, 1974 39 FR 14338 2nd Revision APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 3rd Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 4th Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 100620 5th Revision OCT 04, 1991 SEP 27, 1993 58 FR 50262 335.3-1-8 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1-.03 Ambient Air Quality Standards . (1) Primary and Secondary Standards. The National Primary Ambient Air Quality Standards and National Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards and accompanying appendices of reference methods, set forth in Part 50 of Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as the same may be amended or revised, are hereby incorporated and made a part of these regulations and shall apply throughout the State. (2) Policy. It is the objective of the Commission to obtain and maintain the ambient air quality standards of this Part in achieving the policy and pwpose of the Act and as required by the Federal Act. The adoption hereby of the National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards shall not be considered in any manner to allow significant deterioration of existing air quality in any portion of the State. (3) Attainment of Primary Standard. These rules and regulations and the administration of the Division by the Director shall provide for the attainment of the National Primary Ambient Air Quality Standards throughout the State as expeditiously as practicable, but in no case later than three years after the date of initial adoption of these rules and regulations or within the time limits specified by Section 110(a) of the Clean Air Act, as amended (91 Stat. 685), whichever s later. (4) Attainment of Secondary Standard. To the extent practicable and feasible, these rules and regulations and the administration of the Division by the Director shall strive for the attainment of the National Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards throughout the State concurrently with the attainment of the National Primary Ambient Air Quality Standard as provided in Section 1.6.3. (5) Effect on Interstate Air Quality Control Regions. The administration of the Division by the Director shall insure that air contaminants emitted within an Alabama portion of an interstate Air Quality Control Region designated at Part 81 of Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations will not interfere with attainment and maintenance of any National Primary or Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards in the remaining portion of such region. To this end, the Director is authorized to advise and consult with air pollution control agencies to other states and to enter into cooperative agreements with such agencies to achieve the purposes of this Section. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-1-9 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3.1-.04 Monitoring, Records, Reporting . (I) The Director may require the owner or operator of any air contaminant source to establish and maintain such records; make such reports; install, use, and maintain such monitoring equipment or methods; sample such emissions in accordance with such methods at such locations, intervals, and procedures as the Director may prescribe; and provide such periodic emission reports as required in Section 1.7.2. (2) Reports. Records and reports as the Director may prescribe on air contaminants or fuel shall be recorded, compiled, and submitted on forms furnished by the Director or when forms are not so furnished, then in formats approved by the Director. (a) Emissions of particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, and oxides of nitrogen shall be expressed as follows: in pounds per hour and pounds per million B.T.U. of heat input for fuel-burning equipment; in pounds per hour and pounds per 100 pounds of refuse burned for incinerators; and in pounds per hour and in pounds per hourly process weight or production rate or in terms of some other easily measured and meaningful process unit specified by the Director. (b) Sulfur dioxide and oxides of nitrogen emission data shall be averaged over a 24-hour period and shall be summarized monthly. Daily averaged and monthly summaries shall be submitted to the Director biannually. Data should be calculated daily and available for inspection at any time. (c) Particulate matter emissions shall be sampled and submitted biannually. (d) Visible emissions shall be measured continuously, and records kept indicating total minutes per day in which stack discharge effluent exceeds 20 percent opacity. Data should be summarized monthly and submitted monthly and biannually. Current daily results shall be available for inspection at any time. (e) The sulfur content of fuels, as burned, except natural gas, shall be determined in accordance with curmnt recognized ASTM procedures. Averages for periods prescnbed by the Director shall be submitted biannually. Records shall be kept current and be available for inspection. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-1-10 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1-.05 Samoling and Test Methods . (1) Methods. All required sampling and testing shall be made and the results calculated in accordance with sampling testing procedures and methods approved by the Director. All required samples and tests shall be made under the director of persons qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution control. (2) Standard Methods. The Director, to the extent practicable, should recognize and approve the test methods and procedures established by Part 60 of Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations , as the same may be amended or revised. (3) The Division may conduct tests and take samples of air contaminants, fuel, process material, or other material which affects or may affect emission of air contaminants from any source. Upon request of the Division, the person responsible for the source to be tested shall provide necessary holes in stacks or ducts and such other safe and proper sampling and testing facilities exclusive of instruments and sensing devices as may be necessary for proper determination of the emission of air contaminants. If an authorized employee of the Division during the course of an inspection obtains a sample of air contaminant, fuel, process material, or other material,he shall give the owner or operator of the equipment or fuel facility a receipt for the sample obtained. (4) Report to Owner or Operator. At the conclusion of any inspection under Section 9 of the Act or conduction of any testing or sampling under this Part, if requested, the owner or operator of the premises shall receive a report setting forth all facts found which relate to compliance status with the Act and these rules and regulations. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A .5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335.3-1-11 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1-.06 Compliance Schedule . (1) Scope. Except as otherwise specified, compliance with the provisions of these rules and regulations shall be according to the time schedule of this Pan. (2) New Sources. All new sources shall comply with the applicable rules and regulations of Chapter 3 et seq. within 60days after achieving the maximum production rate at which the affected source will be operated, but not later than 120 days after initial startup of such source, unless the Director specifies another period of time as a condition to the issuance of any Permit [ under Chapter 16] - CHANGED. (3) Existing Sources. All existing sources not in compliance as of the date of initial adoption of an applicable rule or regulation contained in Chapter 3 et seq. shall be in compliance within [ six (6) months] (CHANGED) of such initial date unless the owner or operator responsible for the operation of such source shall have submitted to the Director in a form and manner satisfactory to him, a control plan and schedule for achieving compliance, such plan and schedule to contain a date on or before which full compliance will be attained and such other information as the Director may require. Any such plan and schedule expected to extend over a period of [ eighteen (18)] (CHANGED) or more months from such initial date shall include provisions for periodic increments of progress toward full compliance. If approved by the Director, such dates shall be the dates on which said owner or operator shall achieve incremental progress and full compliance. The Director may require persons to submit subsequent periodic reports on progress in achieving compliance. In no event shall the control plan and schedule exceed three (3) years from the date of initial adoption of an applicable rule or regulation. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to sources for which permits are required under [ Chapter 16].- CHANGED. (4) Nothing in this Part shall relieve any person or any new or existing source from complying with the provisions of Chapters 1 and 2 of these rules and regulations. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-1-12 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1-.07 Maintenance and MaIl InctioniNg of Equipment; Reportini . (I) Maintenance; Reporting. In the case of shutdown of air pollution control equipment (which operates pursuant to any permit issued by the Director) for necessary scheduled maintenance, the intent to shut down such equipment shall be reported to the Director at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the planned shutdown, unless such shutdown is accompanied by the shutdown of the source which such equipment is intended to control. Such prior notice shall include, but is not limited to the following: (a) Identification of the specific facility to be taken out of service as well as its location and permit number; (b) The expected length of time that the air pollution control equipment will be out of service; (c) The nature and quantity of emissions of air contaminants likely to occur during the shutdown period; (d) Measures such as the use of off-shift labor and equipment that will not be taken to minimize the length of the shutdown period; (e) The reasons that it would be impossible or impractical to shut down the source operation during the maintenance period. (2) Malfunction; Reporting. In the event that any emission source, air pollution control equipment, or related facility fails or breaks down in such a manner as to cause the emission of air contaminants in violation of these rules and regulations, the person responsible for such source, equipment, or facility shall notify the Director within twenty-four (24) hours of such failure or breakdown and provide a statement giving all pertinent facts, including the estimated duration of the breakdown. The Director shall be notified when the condition causing the failure or breakdown has been corrected and such source, equipment, or facility is again in operation. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submiued Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-1-13 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1-1 )8 Prohibition of Air Pollution . No person shall permit or cause air pollution, as defined in Section 1.2.1 of this Chapter by the discharge of any air contaminant for which no ambient air quality standards have been set under Section 1.6.1. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-1-14 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1-.09 Variances . (1) Petition Procedures. (a) Any person subject to any rule or regulations, requirement or order, may petition the Commission for a variance from the application thereof as prescribed by the Act. A petition for a variance must state the following: 1. The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner, or other person authorized to receive service of notices. 2. Whether the petitioner is an individual, partnership, corporation or other entity, and names and addresses of the partners, if a partnership, and names and addresses of the officers, if a corporation, and names and addresses of the persons in control, if other entity. 3. The type of business or activity involved in the application and the street address at which it is conducted. 4. A brief description of the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance, if any, involved in the petition. 5. The signature of the petition or that of some person on his behalf, and, where the person signing is not the petitioner, the authority to sign. 6. The rule or regulations, requirement or order from which a variance is requested. 7. The facts showing why compliance with such rule or regulation, requirement or order would impose serious hardship on the petitioner or on any other person or persons without equal or greater benefit to the public. 8. The facts showing why the emissions occurnng or proposed to occur do not endanger or tend to endanger human health or safety, human comfort, and aesthetic values. 9. For what period of time the variance is sought and why. 10. Provisions of the rule or regulation, requirement or order which the petitioner can meet and the date when petitioner can comply with such provisions. 11. Whether or not any case involving the same identical equipment or process identified in subparagraph (4) above is pending in any court, civil or criminal. (b) All petitions shall be typewritten, double spaced, on legal or letter size paper, on one side of the paper only. 335-3-1-15 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (2) Failure to Comply with Procedures. (a) The Director shall not accept for filing any petitioner which does not comply with these rules and regulations relating to the form, filing, and service of petitions unless the Chainnan or any two members of the Commission direct otherwise and confirm such direction in writing. Such direction need not be made at a meeting of the Commission. (b) The Chairman or any two members, without a meeting, may require the petitioner to stale further facts or reframe a petition so as to disclose clearly the issues involved. (3 Objection Procedures. (a) A person may file a written objection to the grant of a variance within twenty-one (21) days from initial advertised notice and thus insure that a public hearing will be held, according to Section 12(d) of Mt. An objection to the grant of a variance must state: 1. The objector’s name, address, and telephone number. 2. Whether the objector is an individual, partnership, corporation, or other entity, and names and addresses of the partners, if a partnership, names and addresses of the officer, if a corpoiation,and the names and addresses of the persons in control, if other entity. 3. A specification of which petition for a variance is being objected to. 4. A statement indicating why the objector believes that the variance should not be granted. (b) All objections should be typewritten or carefully printed in ink on legal or letter size paper. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: September 24, 1974 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-1-16 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1-10 Circumvention . No person shall cause or permit the installation or use of any device or any means which, without resulting in reduction in the total amount of air contaminant emitted, conceals or dilutes any emission of air contaminant which would otherwise violate these rules and regulations. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: September 24, 1974 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Rçgister Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-1-17 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1-.11 Severability . The provisions of these rules and regulations and the various applications thereof are declared to be severable and if any chapter, part, section, paragraph, subparagraph, subdivision, clause, or phrase of these rules and regulations shall be adjudged to be invalid or unconstitutional by any court of competent jurisdiction, the judgment shall not affect, impair, or invalidate the remainder of these rules and regulations, but shall be confined in its operation to the chapter, part , section, paragraph, subdivision, clause, or phrase of these rules and regulations that shall be directly involved in the controversy in which such judgment shall have been rendered. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: September 24, 1974 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-1-18 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1-.12 Bubble Provision . (Adopted April 3, 1979) (1) Notwithstanding the specific emission limitations contained in Chapters 3, 4, 5, and 8, the Director may allow a facility to reduce the level of control required at one source in exchange for an equal increase in the level of control required at another source. Approval of any such exchange shall not be granted unless it is consistent with the requirements of Federal and State law. (2) Any such approval granted will not be effective until it becomes a part of the approved State Implementation Plan. Author: Richard E. Grusnick Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: April 3, 1979 Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-1-19 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-2 Air Pollution Emergency Table Of Contents 335-3-2-.O1 Air Pollution Emergency. 335-3-2-.02 Episode Criteria. 335-3-2-.03 Special Episode Criteria. 335-3-2-.04 Emission Reduction Plans. 335-3-2-.05 Two Contaminant Episode. 335-3-2-.06 General Episodes. 335-3-2-.O7 Local Episodes. 335-3-2-.08 Other Sources. 335-3-2-.09 Other Authority Not Affected. 335-3-2-All Air Pollution Emer2ency . The Director is authorized and empowered to enforce or require enforcement of any provisions of this Chapter throughout the State of Alabama. 335-3-2-.02 Episode Criteria . When the Director determines that conditions justify the proclamation of an air pollution episode stage, due to the accumulation of air contaminants in any place within the State, attaining levels which could, if sustained or exceeded, lead to a substantial threat to the health of persons, he shall be guided by the following criteria. (1) Episode stages shall be determined and declared upon the basis of average concentrations recorded at any monitoring station in the Stale. (2) if contamination and meteorology warrant, any advanced episode stage may be declared by the Director without first declaring a lesser degree of Alert or Watch. The Director shall, at his discretion, declare a lesser stage, the termination or the continuance of the advanced episode stage during such times when contamination and meteorological conditions moderate significantly after an advanced episode stage has been declared. (3) Episode Watch. The Director shall declare an Episode Watch when one or more of the following events takes place. (a) An Atmospheric Stagnation Advisory is issued by the National Weather Service, stating that atmospheric conditions marked by a slow moving high pressure system, light winds, and temperature inversions are expected to affect the State of Alabama or portions thereof for the next thirty-six (36) hours. 335-3-2-1 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (b) A forecast by local meteorologist that stagnant atmospheric conditions as described above could result in high air pollution levels in Alabama or portions thereof. (c) Validated reports of abnormally high air pollution measurements, specifically, reaching or exceeding fifty percent (50%) of the Alert level of Section 335-3.2-.02(4) for at least three (3) consecutive hours at a given locality in the State. (4) Alert. The Director shall declare an Alert when any one of the following contaminant concentrations is declared at any monitoring site and when adverse meteorological conditions can be expected to remain at these levels or higher for the next twelve (12) hours or more unless control measures are taken: (a) Sulfur Dioxide. Measured by a continuous coulometric and colorimetric analyzer or equivalent. 24-hour average. 0.30 ppm (800 ug/m 3 ) (5) Warning. A Warning shall be declared by the Director when the concentrations of any of the following air contaminants measured at any monitoring site reach the following levels, and when adverse meteorological conditions can be expected to remain at these levels or higher for the next 12 hours or more unless control measures are taken: (a) Sulfur Dioxide. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent 24-hour average, 0.6 ppm (1600 uglm 3 ) (6) Emergency. An Emergency shall be declared by the Director when the following concentrations of air contaminants have been reached or when meteorological conditions can be expected to reach or exceed these levels at any monitoring site in the State for a period of twelve (12) hours or more unless control actions are taken: (a) Sulfur dioxide. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent. 24-hour average, 0.8 ppm (2100 ug/m 3 ) (7) Termination. (a) The status reached by application of the Episode Criteria of this Part shall remain in effect until the criteria for that level is no longer met. At such time, the next lower status will be assumed and such changes declared by the Director. Specifically: 1. When ambient contaminant concentrations fall below the critical levels for the stage, and a downward trend of concentration is established; and 2. When meteorological conditions that attended the high concentrations are no longer called for in official weather predictions. 335-3-2-2 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (b) A public declaration will take on one of the following forms: (1) Terminate “Emergency Status,” resume “Warning Status” or “Alert Status”, whichever is appropriate; (2) Terminate “Warning Status,” resume “Alert Status,” or appropriate stage; (3) Terminate “Episode Status.” (c) Upon termination of an “Episode Status,” the Division of Air Pollution Control will remain on internal “Episode Watch” until a return to normal operation is announced by the Division Director. (8) Status Declaration Authority. The Director, Division of Air Pollution Control, or his duly authorized agent, shall have the authority to make an announcement of internal Episode watch and public declarations of Alert, Warning, and Emergency Status. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. HLstory: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: 335-3-2-.03 Special Episode Criteria . (1) The Director shall have the authority to declare episodic conditions when the atmospheric concentration of a single contaminant or that of a specific locality within the State show elevated concentrations. (2) Specific Pollutant Situation. When concentrations of one or two contaminants reach or exceed the defined criteria levels, and concentration of other contaminants remain substantially below 50 percent of Alert levels, and meteorological conditions are such that these specific contaminant concentrations can be expected to remain at the above levels for 12 hours or more or increase unless control action is taken, a Specific Alert, Warning, or Emergency Status shall be declared by the Director, naming the contaminants that meet the respective criteria. In such instances when two such contaminants meet different criteria, the Director shall declare the status for the episode having the higher level and that an Episode Watch is being maintained on the remaining contaminant. (3) Specific Locality Situation. When high concentrations of one or more contaminants are measured at one monitoring site and not others and the effect is judged to originate from an identifiable source near the given site, the Director shall declare the appropriate local Alert, Warning, or Emergency, Status for the delineated area and that an Episodic Watch is in effect for any remaining portion of the jurisdictional area while meteorological conditions favor the maintenance or increase of said high concentration for at least twelve (12) hours or more unless control action is taken. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28- 14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: 335-3-2-3 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-2-114 Emission Reduction Plans . Upon declaring and Episode Watch, Alert, Warning, or Emergency, the Director shall order persons responsible for the operation of a source of air contaminants causing or contributing to such episode to take the general measures outlined in the Emergency Episode Plan for the State of Alabama (dated November 1971, prepared by TRW, Inc.) or revision thereof, as he deems appropriate, in addition to all specific source cwtailments designated by him. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: 335-3-2-.OS Two Contaminant Episode . The Director shall declare an Alert, Warning, or Emergency Status specific for two contaminants when the ambient concentrations of two contaminants simultaneously reach or exceed their respective Episode Criteria of this Chapter and meteorological conditions or such that contaminant concentrations can be expected to remain at those criteria levels for twelve (12) or more hours or increase unless control actions are taken. When criteria levels correspond to different episode status for two contaminants, the Director shall declare the status of the higher of the two. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: 335-3-2-.06 General Episodes . The Director shall, in the event that the ambient concentrations of three (3) or more contaminants simultaneously reach or exceed their respective Episode Criteria and no improvements in meteorological conditions are forecast for the next twelve (12) hours, declare a General Alert, Warning, or Emergency Status. In the event that criteria levels correspond to different statuses for each contaminant, the Director shall declare a general status corresponding to the highest individual status. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: 335-3-2-4 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-2-.07 Local Episodes . (1) The Director shall specify the area of the State affected when a Local Alert, Warning, or Emergency Status is declared or when an Accidental Episode for common contaminants occurs, based upon air quality and meteorological reports and predictions. (2) When the Director declares such a local episode, any person responsible for the operation from which excess emissions result shall shut down such an operation and make repairs or alter then process as required by the Director to restore normal operations. (3) When the Director declares that a Local Alert, Warning, or Emergency Status is in effect for a delineated area, conesponding general measures shall be applied as detailed in Part 335-3-2-.04, depending upon which contaminant(s) Ware being emitted in excess. (Amended July 26, 1972) Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: 335-3-2-.08 Other Sources . (1) Any person responsible for the operation of a source of air contaminants as determined by the Director shall prepare standby plans for reducing the emissions of air contaminants during periods of an Episode Alert, Warning, and Emergency. Standby plans shall be designed to reduce or eliminate emissions of air contaminants in accordance with the objectives set forth in Rule 335-3-2-.04. (Amended July 26, 1972) (2) Any person responsible for the operation of a source of air contaminants not designated by the Director shall when requested in writing by the Director prepare standby plans for reducing the emission of air contaminants during periods of Episode Alert, Warning, and Emergency. Standby plans shall be designed to reduce or eliminate emissions for air contaminants in accordance with the objectives set forth in Rule 335-3-2-.04. (Amended July 26, 1972) (3) Standby plans as required under Section 335-3-2-.08(1) shall begin writing and identify the sources of air contaminants, the amount of reduction of contaminants, and a brief description of the manner in which reduction will be achieved during Episodes of Alert, Warning and Emergency. (4) During Episodes of Alert, Warning, and Emergency Status, standby plans as required by this Chapter shall be made available on the premises to any person authorized to enforce the provisions of applicable rules and regulations. 335-3-2-5 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (5) Standby plans as required by these rules and regulations shall be submitted to the Director upon request within thirty (30) days of the r ceipt of such request; such standby plans shall be subject to review and approval of the Director. If, in the opinion of the Director, a standby plan does not ef1 ctively carry out the objectives as set forth in these rules and regulations, the Director may disapprove it, state the reason for disapproval, and order the preparation of an amended standby plan within the time period specified in the order. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: July 26, 1972 335-3.2-.09 Other Authority Not Affected . The provisions of this Chapter shall in no way affect the power and authority of the Governor, Chairman, or Director as they pertain to Emergency Procedures as provided in Section 11 of the Act. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision FEB 15, 1973 APR 23, 1974 39 FR 14338 2nd Revision JAN 11, 1980 AUG 11, 1980 45 FR 53136 “I 9 3rd Revision OCT 31, ic MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-2-6 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-3 Control of Open Burning and Incineration Table Of Contents 335-3-3-.01 Open Burning. 335-3-3-.02 Incinerators. 335-3-3-.03 Incineration of Wood, Peanut, and Cotton Ginning Wastes. 335-3-3-.Ol Open Burning . No person shall ignite, cause to be ignited, permit to be ignited, or maintain any open fire except as follows: (1) Open fires for the cooking of food for human consumption on other than commercial premises; (2) Fires for recreational or ceremonial purposes; (3) Fires to abate a fire hazard, providing the hazard is so declared by the fire department or fire district having jurisdiction. (4) Fires for prevention or control of disease or pests; (5) Fires for training personnel in the methods of fighting fires; (6) Fires for the disposal of dangerous materials where there is no practical alternate method of disposal and burning is approved by the Director; (7) Fires set for recognized agricultural, silvicultural, range, and wildlife management practices; (8) Fires set in salamanders or other devices used by construction or other workers for heating purposes; (9) Fires for the burning of trees, brush, grass, and other vegetable matter in the clearing and maintenance of rights- of-way if such burning is done by the air-curtain incinerator method, properly constructed and maintained, or by an equivalent method specifically approved by the Director; (10) Open fires specifically or expressly approved by the Director, Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A.5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: 335-3-3-1 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-3-.02 Incinerators . (1) Incinerators shall be designed and operated in such manner as is necessary to prevent the emission of objectionable odors. (2) No person shall cause or permit to be emitted into the open air from any incinerator, particulate matter in the exhaust gases to exceed 0.20 pounds per 100 pounds of refuse charged; provided that for incinerators of more than 50 tons per day charging rate, particulate matter in the exhaust gases may not exceed 0.10 pounds per 100 pounds of refuse charged. (Amended July 26, 1972) (3) Emission tests shall be conducted at maximum burning capacity of the incinerator. (4) The burning capacity of an incinerator shall be the manufacturer’s or designer’s guaranteed maximum rate or such other rate as may be determined by the Director in accordance with good engineering practices. In case of conflict, the determination made by the Director shall govern. (5) For the purposes of this Part, the total of the capacities of all furnaces within one system shall be considered as the incinerator capacity. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: July 26, 1972 335-3-3-.03 Incineration of Wood, Peanut, and Cotton Ginnina Wastes . (Amended July 26, 1972) (1) No person shall cause or permit to be emitted into the open air from any incinerator which incinerates wood, peanut, or cotton ginning wastes, particulate matter in the exhaust gases to exceed 0.40 pounds per 100 pounds of material charged. (Amended July 26. 1972) (2) Emission tests shall be conducted a! maximum burning capacity of the incinerator. (3) The burning capacity of an incinerator shall be the manufacturer’s or designer’s guaranteed maximum rate or other such rate as may be determined by the Director in accordance with good engineering practices. In case of conflict, the determination made by the Director shall govern. (4) Each incinerator subject to this Part shall be properly designed, equipped, and maintained for its maximum burning capacity and shall be equipped with a temperature recorder which shall be operated continuously with the incinerator, and the temperature records shall be made available for inspection at the request of the director and shall either (a) be equipped with an underfire forced air system, which shall be electronically controlled to insure that optimum temperature range for the complete combustion of the amount and type of material waste being charged into the incinerator, and a variable damper, or 335-3-3-2 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (b) consist of an all-metal shell with a refractory lining, circular furnace, and a built-in cinder catching system for either reburning or other disposition; all primary combustion air shall be supplied under pressure through nozzle openings located around the periphery of the lower furnace; over-fire air shall be provided under pressure through polls which shall be directed downward and tangentially in the same direction as the primary air; cinder collection shall be accomplished by the provision of openings through the shell located above the furnace section. (Amended July 26, 1972) (5) Each incinerator subject to this Rule shall be properly designed, equipped, and maintained for its maximum rated burning capacity and shall be equipped with an underfire forced air system, an over-fire air recirculation secondary construction system, and variable control damper, all of which shall be electronically controlled to insure the optimum temperature range for the complete combustion of the amount and type of material waste being charged into the incinerator. Each such incinerator shall be equipped with a temperature recorder which shall be operated continuously with the incinerator, and the temperature records shall be made available for inspection at the request of the Director. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: July 26, 1972 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision FEB 15, 1973 APR 23, 1974 39 FR 14338 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-3-3 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-4 Control of Particulate Emissions. Table Of Contents 335-3-4-.01 Visible Emissions. 335-3-4-.02 Fugitive Dust and Fugitive Emissions. 335-3-4-.03 Fuel Burning Equipment. 335-3-4-.04 Process Industries - General. 335-3-4-.05 Small Foundry Cupola 335-3-4-.06 Cotton Gins. 335-3-4-.07 Kraft Pulp Mills. 335-3-4-.08 Wood Waste Boilers. 335-3-4-.09 Coke Ovens. 335-3-4-.l0 Primary Aluminum Plants. 335-3-4-.11 Cement Plants. 335-3-4-.12 Xylene Oxidation Process. 335-3-4-.13 Sintering Plants. 335-3-4-.14 Grain Elevators. 335-3-4-.15 Secondary Lead Smelters. 335-3-4-. 16 Reserved. 335-3-4-.17 Steel Mills located in Etowah County. 335-3-4-.O1 Visible Emissions . (1) Visible Emissions Restrictions for Stationary Sources. (a) Except as provide in paragraphs 335-3-4-.01(1)(b),(c),(d), or (e), no person shall discharge into the atmosphere from any source of emission any air contaminant of an equivalent opacity greater than that designated as 20 percent opacity, as determined by a six (6) minute average. (b) During one six (6) minute period in any sixty (60) minute period, a person may discharge into the atmosphere from any source of emission designated as forty (40) percent opacity. (c) The Director may approve exceptions to this Rule for specific sources which hold permits under Chapter 335-3- 14; provided however, such exceptions may be made for startup, shutdown, load change, and rate change or other short, intermittent periods of time upon terms approved by the Director and made a part of such permit. (d) The director may also approve exceptions to this Section in accordance with the following provisions: 335-3-4-1 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 1. The owner or operator of the affected source shall request in writing for the Director to provide an opportunity for the detennination of the opacity of emissions during sampling and testing required pursuant to Rule 335-3-l-.08. 2. Upon receipt from such owner or operator of the written report of the results of the sampling and testing conducted pursuant to Rule 335-3-1-.08, the Director will make a finding concerning compliance with opacity and other applicable standards. 3. If the Director determines that an affected source is in compliance with all applicable standards for which the sampling and testing are being conducted in accordance with Rule 335-3-l-.08 but during such sampling and testing the affected source fails to meet any applicable opacity standard, he shall notify the owner or operator and advise him that he may petition the Director within ten (10) days of receipt of notification to make appropriate adjustment to the opacity standard for the affected source. 4. The Director may grant such a petition upon a demonstration by the owner o operator that the affected source an associated air pollution control equipment were operated and maintained in a manner to minimize the opacity of emissions during the sampling and testing; that such sampling and testing were performed under the conditions established by the Director; and that the affected source and associated air pollution control equipment were incapable of being adjusted or operated to meet the applicable opacity standard. 5. Upon the conclusion of sampling and testing as required above, the Director may establish an opacity standard for the affected source at a level at which the source will be able, as indicated by the sampling and testing, to meet the opacity standard at all times during which the source is meeting the mass emissions standards. If sufficient data is no available to the Director to establish such opacity standards, the Director may require additional sampling and testing as necessary to make such a determination of opacity. (2) Compliance with opacity standards in this Rule shall be determined by conducting observations in accordance with Reference Method 9 in Appendix A, 40 CFR Part 60, as the same may be amended requiring a six (6) minute average as determined by twenty-four (24) consecutive readings, at intervals of fifteen (15) seconds each. (3) Uncombined Water. Where the presence of uncombined water is the only reason for failure of an emission to meet the requirements of this Pail, such sections shall not apply. 335-3-4-2 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: June 5, 1979 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Original Reg 1st Revision 2nd Revision Date Submitted to EPA JAN25, 1972 OCT31, 1989 JUN 11, 1979 Date Approved by EPA MAY 31, 1972 MAR 19, 1990 APR 27, 1993 Federal Register 37 FR 10842 55 FR 10062 58 FR 25566 335-3-4-3 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.02 Fugitive Dust and Fugitive Emissions (1) No Person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit any materials to be handled, transported, or stored; or a building, its appurtenances, or a road to be used, constructed, altered, repaired, or demolished without taking reasonable precautions to prevent particulate mailer from becoming airborne. Such reasonable precautions shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (a) Use, where possible, of water or chemicals for control of dust in the demolition of existing buildings or structures, construction operations, the grading or reads, or the clearing of land; (b) Application of asphalt, oil, water, or suitable chemicals on dirt roads, materials stock piles, and other surfaces which create airborne dust problems; (c) Installation and use of hoods, fans, and fabric filters (or other suitable control devices) to enclose and vent the handling of dusty materials. Adequate containment methods shall be employed during sandblasting or other similar operations. (2) VIsible Emissions Restrictions Beyond Lot Line. No person shall cause or permit the discharge of visible fugitive dust emissions beyond the lot line of the property on which the emissions originate. (3) When dust, fumes, gases, mist, odorous matter, vapors, or any combination thereof escape from a building or equipment in such a manner and amount as to cause a nuisance or to violate any rule or regulation, the Director may order that the building or equipment in which processing, handling, and storage are done be tightly closed and ventilated in such a way that all air and gases and air or gas-borne material leaving the building or equipment are treated by removal or destruction of air contaminants before discharge to the open air. (4) The owner or operator of any source or combination of sources on contiguous property which has the potential to emit 100 T/yr of particulates and which is located in the nonattainment areas of Etowah, Jefferson or Mobile must submit a plan for control of fugitive dust and fugitive emissions to the Director for approval. (Adopted April 3, 1979) Such plan: (Revised September 18, 1985) (Note: The September 18. 1985, revision has not been acted on yet.) (a) Shall address both fugitive dust and fugitive emissions. (b) Shall demonstrate that control measures will produce reduction in particulales from the major sources equivalent to the application of reasonable available control measures (RACM, control technology that is reasonably available considering technological and economic feasibility). RACM shall be as stringent as those measures identified as reasonably available in Appendix E of the “Support document, SIP Revision, Mobile TSP Nonattainment Area” (November 14, 1978); and Table 3.4.1 of the “Support Document, Nonattainment SIP Revision, Jefferson County, TSP Nonattainment Area” November 14, 1978). RACM shall be determined on a case-by-case basis for sources not covered by the above references. (c) Shall contain a compliance schedule for each source with a final compliance date of no later than December 31, 1979 for control of emissions from storage piles, October 31, 1980 for control of emissions from sources other than storage piles by use of wet suppression, or December 31, 1983 for all other sources. 335-3-” ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (1) Such schedules for storage piles shall specify increments of progress to be achieved no later than the dates in the following schedule: (i) Final plans for control of emissions shall be submitted by August 1, 1979. (ii) Contracts for the necessary emission control system shall be issued by September 30, 1979. (iii) Initiation of any necessary on-site construction shall begin by October 31, 1979. (iv) On-site construction or installation of emission control equipment shall be completed and final compliance achieved by December 31, 1979. (2) Such schedules for use of wet suppression systems on sources other than storage piles shall specify increments of progress to be achieved no later than the dates in the following schedule: (i) Final plans for control of emissions shall be submitted by October 1, 1979. (ii) Contracts for the necessary emission control system shall be issued by January 01, 1980. (iii) Initiation of any necessary on-site construction shall begin by March 31, 1980. (iv) On-site construction or installation of emission control equipment shall be completed and final compliance achieved by October 31, 1980. (3) Such schedules for all other sources shall specify increments of progress to be achieved no later than the dates in the following schedule: (I) Final plans for control of emissions shall be submitted by October 1, 1979. (ii) Contracts for the necessary emission control system shall be issued by October 1, 1980. (iii) Initiation of any necessary on-site construction shall begin by January 31, 1981. (iv) On-site construction or installation of emission control equipment shall be completed by October 31, 1982. (v) Final compliance shall be achieved by December 31, 1982. (d) May propose an alternative compliance schedule for approval by the Director provided: (1) That demonstration is submitted to support that the application of the compliance schedule in Paragraph 4.2.4(c) would be infeasible; 335-3-4-5 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (2) The proposed alternative compliance schedule contains the same increments of progress as the schedule for which it is proposed; and (3) That final compliance is achieved as expeditiously as practicable, but not later than December 31, 1982. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, fl-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: April 3, 1979; September 18, 1985. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 3rd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-6 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.03 Fuel Burnin! Equipment . (1) Class 1 Counties: No person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter from fuel-burning equipment in a Class 1 County in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-1 for the heat input allocated to such source. For sources in Class 1 Counties, interpolation of the data in Table 4-1 for heat input values between 10 million BTU/hr and 250 BTU/hr shall be accomplished by the use of the equation: E = 1.38 H 0 M where: E = Emissions in lb/million BTU H = Heat input in millions of BTU/hr (2) Class 2 Counties: No person shall cause or pennit the emission of particulate matter from fuel-burning equipment in a Class 2 County in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-1 for the heat input allocated to such source. For sources in Class 2 Counties, interpolation of the data in Table 4-1 for heat input values between 10 million BTU/hr and 250 BTU/hr shall be accomplished by the use of the equation: E = 3.109 H° where: E = Emissions in lb/million BTIJ H = Heat input in millions of BTIJ/hr (3) For purpose of this Part, the total heat input from all similar fuel combustion units which discharge particulate matter through a common stack at a plant or premises shall be used for determining the maximum allowable emission of particulate matter. (4) New fuel-burning sources emitting particulate matter shall be subject to the rules and regulations for Class 1 Counties, Section 4.3.1, regardless of their location. TABLE 4-1 ALLOWABLE PARTICULATE MATTER EMISSION BASED ON HEAT INPUT Heat Input Allowable Emission (lb/million BTU) (Millions of BTU/hr) Class 1 County Class 2 County 1 .5 .8 10 .5 .8 20 .5 .53 40 .27 .35 60 .23 .28 80 .20 .24 100 .18 .21 150 .15 .16 200 .13 .14 250 .12 .12 1,000,000 .12 .12 335-3-4-7 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (5) In lieu of the particulate emission limitations contained in Section 4.3.1, for existing coal fired boilers at pulp mills in Talladega County having a rated capacity of up to 300 million BTU per hour, the allowable particulate emission limit shall be 0.1 lb/mmBTIJ. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: October 10, 1984 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision MAY 17, 1985 JUL 11, 1986 51 FR 25198 (4.3.5) 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-8 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.04 Process Industries - General . (1) Class 1 Counties: No pei on shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter in any one hour from any source in a Class I County in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-2 for the process weight allocated to such source. For sources in Class 1 Counties, interpolation of the data in Table 4-I for process weight per hour up to 60,000 lbs/hr shall be accomplished by the use of the equation: E = 3.59 P° 6 P<30 tons /hr and interpolation and exirapolation of the data for process weight per hour values equal to or in excess of 60,000 lbs/hr shall be accomplished by use of the equation: E= 17.31 P°’ 6 P>30 tons/hr where E = Emissions in pounds per hour P = Process weight per hour in tons per hour (2) Class 2 Counties: No peI on shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter in any one hour from any source in a Class 2 County in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-2 for the process weight allocated to such source. For sources in Class 2 Counties, interpolation of the data in Table 4-1 for process weight per hour up to 60,000 lbs/hr shall be accomplished by the use of the equation: E=4.10P° 6 P<3Otons/hr and interpolation and extrapolation of the data for process weight per hour values equal to or in excess of 60,000 lbs/hr shall be accomplished by use of the equation: E = 55.0 P° ” P>30 tons/hr where E = Emissions in pounds per hour P = Process weight per hour in tons per hour (3) Where the nature of any process or operation or the design of any equipment is such as to permit more than one interpretation of this Pan, the interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable emission shall apply. (4) For purpose of this Part, the total process weight from all similar process units at a plant or premises shall be used for determining the maximum allowable emission of particulate matter that passes through a stack or stacks. (5) New sources subject to this part emitting particulate matter shall be subject to the rules and regulations for Class 1 Counties, Section 335-3-4-.04(1), regardless of their location. 335-3-4-9 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 TABLE 4-2 ALLOWABLE PARTICULATE MA’rrER EMISSION BASED ON PROCESS WEIGHT RATE Process Weight Rate Allowable Emission (lblhr) (lblhr) Class 1 County Class 2 County 100 0.56 0.55 500 1.52 1.62 1,000 2.34 2.57 5,000 6.33 7.57 10,000 9.76 12.05 20,000 14.97 19.18 60,000 29.83 39.96 80,000 31.23 42.53 120,000 33.33 46.30 160,000 34.90 49.06 200,000 36.17 51.28 1,000,000 46.79 68.96 Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. fl-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972 Amended: April 6, 1983 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-10 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.05 Small Foundry Cupola . (1) No Person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter in any one (1) hour from any small foundry cupola source in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-3 for the process weight per hour allocated to such source. (2) Where the nature of any process or operation or the design of any equipment is such as to permit more than one interpretation of this Part, the interpretation (sic) that results in the minimum value for allowable emission shall apply. (3) For purposes of this Pan, the total process weight from all similar process units at a plant or premises shaH be used for determining the maximum allowable emission of particulate matter that passes through a stack or stacks. (4) Foundry cupolas with a process weight rate greater than 50,000 pounds per hour shali be subject to the rules and regulations of Part 4.4. TABLE 4-3 ALLOWABLE PARTICULATE MA’rrER EMISSION BASED ON PROCESS WEIGHT RATE FOR SMALL FOUNDRY CUPOLAS Process Weight Allowable Emission Rate (lb/lw) (lb/hr) 1,000 3.05 2,000 4.70 3,000 6.35 4,000 8.00 5,000 9.58 6,000 11.30 7,000 12.90 8,000 14.30 9,000 15.50 10,000 16.65 12,000 18.70 16,000 21.60 18,000 23.40 20,000 25.10 30,000 31.30 40,000 37.00 50,000 42.40 335-3-4-11 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: April 6, 1983. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-12 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.06 Cotton Gins (1) No person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter in any one (1) hour from any cotton gin operation in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-4 for the process weight per hour allocated to such operation. Particulate mailer emissions subject to this Part include process emissions and incinerator emissions if any; provided, however, that this shall in no way relieve or affect the application of Chapter 3 to open burning and incinerator at cotton gin operations. (2) Where the nature of any process or operation or the design of any equipment is such as to permit more than one interpretation of this Part, the interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable emission shall apply. (3) For purposes of this part, the total process weight from all similar process units at a plant or premises shall be used for determining the maximum allowable emission of particulate matter that passes through a stack or stacks. TABLE 4-4 ALLOWABLE PARTICULATE MATTER EMISSION BASED ON PROCESS WEIGHT RATE FOR COTTON GINS (Amended July 26, 1972) Process Weight Allowable Emission Process Weight Allowable Emission Rate (lb/hr) Rate (lb/hr) Rate (lb/hr) Rate (lb/br) 1,000 1.6 9,000 13.7 1,500 2.4 10,000 15.2 2,000 3.1 12,000 18.2 2,500 3.9 14,000 21.2 3,000 4.7 16,000 24.2 3,500 5.4 18,000 27.2 4,000 6.2 20,000 30.1 5,000 7.7 30,000 449 6,000 9.2 40,000 59.7 7,000 10.7 50,000 64.0 8,000 12.2 60,000 or more 67.4 Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submiued Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-13 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.07 Kraft Pulp Mills . (Adopted July 26, 1972) (1) Applicability. This Pan applies to manufacturing facilities for the pulping of wood and the preparation and recovery of associated chemicals by the kraft process, including combined recovery systems serving other processes such as neutral sulfite pulping. (2) No person shall cause or pennit the emission of particulate matter from any kraft pulp mill in excess of the amounts provided as follows: (a) From all recovery furnaces, not more than 4.0 pounds per ton of pulp. (b) From all smelt dissolver vents, not more than 0.5 pounds per ton. (c) From all lime kilns, not more than 1.0 pounds per ton of pulp. (3) The pulp production rates for kraft mills referred to in this Part shall be tons of unbleached air-dried kraft pulp. (4) Notwithstanding the specific limits set forth in this Part, in order to maintain the lowest possible emission of air contaminants, the highest and best practicable treatment and control for particulate matter currently available shall be provided for new kntft pulp mills. (5) For chemical recovery boilers constructed before 1972 at kraft pulp mills in Autauga County, the allowable particulate emissions shall be 1.11 pounds per air-dried ton of pulp. (Adopted March 7, 1984) (6) In lieu of the particulate emission limitations contained in Paragraph 335-3-4-.07(2)(a), for chemical recovery boilers constructed before 1973 at pulp mills in Talladega County, the allowable particulate emission limits shall be 2.5 pounds per air-dried ton of unbleached kraft pulp. (Adopted October 10, 1984) (7) In lieu of the particulate emission limitations contained in Paragraph 335-3.4-.07(2)(b), for smelt dissolver tanks constructed before 1973 at pulp mills in Talladega county, the allowable particulate emission limit shall be 0.3 pounds per air- dried ton of unbleached kraft pulp. (Adopted October 10. 1984) 335-3-4-14 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: July 26, 1972. Amended: March 7, 1984; October 10, 1984. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Appmved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg FEB 15, 1973 APR 23, 1974 39 FR 14338 1st Revision JUN 22, 1983 DEC 24, 1986 51 FR 46655 2nd Revision JAN 20, 1984 DEC 24, 1986 51 FR 46655 3rd Revision MAR 09, 1984 FEB 11, 1987 52 FR 4292 4th Revision OCT 23, 1984 JUL 11, 1986 51 FR 25198 5th Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-15 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.OS Wood Waste Boilers . (Adopted July 26, 1972) (1) Applicability. This Part applies to boilers and other indirect heat exchangers using not less than thirty percent (30%) wood wastes or wood by-products as fuel measured by heat input. (2) Except as provided in Section 335-3-4-.08(3), no person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter from any existing wood wastes boilers in excess of 0.30 grains per standard dry cubic foot adjusted to fifty percent (50%) excess air. Provided that for any existing wood wastes boiler which must be modified in order to meet the emission limitations of this Part, no person shall cause or permit the emission of particulates in excess of: (Revised January 27, 1981) (a) 0.17 grains per standard dry cubic foot, adjusted to fifty percent (50%) excess air for combination gas and wood wastes boilers. (b) 0.20 grains per standard dry cubic foot, adjusted to fifty percent excess air for combination oil and wood wastes boilers. (c) 0.23 grains per standard dry cubic foot, adjusted to fifty percent (50%) excess air for combination coal and wood wastes boilers. (d) 0.20 grains per standard dry cubic foot, adjusted to fifty percent (50%) excess air for boilers using wood wastes only. (3) In lieu of the particulate emission limitations contained in Section 335-3-4-.08(2) for existing wood waste boilers at pulp mills in Talladega County having a rated capacity greater than 300 million BTU per hour: (Adopted January 27, 1981, Revised October 10, 1984) (a) The allowable particulate emission limit shall be 0.60 grains per standard dry cubic foot adjusted to 50% excess air, with the additional requirement that total mass particulate emissions shall not exceed 347 pounds per hour. (b) In lieu of the opacity limits contained in Rule 335-3-4-.01, such units shall not discharge into the atmosphere any air contaminant of an equivalent opacity greater than that designated as seventy-six percent (76%) opacity, as determined by fixed one- hour averages (the average of each ten six-minute averages per discrete clock hour). (c) The transmissometer system for continuous measurement of the opacity of stack emissions shall be the technique for determining compliance with opacity limits. The transmissometer shall comply with the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Part 60, Appendix B, Performance specification 1. If the opacity monitoring system is not operating properly, the EPA Reference Method 9 (40 CFR 60, Appendix A), utilizing one-hour averages, shall serve as the compliance technique. (4) For wood waste boilers constructed before 1972 at pulp mills in Antauga county: (Adopted December 9, 1983) (a) The allowable particulate emission limit shall be 2.43 pounds per million BTU heat input from bamt with the additional requirement that particulate emissions from such units shall not exceed 589 pounds per hour. 335-3-4-16 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (b) In lieu of the opacity limits contained in Rule 335-3-4-.01, such units shall not discharge into the atmosphere any air contaminant of an equivalent opacity greater than that designated as forty percent (40%) opacity, as determined by moving one- hour averages of transmissometer ‘data. The moving average shall advance at six-minute increments. If a one-hour average of opacity data indicates a violation of the visible emission standard, the back end of the moving 60-minute segment of data may be stopped while the front end advances over the next 6- minute period. The highest six-minute average from this 60- minute segment may be excluded from the new (and subsequent) averages of ten valid six-minute readings. If the transmissometer system is not operating properly, then EPA Reference Method 9 (40 CFR 60, Appendix A), utilizing one-hour averages, shall serve as the compliance technique. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: July 26, 1972. Amended: January 27, 1981; December 9, 1983; October 10, 1984. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg FEB 15, 1973 APR 23, 1974 39 FR 14338 1st Revision FEB 04, 1981 NOV 24, 1981 46 FR 57484 2nd Revision AUG 31, 1981 NOV 24, 1981 46 FR 57484 3rd Revision JUN 22, 1983 DEC 24, 1986 51 FR 46655 4th Revision JAN 20, 1984 DEC 24, 1986 51 FR 46655 5th Revision MAR 09, 1984 FEB 11, 1987 52 FR 4292 6thRevision OCT23, 1984 JUL 11, 1986 51FR25198 7th Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-17 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.09 Coke Ovens . (Adopted July 26, 1972. Amended May 28. 1974) (1) Applicability. The provisions of this Part shall apply to the production of coke in existing conventional slot- oven coke batteries with the exception of Section 4.9.10 which applies to new batteries. (2) Unloading and Transfer of Coal and Coke. Every person operating coke ovens shall apply all reasonable measures to prevent emissions from coal unloading, transfer, and coke transfer. (3) Charging. There shall be no visible emissions during the charging cycle from the charging holes or the larry car of any battery with an opacity which is greater than twenty percent (20%) except for an average period or periods not to exceed three (3) minutes of any consecutive sixty (60) minutes on batteries with less than seventy (70) ovens nor more than four (4) minutes of any consecutive sixty (60) minutes on batteries with seventy (70) ovens or more. (4) (a) Pushing. There shall be no visible emissions during the pushing cycle, other than water mist or vapor, with an opacity which is greater than forty percent (40%) for more than one (1) push per hour per battery. (Amended July 11, 1978) (b) This paragraph specifically exempts existing convential slot-oven coke batteries with forty (40) ovens located in Tuscaloosa County from Paragraph 335-3-4-.09(4)(a) and imposes the following requirements: 1. There shall be no visible emissions during the pushing cycle, other than water mist or vapor, with an opacity which is greater than forty percent (40%) for more than two (2) pushes per hour per battery. (c) Compliance with Paragraphs 335-3-4-.09(4)(a) and (b) shall be determined by dividing by four (4) the total number of pushes g eater than forty percent (40%) opacity, observed during a four (4) hour period. (d) Should the observation period include intervals of non-activity, (e.g., when the common coke car is servicing another baueiy) such intervals shall be included for purposes of determining compliance, provided that the average number of pushes per hour coincides with the average number of pushes per hour required by the normal production cycle of the battery. Intervals such as meal breaks, scheduled breaks when not on a twenty-four (240 hour pushing schedule, or intervals greater than fifteen (15) minutes due to malfunction of equipment cannot be included in the observation period. For purposes of this Paragraph, “normal production cycle” shall mean the average number of pushes per hour determined by taking an arithmetic average of the pushing schedules of the previous ten (10) days. (The denominator to be based on the actual number of hours the pushing machine was scheduled to operate.) (e) Observation Procedures. The inspector shall evaluate the criteria listed below and select the most appropriate point at which to observe the visible emissions during the pushing cycle. 335-3-4-18 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 1. The inspector should position himself as close to the source of pushing emissions as practical. 2. The inspector should observe pushing emissions against the sky. 3. The inspector should stand with the sun behind him, if possible, and with the emissions moving in any direction except directly toward or away from the inspector. (5) Topside Emissions. (a) Any leak discovered on the topside of a battery shall be wet sealed or the oven shall not be recharged until the necessary repairs are made. (b) At no time shall there be leaks in more than ten percent (10%) of the offtake piping and no more than five percent (5%) of the charging hole lids on any one battery. (6) Coke Oven Doors. (a) There shall be no visible emissions, except non-smoking flame, from any opening on the coke oven doors from more than fifteen percent (15%) of the coke oven doors on any battery at any time. (b) If a self-sealing door fails to seal during the coking cycle, it shall be adjusted, repaired, or replaced prior to a subsequent charge of oven. (c) Luted doors which fail to seal after the oven is charged shall be reluted promptly. (d) Every person operating coke ovens shall have a facility to maintain and repair coke oven doors, and shall maintain an inventory of one (1) coke oven door per twelve (12) oven operated. (7) Oven Maintenance (a) All ovens shall be maintained in good condition to promote complete coking of coal. (b) All coke oven cracks are to be sealed as soon as practicable after they are detected. (c) As directed by the Director, reasonable records of the maintenance of oven doors, oven burners, and oven interiors are to be made and retained for a reasonable time. 335-3-4-19 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (8) Combustion Stacks. There shall be no visible emissions, other than water mist or vapor, of a shade or density darker than that designated as No. 1 on the Ringelmann chart or twenty percent (20%) opacity from any stack except for a period or periods aggregating not more than three (3) minutes in any consecutive sixty (60) minutes. (9) Quenching. (a) No person shall operate a coke oven plant without baffles installed and properly operating in the quench towers. (b) Water introduced to the quenching station must be of a quality approved by the Director. (10) Notwithstanding the specific limits set forth in this Part in order to maintain the lowest possible emission of air contaminants, the highest and best practicable treatment and control for particulate matter currently available shall be provided for any new coke producing facilities. (11) Charging Emission. (Adopted July 11. 1978) (a) Applicability. (I) The provisions of this Section apply to charging wet coal by use of a larry car in existing, conventional slot- oven coke batteries. Such coke batteries shall be in compliance with these provisions within one year after the date the Administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency approves this Section. On that date, the provisions of this Section will supersede the requirements of Section 335-3-4-.09(3). (2) For the purpose of this Section, charging emissions shall include any air contaminant emitted from one or more charging ports, spaces between charging ports, spaces between charging port rings and oven refractories, open chuck doors, drop sleeves, larry car hoppers, jumper pipes, standpipe caps (lids), or any device for the capture and cleaning of air contaminants beginning when the coal is introduced into the oven and continuing until the oven is closed to the atmosphere. (b) Charging - At no time shall the aggregated times of visible emissions, other than water mist or vapor, exceed more than ninety-four (94) seconds for any five (5) consecutive charges. (c) Observation Procedures - The following techniques shall be used for measuring and recording visible emissions from any coke oven battery: (I) Observations of open charging emissions shall be made from any point or points on the topside of a coke oven battery from which an observer can obtain an unobstructed view of the charging operation. (2) The observer will determine and record the total number of seconds that charging emissions are visible during the charging of coal to the coke oven. The observer shall time the visible charging emissions with a stopwatch while observing the charging operation. Simultaneous emissions from more than one emission point shall be timed and recorded as one emission and shall not be added individually to the total time. 335-3-4-20 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (3) Open charging emissions shall not include any emissions observed after all the charging port covers have been firmly seated following the removal of the larry, such as emissions occurring when one (1) cover is temporarily removed to permit the sweep-in of spilled coal. (4) The total number of seconds of visible emissions observed, clock time for the initiation and completion of the charging operation, battery identification and oven number for each charge shall be recorded by the observer. In the event that observations of emissions from a charge are interrupted due to events beyond the control of the observer, the date from that charge shall be invalidated and the observer shall note on his observation sheet the reason for invalidating the data. The observer shall then resume observation of the next consecutive charge or charges and continue until he has obtained a set of five (5) charges for comparison with the emission standard. (5) Compliance with Paragraph 335-3-4-.09(1 1)(b) of this Section shall be determined by summing the seconds of charging emissions observed during each of the five (5) charges. (12) Pushing Emissions from Existing Coke Oven Batteries. (Adopted July 11, 1978) (a) Applicability. (1) The provisions of this Section are applicable only to coke oven batteries located in Jefferson and Etowah Counties which do not satisfy the criteria specified in Paragraph 335-3-4-.09(13)(a) of this Section. Such batteries shall be in compliance with these provisions within three (3) years after the date the Administrator of the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency approves this Section. On that date, the provision of the Part will supersede Section 335-3-4-.09(4). Coke oven batteries outside Jefferson and Etowah Counties, and those covered by Paragraph 335-3-4-.09(13)(a) of this Section, will remain subject to the provisions of Section 335-3-4-.09(4). (2) For the purpose of this Section, pushing emissions are defmed as any air contaminant emitted during pushing, the process by which coke is removed from a coke oven, including the period marked by the time when the doors are first removed from a coke oven until the quenching operation is commenced. (b) All coke oven batteries shall be equipped with a device that will capture and collect coke side emissions resulting directly from the pushing operation. The collection device shall be such that the outlet gas shall contain no more than .03 pounds of non-condensable particulate mailer per ton of coal charged for each oven, averaged over five (5) consecutive pushes. (c) No person shall discharge into the atmosphere from the hot car, capture or collection device, at any time any visible emission which is greater than twenty percent (20%) opacity. (d) Observation Procedures. The inspector shall evaluate criteria listed below and select the most appropriate point to observe the visible emissions during the pushing cycle. (1) The inspector should observe pushing emissions as closely as he deems practical. 335-3-4-21 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (2) The inspector should observe pushing emissions against the sky. (3) The inspector should stand with the sun behind him and with the emissions moving in any direction except directly at or away from the inspector. (13) Interim Schedule of Compliance. (Adopted July 11, 1978) (a) Coke oven batteries retired from service prior to December 31, 1982, will not be subject to the requirements contained in Paragraphs 335-3-4-.09(12)(a) through (d) upon the posting of a surety bond in the amount of $3,000,000, such surety bond contingent on shutting down the battery and, with no provision for extension whatsoever . Notification of intention to retire any battery from service and posting of the bond must be done within ninety (90) days after the date the Administrator of the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency approves this Section. (b) Except for coke oven batteries retired from service in accordance with Rule 335-3-4-.09(13)(a) above, interim schedules of compliance with the charging and pushing regulations herein must be submitted within said ninety (90) days after the date the Administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency approves this Section . Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: July 26, 1972. Amended: May 28, 1974; July 11, 1978; September 18, 1985. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg FEB 15, 1973 APR 23, 1974 39 FR 14338 1st Revision JUN 20, 1974 AUG 28, 1975 40 FR 39503 2nd Revision JUL 14, 1978 APR 04, 1979 44 FR 20879 3rd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-22 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.1O Primary Aluminum Plants . (Adopted January 30, 1973) (1) Applicability. This Part applies to existing primary aluminum plants which will or do operate for the purpose of or related to producing aluminum metal from aluminum oxide (alumina) (2) Emission Limits. The emission of particulate matter to the atmosphere from the baking of carbon anodes and from the reduction process (potlines) of any primary aluminum reduction plant shall not exceed twenty-two (22) pounds per ton of aluminum produced on a daily basis. (Amended Nove,nber 27, 1973) (3) Compliance. Each primary aluminum plant shall be in compliance with the provisions of this Part at the earliest possible date, but not later than May 31, 1975. Nothing in this Part shall negate the requirement for obtaining pennis or submitting compliance schedules as required by these rules and regulations. Author: Sue R. Robertson Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975. Secs. 22-28-14. 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 30, 1973. Amended: November 27, 1973. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg MAY 27, 1974 MAY 8, 1975 40 FR 20083 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-23 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.11 Cement Plants . (Adopted March 25, 1975; Revised April 3, 1979) (1) Applicability. This Part applies to: (a) Existing cement plants that have a process weight that is greater than 88.7 tons per hour. (b) All existing cement plants in the primary nonattainment area for suspended particulates in Mobile County (Appendix D). (c) New cement plants. (2) This Section specifically exempts new cement plants from Section 4.4.5. 335-3-4-.04(5). (3) EmLssion Limits. (a) No owner or operator shall cause, permit, or allow the emission of particulate matter from the kiln which is in excess of 0.30 pounds per ton of feed to the kiln, maximum two (2) hour average. (b) No owner or operator shall cause, permit, or allow the emission of particulate matter from the clinker cooler which is in excess of 0.10 pounds per ton of feed to the kiln, maximum two (2) hour average. (4) Compliance. Those cement plants located in the primary nonattainment area for suspended particulates in Mobile County (Appendix D) shall be in compliance with these provisions by January 1, 1982 and shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule: (1) Final plans for the emission control system must be submitted before December 31, 1979. (2) Contracts for the emission control system must be awarded or orders must be issued for purchase of component parts to accomplish emission control before July 1, 1980. (3) Initiation of on-site construction of installation of the emission control equipment must begin before December 31, 1980. (4) On-site construction or installation on the emission control equipment must be complete before August 31, 1981. (5) Final compliance shall be demonstrated before January 1, 1982. (5) Exception. Cement plants located in the primary nonattainment area for suspended particulates in Mobile County (Appendix D) which shut down prior to December 311982 will not be subject to the requirements contained in this Part upon the posting of a surety bond in the amount of $100,000, such surety bond contingent on shutting down the facility and with no provision for extension. 335-3-4-24 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 Author: Jack Bryant Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: March 25, 1975. Amended: April 3, 1979. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JUN04, 1975 MAY 11, 1976 41 FR 19220 1st Revision APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 3rd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-25 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.12 Xvlene Oxidation Process . (Adopted September 12, 1978) (1) Applicability. The provisions of this Part shall apply to al xylene oxidation processes. Each process system shall be considered as a separate process unit. (2) No person shall cause or permit the emissions of particulate matter in any one hour from any xylene oxidation process in excess of the amount calculated by use of the equations: E = 2.75 P° 6 P <30 tons/hr E = 13.15 P 0.16 P> 30 tons/hr Where: E Emissions in pounds per hour P = Process weight per hour in tons per hour (3) Where a thermal oxidizer is used for the reduction of process waste from a xylene oxidation process and no other waste streams are added, this thermal oxidizer shall be considered a part of the process system. Author: Richard E. Grusnick Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A .6, and 22-22A .8. History: Effective date: September 12, 1978. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg SEP 13, 1978 MAR 07, 1979 44 FR 12420 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-26 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.13 Sintering Plants . (Adopted April 3, 1979) (1) Applicability. This part applies to sintering plants in the iron and steel industry that have a process weight greater than 150 tons per hour. (2) Sinter Strand (Windbox exhaust). No owner or operator shall cause, pennit, or allow the emissions of total particulate matter in excess of .26 pounds per ton of total strand burden (including the hearth layer) from all sources exhausting through the windbox. (3) Sinter Processing Equipment (Discharge, Hood, Sinter Breaker, Screens, Cooler, Conveyors, Conveyor Transfer Points). (a) Controlled Emissions. (i) Particulate emissions from the control device shall not exceed .02 grains per dry standard cubic foot. (ii) Visible emissions from the control device shall not exceed one percent (1%) opacity. (iii) Sources whose gases are directed through the windbox exhaust are not subject to this requirement. (b) There shall be no visible fugitive emissions from discharge hoods and breakers. (c) Visible fugitive emissions from the screens, conveyors, and conveyor transfer points shall not exceed ten percent (10%) opacity. (d) Fugitive and visible emissions from the sinter cooler shall not exceed one percent (1%) opacity. (e) Emission standards which are more restrictive for the above sources which have been previously established by applicable consent decree shall remain in effect for the operational life of those sources. Author: Sue R. Robertson Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: April 3, 1979. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-27 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.14 Grain Elevators . (Adopted April 3, 1979) (1) Applicability. This Part applies to existing grain elevators which have a permanent storage capacity of more than 88,000 m 3 located in Mobile County, provided, however, that it does not apply to grain elevators located at animal food manufacturers, pet food manufacturers, cereal manufacturers, breweries, and livestock feed ots. (2) Emission Limit. No owner or operator subject to this Part shall cause, suffer, or allow the discharge into the atmosphere of any fugitive emission from: (a) Any barge or ship loading station which exhibits greater than twenty percent (20%) opacity. Said emission limit shall be achieved by: 1. A telescoping loading spout which is kept extended to the grain surface and a ventilation applied at the end of the spout to a fabric filter. 2. A system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than provided under Subparagraph (4.14.2(a)(1) and approved by the Director. (b) Any barge or ship unloading station unless operated as follows: 1. The unloading leg shall be enclosed from the top (including the receiving hopper) and ventilation to a control device shall be maintained on both sides of the leg and the grain receiving hopper. 2. The total rate of air ventilation shall be at least 32,. 1 actual cubic meters per cubic meter of grain handling capacity. 3. The owner or operator may use other methods of emission control demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than provided under Subparagraphs 335-3-4-.14(2)(b)1. and 2. and approved by the Director. (3) Compliance. Affected facilities shall be in compliance with the provisions of this Part at the earliest possible date, but no later than September 30, 1982 and shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule: (a) Final plans for the emission control system must be submitted before January 1, 1981. (b) Contracts for the emission control system must be awarded or orders must be issued for purchase of component parts to accomplish emission control before June 30, 1981. (c) Initiation of on-site construction of installation of the emission control equipment must begin before August 31, 1981. (d) On-site construction or installation on the emission control equipment must be complete before September 30, 1982. (e) Final compliance shall be demonstrated before December 31, 1982. 335-3-4-28 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 Author: Marilyn G. Elliot Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: April 3, 1979. Amended: TillS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-29 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335.3.4..15 Secondary Lead Smelters . (Adopted March 23, 1982) (1) All blast (cupola) or reverberatory furnaces at a secondary lead smelter must be equipped with a capture system for fugitive emissions from the tapping and charging operations with the exception of a reverberatory furnace lead tap. Such capture systems, including hoods, ducts, and fans, shall be designed, operated and maintained to achieve maximum reasonable capture and shall be vented to a control device with at least 99.5 percent collection efficiency. (2) All alloying kettles or pots at a secondary lead smelter must be equipped with a vented cover that will be in place at all times the kettle contains molten lead except when access is necessary for casting or refining operations. The capture system, including covers, ducts, and fans, shall be designed, operated and maintained to achieve maximum reasonable capture and shall be vented to a control system with at least 90 percent collection efficiency. (3) No owner or operator of a secondary lead smelter shall discharge or cause the discharge into the atmosphere from a blast (cupola) or reverberatory furnace primary exhaust stack any gases which contain particulate matter in excess of 50.0 mg/dscm (0.022 gr/dscf). (4) Owners and operators of a secondary lead plant shall minimize fugitive dust at the plant by good housekeeping practices that will include: frequent sweeping of the plant and grounds; shielding the handling of flue dust from the wind; and enclosing, sheltering or otherwise treating all flue dust storage piles to prevent wind erosion. (5) Compliance. Affected facilities shall be in compliance with the provisions of Sections 335-3-4-.15(1) through (4) at the earliest possible date, but no later than October 31, 1982. (6) This section applies to existing secondary lead smelters located in Pike County. (Adopted March 13, 1985) (a) Visible emissions escaping the capture system for the charging door shall not exceed 10% opacity when charging the blast furnace as determined by 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 9 excluding Section 2.5. Visible emissions escaping the capture system for the closed charging door on the blast furnace shall not exceed 5% opacity during furnace operation as determined by 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 9 excluding Section 2.5. (b) Visible emissions escaping the capture system for the slag tap and lead tap on blast furnaces shall not exceed 1% opacity as determined by 40 C FR 60, Appendix A, Method 9. (c) All lead bearing material (excluding the material from the battery breaking operation, material stored in closed containers, and other material which has been excluded in writing by the Director) will be unloaded and stored in enclosed buildings. These buildings shall have no openings directly to the atmosphere except doors which may be opened only during egress or ingress or while material is being added or removed from the buildings. The buildings will be constructed such that stored material is transported to the smelter building without leaving an enclosed area. 335-3-4-30 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (d) All paved areas external to buildings on which raw materials are handled will be clearly marked and kept wet by watering devices so that no visible emissions are observed emanating from the pave areas. All vehicles leaving the areas so designated by this paragraph shall have their wheels and undercarriages washed immediately prior to leaving the area. Records must be kept of all vehicles leaving the area. Said records shall be maintained for a minimum of two years following date of recorded information. (e) Paved areas not designated as necessitating wetting by Paragraph 335-3-4-. 15(6)(d) shall be vacuum swept twice daily except under specific conditions as approved by the Director. Records must be kept documenting when sweeping is done and any reason for not sweeping (such as equipment breakdown, inclement weather conditions). Said records shall be maintained for a minimum of two years following date of recorded information. (f) Unpaved areas will be planted with grass or other ground cover or treated with lignosulfonate or equivalent surfactant on a schedule approved in writing by the Director. An evergreen vegetation boundary approved by the Director shall be planted and maintained on the northwest and north side of the plant (g) Compliance. (1) Except as provided under Subparagraph 335-3-4-.15(6Xg)2. affected facilities shall be in compliance with Section 335-3-4-.15(6) within twelve (12) months of adoption. (2) Nothing in this Subpart shall prevent the owner or operator of an affected facility from submitting to the Director a proposed alternative compliance schedule provided: (i) the proposed alternative schedule is submitted within two (2) months of adoption; and (ii) the proposed alternative schedule contains increments of progress; and (iii) sufficient documentation and certification from appropriate suppliers, contractors, manufacturers, or fabricators are submitted by the owner or operator of the affected source to justify the dates proposed for the increments of progress; and (iv) all alternative compliance schedules proposed or promulgated under this Subparagraph shall provide for compliance of the source with this Paragraph as expeditiously as practicable, but no later than December 31, 1987. 335-3-4-31 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 Author: Ronald W. Gore Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: March 23, 1982. Amended: March 1, 1985 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg MAR 28, 1985 JUL 14, 1986 51 FR 25198 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-4-.16 Reserved 335-3-4-32 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-4-.17 Steel Mills located in Etowah County . (1) Visible Emissions from the roof monitor or other openings in the BOF shop building, other than water mist or vapor, shall not exceed a shade or density greater than twenty percent (20%) opacity as determined on a three (3) minute rolling average, compliance shall be determined using the procedures specified at 40 C.F.R., Part 60, Appendix A, Method 9, excluding Section 2.5. (2) All paved roads shall be vacuum swept or flushed of surface material every third consecutive day. The vacuum sweeper shall have a minimum blower capacity of 12,000 cfm and the flushing machine shall dispense water at the rate of .32 gal/yd 2 . (3) Paved parking areas shall be vacuum swept or flushed of surface material every calendar quarter. The vacuum sweeper shall have a minimum blower capacity of 12,000 cfm and the flushing machine shall dispense water at the rate of .32 gai/yd 2 . (4) Paved road or area flushing specified in Sections 335.3-4..17(2) and 335-3-4-.17(3) is not required when the temperature is below 32°F. Paved road or area cleaning is not required when precipitation during the previous 24-hour period has exceeded .01 inches. (5) Unpaved roads, traffic areas in the slab storage area, and traffic areas in other material storage areas shall be treated with petroleum resin, asphalt emulsion, or equivalent dust suppressant on a quarterly or more frequent basis as determined by the Director. (6) Unpaved parking lots shall be treated with petroleum resin, asphalt emulsion, or equivalent dust suppressant on a semi-annual basis. (7) The petroleum resin or asphalt emulsion dust suppressant required in Sections 335-3-4-.17(5) and 335-3- 4-.17(6) shall be applied at a dilution ratio of 20% for the initial three applications and 12% for subsequent applications. The suppressant shall be applied at the rate of 0.75 gai/yd 2 of diluted solution for the initial 3 applications. Subsequent applications shall be applied at 0.25 gal/yd 2 of diluted solution. The dust suppressants must be applied at an equivalent dilution ratio and application rate approved by the Director. (8) The source shall maintain at its plant premises, and make available for inspection, records documenting for each occasion on which paved areas are cleaned in accordance with Sections 335-3-4-.17(2) and xx- 4-.17(3), and any occasion on which such paved areas are not cleaned according to the required schedule, including any justification for failure to meet the required schedule, such as equipment breakdown or inclement weather conditions. The company shall also maintain and make available for inspection records documenting the frequency and amount of applications required by Sections 335-3-4- .17(5) and xx-4-.17(6). said records shall be maintained for a minimum of two years following the date of recorded information. (9 The source shall, within 30 days of approval of this section, notify the Department of a designated reclaim area on plant property and a designated paved road at its premises to be used to transport molten slag from the basic oxygen furnace shop to the reclaim area. These designations shall not be changed without the written approval of the Director. 335-3-4-33 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 Author: Sue R. Robertson Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: March 23, 1982. Amended: September 18, 1985. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 1st Revision SEP 25, 1985 FEB 04, 1994 59 FR 5330 335-3-4-34 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335.3.5 Control of Sulfur Compound Emissions. Table Of Contents 335-3-5-.01 Fuel Combustion. 335-3-5-.02 Sulfuric Acid Plants. 335-3-5-.03 Petroleum Production. 335-3-5-.04 Kraft Pulp Mills. 335-3-5-.05 Process Industries - General. 335 .3.5 ..O1 Fuel CombustioN . (I) (a) Sulfur Dioxide Category I Counties. No person shall cause or permit the operation of a fuel burning installation in a Sulfur Dioxide Category I County or in Jefferson County in such a manner that sulfur oxides, measured as sulfur dioxide, are emitted in excess of 1.8 pounds per million BTU heat input. (Amended March 25, 1975) (b) Sulfur Dioxide Category II Counties. No person shall cause or permit the operation of a fuel burning installation in a Sulfur Dioxide Category II County in such a manner that sulfur oxides, measured as sulfur dioxide, are emitted in excess of 4.0 pounds per million BTLJ heat input. (Amended March 25, 1975) (c) Sulfur Dioxide. Jackson County. No person shall cause or permit the operation of an electric utility steam generating installation having a total rated capacity greater than 5,000 million BTU per hour in Jackson County in such a manner that sulfur oxides, measured as sulfur dioxide, are emitted in excess of 1.2 pounds per million BTIJ heat input. (Adopted August 28, 1979) (d) Sulfur Dioxide - Colbert County. No person shall cause or permit the operation of an electric utility steam generating installation having a total rated capacity greater than 1,000 million BTU per hour in Jackson County in such a manner that sulfur oxides, measured as sulfur dioxide, are emitted in excess of 2.2 pounds per million Bill heat input. 1. Compliance with this paragraph shall be achieved no later than the dates in the following schedule: (i) Specification for emission control equipment shall be completed by October 1, 1987. (ii) Initiation of on-site construction shall begin by April 1, 1988 (iii) Contracts for the emission control system shall be awarded by May 1, 1988. 335-3-5-1 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (iv) Contracts for compliance coal shall be awarded by Februaiy 1, 1990. (v) The first electric utility steam generating unit shall be in compliance with the paragraph by May 1, 1990. (vi) The second electric steam generating unit shall be in compliance with the paragraph by August 1, 1990. (vii) The third electric steam generating unit shall be in compliance with the paragraph by November 1, 1990. (viii) The fourth electric utility steam generating unit shall be in compliance with the paragraph by January 1, 1991. (e) Sulfur Dioxide - Shelby County. No person shall cause or permit the operation of an electric utility steam generating installation having a total rated capacity greater than 5,000 million BTU per hour in Jackson County in such a manner that sulfur oxides, measured as sulfur dioxide, are emitted in excess of 3.8 pounds per million BTLJ heat input. (2) Air Quality Demonstration. In addition to the requirements of Section 335-3-5-.01(l), every owner or operator of a fuel burning installation having a total rated capacity greater than 1500 million BTU per hour shall: (a) Demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Director, that the sulluir oxides emitted, either alone or in contribution to other sources, will not interfere with attainment and maintenance of any primary or secondary ambient air quality standard prescribed at Rule 335-3-1-.03. (b) Demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Director, that in meeting the emission limitations of Section 335-3-5-.01(1), the installation will not increase emissions to the extent that resulting air quality concentrations will be greater than: 1. those concentrations (either measured or calculated) which existed in 1970; or 2. those concentrations (either measured or calculated) which existed during the first year of operation of any installation which began operating after January 1, 1970. (c) Upon the direction of the Director, install and maintain air quality sensors to monitor attainment and maintenance of ambient air quality standards in the areas influenced by the emissions from such installation. Results of such monitoring shall be provided to the Director in a manner and form as he shall direct. (3) For purposes of this Part, the total heat input from all similar fuel combustion units at a plant, premises, or installation shall be used for deteimining the maximum allowable emission of sulfur dioxide that passes through a stack or stacks. Units constructed and operated to conform with the New Source Performance Standards shall not be considered similar to other units at a plant, premises, or installation. (Amended March 25, 1975) 335-3-5-2 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (4) All calculations performed pursuant to demonstrations required by Section 335-3-5-.Ol(2) shall assume that the fuel burning installation is operating at or above the maximum capacity which such installation is capable of being operated. (Submitted July 25, 1975, Approved May 27, 1976 (41 FR 21638)1 (5) No person shall cause or permit the emission or combustion of any refinery process gas stream that contains H 2 S in concentrations greater than 150 ppm without removal of the hydrogen sulfide in excess of this concentration. (6) To ensure that ambient air quality standards are met, an annual review of Sulfur Dioxide Category I and H Counties will be made by the staff. Initial Sulfur Dioxide Category classifications and any subsequent changes to Sulfur Dioxide Category classifications will be the subject of a public hearing. (Amended March 25, 1975) Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: May 29, 1973; March 25, 1975; August 28, 1979; August 10, 1987. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg MAY 1, 1975 SEP 28, 1976 41 FR 19220 1st Revision OCT 9, 1975 SEP 28, 1976 41 FR 19220 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-5-3 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-5-.02 Sulfuric Acid Plants . (Amended April 22, 1975) (1) Applicability. This Section applies to existing sulfuric acid plants operating as of January 18, 1972. (a) No person shall cause or permit sulfur dioxide tail gas emissions from sulfuric acid manufacturing plants to exceed 27 pounds per ton of 100 percent sulfuric acid produced; provided, however, that no sulfuric acid manufacturing plant emitting less than 27 lbs. per ton of 100 percent sulfuric acid produced shall be allowed to increase its emission rate. (b) No person shall cause or permit tail gas acid mist emissions to exceed 0.5 pounds per ton of sulfuric acid produced, and the sulfur inoxide emissions are not to exceed 0.2 pounds per ton of sulfuric acid produced. (2) Applicability. This section applies to all sulfuric acid plants not included in Section 335-3-5-.02(1). (a) No person shall cause or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of sulfur dioxide in excess of 4 lbs. per ton of sulfuric acid produced, maximum two-hour average. (b) No person shall cause or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of acid mist which is in excess of 0.15 pounds per ton of acid produced, maximum two-hour average, expressed in H 2 S0 4 . (3) There shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated in any sulfuric acid production unit subject to the provisions of this Part, an instrument for continuously monitoring and recording emissions of sulfur dioxide. (4) Any instrument and sampling system installed and used pursuant to this Part shall be subject to the approval of the Director. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: May 29, 1973; April 22, 1975 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JUL 25, 1975 MAY 27, 1976 41 FR 21638 1st Revision MAY 01, 1975 SEP 28, 1976 41 FR 42674 2nd Revision OCT 09, 1975 SEP 28, 1976 41 FR 42674 3rd Revision SEP 06, 1979 NOV 06, 1981 46 FR 55105 4th Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-5-4 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-5-.03 Petroleum Processing (1) Applicability. This regulation applies to facilities that handle natural gas or refinery gas that contains more than 5 grains of hydrogen sulfide per 100 standard cubic feet. (2) No person shall cause or pennit the emission of a process gas stream containing hydrogen sulfide into the atmosphere unless it is properly burned to maintain the ground level concentrations of hydrogen sulfide to less than 10 parts per billion. (3) No person shall cause or permit the sulfur oxide emission from any facility designed to dispose of or process natural gas containing more than 5 grains hydrogen sulfide per 100 standard cubic feet to exceed the following: CATEGORY I COUNTIES Available Sulfur Permitted Emissions (Long Tons/Day) of Sulfur Dioxide Upto5 NoLimit 5 to 35 375 lbs/hour 35 to 75 5 percent of inlet Over 75 4 percent of inlet CATEGORY II COUNTIES Available Sulfur Permitted Emissions (Long Tons/Day) of Sulfur Dioxide UptolO NoLimit 10 to 50 560 lbs/hour 50 to 100 5 percent of inlet Over 100 4 percent of inlet 335-3-5-5 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 The allowable emissions, as a percent of plant inlet, are increased as follows to allow for thy acid gas streams containing less than 60 percent hydrogen sulfide: Mat Percent of Hydrogen Sulfide in Diy Acid Gas Additional SO 2 Emissions Allowed 50% but less than 60% 40% but less than 50% 30% but less than 40% 20% but less than 30% Less than 20% .02 lbs. S0 2 /lb. S processed .04 lbs. SOjlb. S processed .06 lbs. SO llb. S processed .10 lbs. SOjlb. S processed Must utilize the best available control technology, with consideration to the technical practicability and economic reasonableness of reducing or eliminating the emissions from the facility. (5) (a) For purposes of this Rule, the following counties are classified as Category I Counties: Jackson, Jefferson, and Mobile. (b) For purposes of this Part, those counties not listed in Paragraph 335-3-5-.03(5)(a) are classified as Category II Counties. (6) Compliance with these regulations is determined both by long-term material balances and stack sampling. New plants with an inlet stream containing more than 50 long tons per day of sulfur are required to install monitors to continuously determine the sulfur oxide emissions in terms of mass per unit of time. (7) In calculating the ground level concentration that results from short-term or emergency flaring, it shall be assumed that only 75 percent of the heat of combustion is used to heat the products of combustion. (8) Air Quality Demonstration. In addition to the requirements of Section 335-3-5-.03(3), every owner or operator of a facility covered by Rule 335-3-5-.03 shall demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Director, that the sulfur oxides emitted, either alone or in conjunction with other sources, will not interfere with attainment and maintenance of any primary or secondary ambient air quality standard. (9) To ensure that ambient air quality standards are met, an annual review of Sulfur Dioxide Category I and II Counties will be made by the staff. Initial Sulfur Dioxide Category Classifications and any subsequent changes to Sulfur Dioxide Category Classifications will be the subject of a public hearing. 335-3-5-6 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: May 29, 1973; April 22, 1975 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Dale Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JUL 21, 1976 OCT 19, 1977 42 FR 55810 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-5-7 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-5-.04 Kraft Pulp Mills . (Adopted July 26, 1972) (1) Applicability. This part applies to manufacturing facilities for the pulping of wood and the preparation and recoveiy of associated chemicals by the kraft process, including combined recovery systems serving other processes such as neutral sulfite pulping. (2) No person shall cause or pennit the emissions of total reduced sulfur (TRS) from recovery furnaces, lime kilns, digestors, and multiple effect evaporators to exceed 1.2 pounds (expressed as hydrogen sulfide on a dry gas basis) per ton of air-dried pulp from kraft pulp mills. (3) The pulp production rates for kraft pulp mills referred to in this Part shall be calculated as provided in Section 4.7.3. (4) Notwithstanding the specific limits set forth in this Part, in order to maintain the lowest possible emission of air contaminants, the highest and best practicable treaunent and control for TRS currently available shall be provided for new kraft pulp mills. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: July 26, 1972. Amended: May 29, 1973 TillS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register OriginaiReg FEB 15, 1973 APR23, 1974 39FR 14338 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-5-8 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-5-.05 Process Industries - General . (Adopted May 5, 1976) (1) Applicability. This part applies to facilities not regulated by Rules 335-3-5-.Ol through 335-3-5-.04. (2) No person shall construct and operate a new or modified sulfur compound emission source that does not meet any and al applicable New Source Perfonnance Standards and utilizes the best available control technology, with consideration to the technical practicability and economic reasonableness of reducing or eliminating the emissions from the facility. (3) No person shall construct and operate a new or modified emissions source that will cause or contribute to a new condition such that either the primary or the secondary sulfur dioxide ambient air quality standards are exceeded in the area. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: July 26, 1972. Amended: May 29, 1973 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JUL 21, 1976 OCT 19, 1977 42 FR 55810 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-5-9 ------- Printed: Septeniber 1.6, 1995 during assembly, provided that the volume of coating does not exceed 757 liters (200 gallons) in any one year. (d) No owner or operator of a large appliance coating line subject to this Section may cause, allow or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excliiiding water, delivered to the coating applicator frc m prime, single, or topcoat coating operations. (5) Automobile and Light Duty Truck Manufacturing. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following Definitions apply: 1. “Application Area” shall mean the area where the coating is applied by dipping and spraying. 2. “manufaclEuring plant” shall mean a facility where automobiles and truck bodies are manufactured and/or finished for eventual assembly into a finished product ready for sale to vehicle dealers. Customizer, body shops, and other repainters are not part of this definition. 3. “Automobile” shall mean all passenger cars or passenger car derivations capable of seating 12 or fewer pa sengers. 4. “light-dility trucks” shall mean any motor vehicles rated at 3,864 kilograms (8,500 pounds) gross weight or less which are designed primarily for the purpose of transportation or are derivatives of such vehicles. (b) This Section will apply to the application area(s), flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of automotive and light-duty truck manufacturing plants involved in prime, topcoat, and final repair coating operations. (c) No owner or o erator of an automobile or light-duty manufacturing plant subject to this Section may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of: 1. 0.23 kilograms per liter of coating (1.2 pounds per galldn), excluding water, delivered to the 335—3 —6—2 6 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 applicator from prime application, flashoff area, and oven operations. 2. 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicator from surfacer application, flashoff area, and oven operations. 3. 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicator from topcoat application, flashoff area, and oven operations. 4. 0.58 kilograms per liter of coating (4.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the appiicatcbr from final repair application, flashoff area, and oven operations. (6) Paper Coating. (a) For the purpo e of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Knife Coating” shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife that spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the substrate. 2. “Paper Coating” shall mean coatings put on paper and pres ure sensitive tapes regardless of substrat . Related web coating processes on plastic i1m and decorative coatings on metal foil are included in this definition. 3. “Roll Coating” shall mean the application of a coating r iaterial to a substrate by means of hard rubber or steel rolls. 4. “Rotogravure Coating” shall mean the application of a coat ing material to a substrate by means of a roll coat ing technique in which the pattern to be applied is etched on the coating roll. The coating material is picked up in these recessed areas and is transferred to the substrate. (b) This Section will apply to roll, knife, or rotogravure coater(s) and drying ovens of paper coating lines. Cc) No owner or operator of a paper coating line subject to 335—3—6—27 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 this Section may cause, allow,or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.35 kilograms perliter of coating (2.9 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a paper coating line. (7) Fabric and Vinyl Coating. (a) For the purp se of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Fabric Coating” shall mean the coating of a textile substrate with a knife, roll, or rotogravure coater to impart properties that are not initially present, such as strength, stability, water or acid repellency, or appearance. 2. “Knife Coating” shall mean the application of a coating aterial to a substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife that spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the substrate. 3. “Roll Coating” shall mean the application of a coating thaterial to a substrate by means of hard rubber oi steel rolls. 4. “Rotogravure Coating” shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of a roll coatLing technique in which the pattern to be applied is etched on the coating roll. The coating material is picked up in these recessed areas and is transferred to the substrate. 5. “Vinyl Coating” shall mean to apply a decorative or protective topcoat or printing on vinyl coating coated fabric or vinyl sheets. (b) This Section will apply to roll, knife, or rotogravure coater(s) and drying ovens of fabric and vinyl coating lines. (C) No owner or o erator of a fabric coating line or a vinyl coating line subject to this Section may cause, allow, or permit discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of; 1. 0.35 kil grams per liter of coating (2.9 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the 335—3—6—28 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 coating applicator from a fabric coating line. 2. 0.45 kilograms per liter of coating (3.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a vinyl coating line. (8) Magnet Wire Coating. (a) For the purpo e of this Section, the following definition applies: 1. “Magnet Wire Coating” shall mean the process of applying a coating of electrically insulating varnish or enamel to aluminum or copper wire for use in electrical machinery. (b) This Section iill apply to oven(s) of magnet wire coating operations. Cc) No owner or o erator of a magnet wire coating oven subject to this Section may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.20 kilograms per liter of coating (1.7 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from magnet wire coating operations. (9) Compliance Methods. (a) The emission limits under this Part shall be achieved by: 1. the application of low solvent content coating technology; or 2. incineration, provided that ninety percent (90%) of the norimethane volatile organic compounds (VOC measured as total combustible carbon) which enter the incinerator are oxidized to carbon dioxide and water; or 3. a system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than provided under Paragraph 335-3-6-.11(9)(a)1. or 335-3-6- .11(9) (a)2. of this Section and approved by the Director; or (b) the design, operation, and efficiency of any capture system used in conjunction with 335-3-6-.ll(9) (a)2. and 335-3-6-.ll(9) (a)3. of this Section shall be certified 335—3—6—2 9 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 by the owner or operator and approved by the Director. (10) Flatwood Paneling (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Class II hardboard paneling finish” shall mean finishes which meet the specifications of Voluntary Product Standard PS- 59-73 as approved by the American National Standards Institute. 2. “Hardboard” shall mean a panel manufactured primarily from inter-felted ligno-cellulosic fibers which are consolidated under heat and pressure in a hot press. 3. “Hardwood plywood” shall man plywood whose surface layer isa veneer of hardwood. 4. “Natural finish hardwood plywood panels” shall mean panels whose original grain pattern is enhanced by essentially transparent finishes frequently supplemented by fillers and toners. 5. “Thin Pafticleboard” is a manufactured board 1/4 inch or less in thickness made of individual wood particle which have been coated with a binder and formed into flat sheets by pressure. 6. “Printed interior panels” shall mean panels whose grain or natural surface is obscured by fillers and basecoats upon which a simulated grain or decorative pattern is printed. 7. “Tileboard” shall mean paneling that has a colored waterpro9f surface coating. 8. “Coating application system” shall mean all operatioi is and equipment which apply, convey, and dry a surface coating, including, but not limited to, spray booths, flow coaters, conveyers,flashoff areas, air dryers, and ovens. (b) This Section pplies to all flatwood manufacturing facilities that manufacture the following products: 335—3—6—30 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 1. printed interior panels made of hardwood, plywood, and thin particleboard; 2. natural finish hardwood plywood panels; or 3. hardboard paneling with Class II finishes. (c) This Section .oes not apply to the manufacture of exterior sidi 9 ig, tileboard, or particleboard used as a furniture component. (d) No owner or operator of a flatwood manufacturing facility subject to this Section shall emit VOCs from a coating application system in excess of: 1. 2.9 kilo rams per 100 square meters of coated finished product (6.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from printed interior panels, regardless of the numb r of coats applied; 2. 5.8 kilograms per 100 square meters of coated finished product (12.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from natural finish hardwood plywood panels, regardless of the number of coats applied; and, 3. 4.8 kilograms per 100 square meters of coated finished product (10.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from Class II finishes on hardboard panels, regardle s of the number of coats applied. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision FEB 12, 1982 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 3rd Revision MAY 05, 1983 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 4th Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-6—31 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (11) Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Air dried coating” shall mean coating which are dried by the use of air or forced warm air at temperatures up to 90°C (195°F) 2. “Clear coat” shall mean a coating which lacks color and opacity or is transparent and uses the undercoat as a ref lectant base or undertone color. 3. “Coating application system” shall mean all operations and equipment which applies, conveys, and dries a surface coating, including, but not limited to, spray booths, flow coaters, flashoff areas, air dryers and ovens. 4. “Extreme environmental conditions” shall mean exposure to any one of the following: the weather all of the time, temperatures consistently above 950 (203°F), detergents, abrasive and scouring agents, solvents, corrosive atmospheres, or similar environmental conditions. 5. “Extreme performance coatings” shall mean coatings designed for harsh exposure or extreme environmental conditions. 6. “Heat sensitive material” shall mean materials which cannot consistently be exposed to temperatures greater than 95°C (203°F). 7. “Low solvent coating” shall mean coatings which contain less organic solvent than the conventional coatings used by the industry. Low solvent coatings include water-borne, higher solids, electrodeposition and powder coatings. 8. “Single cboat” shall mean one film of coating applied lto a metal surface. 9. “Transfer efficiency” shall mean the portion of coating which adheres to the metal surface during the application process, expressed as a percentage of the tptal volume of coating delivered by the applicator. 33 5—3-6—32 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (b) This Section applies to coating of miscellaneous metal parts and products in the following industries: 1. Large farm machinery (harvesting, fertilizing and planting machines, tractors, combines, etc.); 2. Small farm machinery (lawn and garden tractors, lawn mowers, rototillers, etc.); 3. Small ap liances (fans, mixers, blenders, crock pots, de1 iumidifiers, vacuum cleaners, etc.); 4. Commercial machinery (office equipment, computers and auxiliary equipment, typewriters, calculators, vending rnachines, etc.); 5. Industrial machinery (pumps, compressors, conveyer components, fans, blowers, transformers, etc.); 6. Fabricat d metal products (metal covered doors, frames, etc.); and 7. Any othet industrial category which coats metal parts or products under the Standard Industrial Classification Code of Major Group 33 (primary metal industries), Major Group 34 (fabricated metal products), Major Group 35 (nonelectric machinery), Major Group 36 (electrical machinery), Major Group 37 (transportation equipment), Major Group 38 (miscellaneous instruments), and Major Group 39 (miscellaneous manufacturing industries). (C) This Section does not apply to the surface coating of the following metal parts and products: 1. automobiles and light-duty trucks; 2. metal cans; 3. flat metal sheets and strips in the forms of rolls or coils; 4. magnet wire for use in electrical machinery; 5. metal furniture; 6. large appliances; 7. exterior of airplanes; 335—3—6—3 3 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 8. automobile refinishing; 9. customized coating of automobiles and trucks, if production is less than 35 vehicles per day; and 10. exterior of marine vessels. (d) This Section hall apply to the application area(s), flashoff area(s), air and forced air dryer(s) and oven(s) used in the surface coating of the metal parts and products in paragraph 335-3-6-.11(11) (b). This Section also applies to prime coat, top coat, and single coat operations. Ce) No owner or operator of a facility engaged in the surface coating of miscellaneous metal parts and products may operate a coating application system subject to this Section that emits VOCs in excess of: 1. 0.52 kilbgrams per liter (4.3 pounds per gallon) of coatii 1 ig, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator that applies clear coatings; 2. 0.42 kilograms per liter (3.5 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator in a coating application system that is air dnjed or forced warm air dried at room temperatures up to 90° (194°F); 3. 0.42 kil grams per liter (3.5 pounds per gallon) of coati g, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator that applies extreme performance coatings; and, 4. 0.36 kilograms per liter (3.0 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator for all other coatings and coating application systems. 335—3—6—34 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg FEB 12, 1982 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 1st Revision MAY 05, 1983 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—35 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 12 Solvent Metal Cleaning . (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Cold Cleaning” shall mean the batch process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by spraying, brushing, flushing or immersion while maintaining t*e solvent below its boiling point. Wipe cleaning is not included in this definition. (b) “Conveyorized Degreasing” shall mean the continuous process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by operating with either cold or vaporized solvents. Cc) “Freeboard Height” shall mean for a cold cleaner, the distance from the liquid solvent level in the degreaser tank to the lip of the tank. For vapor degreasers, it is the distance from the solvent level in the tank to the lip of th tank. (d) “Freeboard Ratio” shall mean the freeboard height divided by the width of the degreaser. Ce) “Open Top Vapçr Degreasing” shall mean the batch process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by condensing hot solvent vapor on the colder metal parts. (f) “Solvent Metal. Cleaning” shall mean the process of cleaning soils from metal surfaces by cold cleaning or open top vapo degreasing or conveyorized degreasing. (2) This Rule will apply to cold cleaning, open top vapor degreasing and conveyorized degreasing operations. (3) The provisions of this Part shall apply with the following exceptions: (a) Open top vapor degreasers with an open area smaller than one square meter (10.8 square feet) shall be exempt from thus Part. (b) Conveyorized degreasers with an air/vapor interface smaller than 2.0 square meters (21.6 square feet) shall be exempt from this Part. (4) Except as provided under Section 335-3-6-.12 (3), the owner or operator of a cold cleaning device shall: 335—3—6—36 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (a) equip the cleaner with a cover and the cover shall be so designed that it can be easily operated with one hand; if, 1. the solvent volatility is greater than 2 kilo Pascals (15 millimeters of mercury or 0.3 pounds per square inch) measured at 38° (100°F); or 2. the solv nt is agitated; or 3. the solvent is heated; and (b) equip the cleaner with a device for draining cleaned parts; and if the solvent volatility is greater than 4.3 kilo Pascals (32 millimeters of mercury or 0.6 pounds per square inch) measured at 38° (100°F), equip the construct drainage device internally so that the parts are enci.osed under the cover while draining, except that tl 1 ie drainage device may be external for applications Where an internal type cannot fit into the cleaning systems; and (c) if the solvent volatility is greater than 4.3 kilo Pascals (32 millimeters of mercury or 0.6 pounds per square inch) measured at 32° (100°F) or if the solvent is heated above 500 (120 °F), install one of the following devices: 1. freeboard that gives a freeboard ratio greater than or equal to 0.7; or 2. water cover (solvent must be insoluble in and heavier tihan water); or 3. other systems of equivalent control, such as refrigerated chiller or carbon absorption, approved by the Director; and (d) provide a perr ianent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating requirements; and (e) close the cover whenever parts are not being handled in the cleaner; and (f) drain the cleaned parts for at least 15 seconds or until dripping ceases; and (g) if used, supply a solvent spray that is a solid fluid stream (not a fine, atomized, or shower type spray) at a pressure which does not cause excessive splashing; and 33 5—3—6—37 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (h) store waste solvent only in covered containers and not dispose of waste solvent or transfer it to another party, such that greater than twenty percent (20%) of the waste solyent (by weight) can evaporate into the atmosphere. I (5) Except as provided under 335-3-6-.12(3), the owner or operator of an opei i top vapor degreaser shall; (a) equip the vapor degreaser with a cover that can be opened and closed easily without disturbing the vapor zone; and. (b) provide the following safety switches: 1. a condenser flow switch and thermostat which shuts of f the heat if the condenser coolant is either not circulating or too warm; and 2. ReservedL (Amended March 24, 1981) 3. a vapor level control thermostat which shuts of f the heat when the level rises too high. (c) install one of the following control devices: 1. a freeboard ratio of greater than or equal to 0.75 and a po iered or mechanically assisted cover if the degreaser opening is greater than 1 square meter (10.8 square feet); or 2. refrigerated chiller; or 3. enclosed design (cover or door opens only when the dry part is actually entering or exiting the degreaser); or 4. carbon adsorption system, with ventilation greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per minute per square meter (50 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of air/vapor area (when cover is open) and exhaustii ig less than 25 parts per million of solvent cpver one complete adsorption cycle; or 5. a control system, demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than any of the above and approved by the Director; and (d) keep the cover closed at all times except when processing work loads through the degreaser; and 335—3—6—38 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (e) minimize solvent carryout by: 1. racking parts to allow complete drainage; and 2. moving parts in and out of the degreaser at less than 3.3 meters per minute (11 feet per minute); and 3. holding tithe parts in the vapor zone at least 30 seconds r until condensation ceases; and 4. tipping Out any pools of solvent on the cleansed parts before removal from the vapor zone; and 5. allowing parts to dry within the degreaser for at least 15 seconds or until visually dry; and (f) not degrease porous or absorbent materials, such as cloth, leathe , wood or rope; and (g) not occupy more than half of the degreaser’s open top area with a workload; and (h) Reserved. (Amended March 24, 1981) (1) always spray below the vapor level; and (:i) repair solvent leaks immediately, or shutdown the degreaser; and (k) store waste sølvent only in covered containers and not dispose of wa te solvent or transfer it to another party, such that greater than twenty percent (20%) of the waste sol+ent (by weight) can evaporate into the atmosphere; and (1) not operate the cleaner so as to allow water to be visually detectable in solvent existing in the water separator; and. (m) not use ventilation fans near the degreaser opening nor provide exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute pe square meter (65 cubic feet per minute per square focpt) of degreaser open area, unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements. (6) Except as provided under Section 335-3-6-.12(3), the owner or operator of a conveyorized degreaser shall: 335—3—6—39 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (a) not use workplace fans near the degreaser opening nor provide exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute per square meter (65 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of degreaser opening, unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements; and (b) install one of the following control devices: 1. refriger ted chiller; or 2. carbon adsorption system with ventilation greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per minute per square meter (50 cubic feet per minute per square foot) or air/vapor area (when downtime covers are open), and exhausting less than 25 parts per million of solvent by volume averaged over a complete adsorption cycle; or 3. a system demonstrated to have a control efficiency equivalent to or greater than Subparagraph 335-3- 6-.12(6) (b)l. or 335—3-6—.12(6) (b)2. of this Section nd approved by the Director; and (c) equip the cleaner with equipment, such as drying tunnel or rotating (tumbling) basket sufficient to prevent cleaned parts from carrying out solvent liquid or vapor; and (d) provide the fbllowing safety switches: 1. a condenser flow switch and thermostat which shut of f the heat if the condenser is either not circulat ng or too warm; and 2. a spray safety switch which shuts off the spray pump or the conveyer if the vapor level drops more than 10 centimeters (4 inches) below the bottom of the condenser; and 3. a vapor level control thermostat which shuts off the heat when the level rises too high; and (e) minimize open4.ngs during operation so that entrances and exits will silhouette workloads with an average clearance bet Jqeen the parts and the edge of the degreaser opening of less than ten centimeters (4 inches) or less than ten percent (10%) of the width of the opening; and (f) provide downtime covers for closing off the entrance 3 35—3—6—40 ------- Printed: Septezxiber 16, 1995 and exit during the shutdown hours; and (g) minimize carryout emissions by: 1. racking parts for best drainage; and 2. maintaining the vertical conveyer speed at less than 3.3 meters per minute (11 feet per minute); and (h) store waste sd ivent only in covered containers; and (i) repair solvent leaks immediately, or shut down degreasers; and (j) not operate tilie cleaner so as to allow water to be visually detectable in solvent exiting the water separator; and (k) place downtim covers over entrances and exits of conveyorized egreasers immediately after the conveyers and exhaust are shut down and not remove them until just before start-up. Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: November 26, 1979. inended: March 24, 1981 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision APR 01, 1 81 OCT 29, 1981 46 FR 55810 3rd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—41 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .13 Cutback Asphalt. (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Asphalt” shall mean a dark brown to black cementitious material (so]4d, semisolid, or liquid in consistency) in which the predominantly constituents are bituinens which occur in nature as such or which are obtained as residue in refining petroleum. (b) “Cutback Asphalt” shall mean asphalt cement which has been liquefied by blending with petroleum solvents (diluents). Upon exposure to atmospheric conditions, the diluents evaporate, leaving the asphalt cement to perform its function. (c) “Penetrating Prime Coat” shall mean an application of low viscosity liquid asphalt to an absorbent surface. It is used to prepare an untreated base for an asphalt surface. The prime penetrates the base and plugs the voids, hardens the top, and helps bind it to the overlying asphalt layer. (2) This Rule will appiy to the manufacture and use of cutback asphalts in highway paving and maintenance operations in Jefferson, Mobile, Russell, Madison and Morgan counties. (a) After June 1, 1980, no person may cause, allow, or permit the sa}e or offering for sale, mixing, storage, use, or application of cutback asphalts without approval of the Director as provided in Paragraph 335- 3—6—.13(2) (b) of this Part. (b) The Director may approve the sale or offering for sale, mixing, storage, use, or application of cutback asphalts where: 1. long-time stockpile storage is necessary; or 2. the use or application commences on or after November of any year and such use or application is completed by February of the following year; or 3. the cutback asphalt is to be used solely as a penetrating prime coat. 335-3-6-42 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A—5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: November 26, 1979. amended: June 9, 1987. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—43 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-.14 Petition fd r Alternative Controls . (1) Notwithstanding any requirements of Rules 335-3-6-. 02 through 335-3-6- .13, an owner or operator may petition the Director for permission to use alternative operational and/or control techniques for any emission point subject to the requirements o this Chapter, if each of the following requirements is satisfied: (a) the petition is submitted within 3 months of EPA approval; and (b) the petition demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Director that the reduction in VOC emissions achieved through use of the alternative technique is equivalent to that which would be expected from compliance with the applicable regulations. (2) Notwithstanding any requirements of Rule 335-3-6-.02 through 335-3-6- .13, an owner or operator may petition the Director for permission to substitute reductions in emissions for those regulated so irce categories below those required by these regulations or increase in emissions above allowable limits (compliance is to be determined on a plant-wide basis, using a weekly weighted average) for the emission reductions required by these regulations, if each of the following requirements are satisfied: (a) the petition is submitted within 3 months of EPA approval; (b) the petition demonstration demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Director that sufficient additional reduction in \!TOC emissions not required by the regulations will be achieved to assure that the aggregate reduction in VOC emissions is rio less than the reductions in emission which would be expected for compliance with the regulations. (3) Alternative Control Technology. (a) Notwithstanding any requirement of Ru1es335-3-6- .02 through 335-3-6- .13, sources unable to achieve the levels of cont rol specified in this Chapter on a technical or economic basis may petition the Director for permissioN on a case-by-case basis to establish the applicable reasonably available control technology. (b) Any such change to the applicable reasonably available control technology will not be effective until it 3 35-3—6—44 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 becomes a parts of the approved State Implementation Plan. Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: November 26, 1979. Amended: THIS IS THE Original Reg 1st Revision 2nd Revision FEDERALLY A PROVED REGULATION AS OF Date Submitted Date Approved to EPA by EPA APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 MARCH 19, 1990 Federal Register 44 FR 67375 44 FR 67375 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—45 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-.15 Cornpliance Schedules . (EPA approval as used h rein means final approval of this Chapter as part of the State Implementation Plan.) (1) Process and Emission Control Equipment Installations. (a) Except as provided under Sections 335-3-6-.15(4) or 335-3-6-.15(5), the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to install and operate VOC emission control equipi ent and/or replacement process equipment to comply wit i this Chapter shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule: 1. Final plans for the emission control system and/or process equipment must be submitted within three (3) months of EPA approval; 2. Contracts for the emission control system and/or process equipment must be awarded or orders must be issued for purchase of component parts to accomplish emission control within six(6) months of EPA a prova1; 3. Initiation of on-site construction or installation of the emission control and/or process equipment must begin within nine(9) months of EPA approval; 4. On-site construction or installation of the emission control and/or process equipment must be completed within fifteen (15) months of EPA approval; 5. Final compliance shall be achieved within sixteen (16) months of EPA approval. (b) Any owner or operator of an emission source subject to the compliance schedule of this Section shall certify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress, whether the required increment of progress has been met. (2) Low Solvent Content Coating. (a) Except as pro Tided under Sections 335-3-6-.15(3) or 335-3-6-.l5(5) or under Paragraph 335-3-6-.l5(2)(b) of this Section, the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to employ low solvent content coating technology to comply with this Chapter shall adhere to 335—3-6-46 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 the increment of progress contained in the following schedules: I 1. Final plans for the application of low solvent content coating technology must be submitted within three (3) months of EPA approval; 2. Research and development of low solvent content coating must be completed within six (6) months of EPA approval; 3. Evaluation of product quality and commercial acceptancfe must be completed within 1 year of EPA approval 4. Purchase orders must be issued for low solvent content coatings and process modifications within fifteen (15) months of EPA approval; 5. Initiation of process modification must begin within seventeen (17) months of EPA approval; 6. Process odifications must be completed and use of low solvent content coatings must begin within twenty-two (22) months of EPA approval; 7. Final compliance shall be achieved within two (2) hears of EPA approval. (b) Where the Director determines that low solvent content coating technology has been sufficiently researched and developed for a particular application, the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to comply with this Chapter through application of low solvent content coati gs shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule: 1. Final plans for the application of low solvent content coating technology must be submitted within three (3) months of EPA approval; 2. Evaluation of product quality and commercial acceptan e must be completed within six (6) months of EPA approval; 3. Purchase orders must be issued for low solvent content áoatings and process modifications within nine(9) months of EPA approval; 4. Initiation of process modifications must begin 335—3—6-47 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 within eleven (11) months of EPA approval; 5. Process modifications must be completed and use of low solvent content coatings must begin within fifteen (15) months of EPA approval; 6. Final compliance shall be achieved within sixteen (16) months of EPA approval. (c) Any owner or operator of a stationary source subject to the complianc schedule of this Section shall certify to the Directpr within five (5) days after the deadline for each incr ment of progress whether the required increment of progress has been met. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—48 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (3) Equipment Modificatlion. (a) Except as provided under Section 335-3-6-.15(4) or 335- 3-6-.15(5), the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to comply with this Chapter by modification of existing processing equipment shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule: 1. Final plans f or process modification must be submitted within three (3) months of EPA approval; 2. Contract for process modifications must be awarded pr orders must be issued for the purchase of component parts to accomplish process modifications within five (5) months of EPA approval; 3. Initiation of on-site construction or installation of process modifications must begin within seven (7) months of EPA approval; 4. On-site jonstruction or installation of process modifications must be completed within ten (10) months of EPA approval; 5. Final compliance shall be achieved within eleven (11) months of EPA approval. (b) Any owner or operator of an emission source subject to the compliance schedule of this Section shall certify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress, whether the required increment of progress has been met. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1 79 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—49 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (4) Alternative Compli nce. (a) Nothing in this Part shall prevent the Director from approving a separate schedule for any source, if he finds that the application of a compliance schedule in Sections 335-3—6—.l5(l) through 335—3—6-.15(3) would be infeasible or impracticable. (b) Nothing in this Part shall prevent the owner or operator of a VOC source from submitting to the Director a proposed alternative compliance schedule provided: 1. the proposed alternative compliance schedule is submitted within three (3) months of EPA approval; and 2. the final control plans for achieving compliance with this Chapter are submitted simultaneously; and 3. the alte native compliance schedule contains the same INCREMENTS OF PROGRESS as the schedule for which it is proposed; and 4. sufficient documentation and certification from appropriate suppliers, contractors, manufacturers, or fabricators are submitted by the owner or operator of the VOC source to justify the dates proposed’for the increments of progress. Cc) All alternati ’e compliance schedules proposed or promulgated under this Section shall provide for compliance of the VOC emission source with this Chapter as expeditiously as practicable, but not later than December 31, 1982. Cd) Any schedule approved under this Section may be revoked at any time if the source does not meet the increments of progress stipulated. (5) Exception. Section 335-3-6-.15(1) through 335-3-6-.15(4) will not apply to sources which are in compliance with this Chapter before Junk 1, 1979 and have determined and certified compliance to the satisfaction of the Director within three (3) mcbnths of EPA approval. (6) Exception. Nothing in this Rule shall prevent the Director 335—3—6—50 ------- Printed: Septeniber 16, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-6 Control of Organic Emissions. 335—3—6- .01 335—3—6—. 02 335—3—6—. 03 335—3—6—. 04 335—3—6—. 05 335—3—6—.06 335—3—6—. 07 335—3—6—. 08 335—3—6—.09 335—3-6—. 10 335—3—6—. 11 335—3—6— .12 335—3—6— .13 335—3—6—. 14 335-3—6-. 15 335—3—6— .16 335—3—6—.17 335—3—6— .18 335—3—6—. 19 335—3—6— . 20 335—3—6— .21 335—3—6— .22 335—3—6—.23 335—3—6— .24 335—3—6— .25 335—3—6— . 26 335—3—6— .27 335—3—6— .28 335—3—6— .29 335—3—6— . 30 335—3—6—.31 335—3—6—. 32 335—3—6—.33 Applicability. VOC Water Separation. Loading and Storage of VOC. Fixed-Roof Petroleum Liquid Storage Vessels. Bulk Gasoline Plants. Bulk Gasoline Terminals. Gasoline Dispensing Facilities -Stage I. Petroleum Refinery Sources. Pumps and Compressors. Ethylene Producing Plants. Surface Coating. Solvent Metal Cleaning. Cutback Asphalt. Petition for Alternative Controls. Compliance Schedules. Test Methods and Procedures. Manufacture of Pneumatic Tires. Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products. Perchiorethylene Dry Cleaning Systems. Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems. Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment. Graphic Arts. Petroleum Liquid Storage In External Floating Roof Tanks. Applicability. VOC Water Separation. Loading and Storage of VOC. Fixed-Roof Petroleum Liquid Storage Vessels. Bulk Gasoline Plants. Bulk Gasoline Terminals. Gasoline Dispensing Facilities - Stage I. Petroleum Refinery Sources. Surface Coating. Solvent Metal Cleaning. Table of Contents 335—3—6—1 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335—3—6—. 34 335—3—6—.35 335—3—6—.36 335—3—6— .37 335—3—6— .38 335—3—6— .39 335—3—6- .40 335—3—6— .41 335—3—6— .42 335—3—6—. 43 335—3—6—. 44 335—3-6- .45 335—3-6—.46 335—3-6—.47 335—3-6—.48 335—3-6—.49 335—3-6—.50 335—3—6— .51 335—3-6-.52 Cutback Asphalt. Petition for Alternative Controls. Compliance Schedules. Test Methods and Procedures. Manufacture of Pneumatic Tires. Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products. Perchiorethylene Dry Cleaning Systems. Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems. Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment. Graphic Arts. Petroleum Liquid Storage In External Floating Roof Tanks. Large Petroleum Dry Cleaners Aerospace Assembly and Component and Component Coatings Operation Leaks From Coke By-Product Recovery Plant Equipment Emissions From Coke By-product Recovery Plant Coke Oven Gas Bleeder Manufacture of Laminated Countertops Paint Manufacture Gasoline Dispensing Facilities- Stage II Control Seasonal Afterburner Shutdown- VOC Control Only 335—3—6- . 01 Applicability . (1) The provisions of this Chapter shall apply to all sources of volatile organic compounds (VOC) in accordance with schedules contained in Rule 335-3-6-.15 except: (a) sources in Jefferson County are not subject to the provisions of Rules 335-3-6-. 02 through 335-3-6-. 23 and only VOC sources in Jefferson County are subject to the provisions of Rules 335-3-6- .24 through 335-3-6- .52 of this chapter; (b) sources with a potential VOC emission rate of less than 100 tons/year; (C) sources used exclusively for chemical or physical analysis or determination of product quality and commercial acceptance provided: 1. the operation of the sources is not an integral part of the production process; and 33 5—3—6—2 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 2. the emissions from sources do not exceed 363 kilograms (800 pounds) in any calendar month. (2) Rules 335-3-6-. 02 nd 335-3-6-.03 shall not apply to sources which are located in any county with the exception of Mobile and which were built prior to January 30,1973. (3) In addition, the provisions of Rule 335-3-6-.03 shall apply to sources which are located in Mobile County regardless of construction date and to sources located in all other counties which were constructed or otherwise came into being after January 30, 1973 regardless of the exceptions provided in Section 335—3—6-.01(l). (4) The provisions of Section 335-3-3-6-.ll(6) shall not apply to any sources except those located in Jefferson County and those sources in the State which manufacture audio or video recording tape. (5) The provisions of Rules 335-3-6-. 17 through 335-3-6- .23, and Sections 335—3—6-.11(2), 335—3—6—.11(10), and 335—3—6— .11(11) shall not apply to any source except those located in Etowah, Jefferson, Mobile, and Russell Counties. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22- 22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22_22A.! 6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: July 26, 1972; November 26, 1979; September 18, 1985; June 9, 1987. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision APR 01, 1981 OCT 29, 1981 46 FR 55810 33 5—3—6—3 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 3rd Revision SEP 23, 1985 DEC 19, 1986 51 FR 45470 4th Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—4 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-.02 VOC Water Separation . (1) No person shall us any compartment of any single or multiple compartment VOC water separator which receives effluent water containing 1,000 gallons a day or more of any VOC from processing, refining, treating, storing, or handling VOCs, unless such compartment is equipped with one of the following vapor loss control devices, properly installed, in good working order, and in operation: (a) a container having all openings sealed and totally enclosing the liquid contents. All gauging and sampling devices shall be gas-tight, except when gauging or sa Plin is performed. (b) a container equipped with a floating roof consisting of a pontoon type, double-deck type roof or internal floating cover which shall rest on the surface of the contents and be equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and containing walls. All gauging or sampling devices shall be gas-tight, except when gauging or sampling is performed. (C) a container e uipped with a vapor recovery system consisting of’a vapor gathering system capable of collecting the VOC vapors and gases dispersed and a vapor disposal system capable of processing such VOC vapors and gases so as to prevent their emission into the atmosphere. All container gauging and sampling devices shall be gas-tight, except where gauging or sampling is performed. (d) a container having other equipment of equal efficiency for purposes of air pollution control as may be approved by t1 ie Director. 335—3—6—5 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22- 22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A+6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date January 18, 1972. amended: July 26, 1972; Noveitiber 26, 1979; September 18, 1985; June 9, 1987. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY A PROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Subthitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 ‘44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—6 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 03 Loading nd Storage of VOC . (1) No person shall place, store, or hold in any stationary storage vessel of more than 1,000-gallon capacity any VOC unless such vessel is a pressure tank or is equipped with one of the following vapor loss control devices: (a) a permanent submerged fill pipe (storage vessels in existence prior to January 30, 1973 may employ portable submerged fill pipe). (b) a floating roof, consisting of a pontoon type, double- deck type roof or internal floating cover, which shall rest on the surface of the liquid contents and be equipped with a closure or seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank wall. This control equipment shall not be permitted if the VOCs have a vapor pressure of 11.0 pounds per square inch absolute (568 xr n Hg) or greater under actual storage conditions. All tank gauging or sampling devices shall be air-tight except when tank gauging or sampling is performed. (c) a vapor recovery system consisting of a vapor gathering system capable of collecting the VOC vapors and gases discharged, and a vapor disposal system capable of processing such VOC vapors and gases so as to prevent their emission to the atmosphere and with all tank gauging and sampling devices gas-tight except when gauging or sampling is performed. (d) other equipment or means of equal efficiency for purposes of air pollution control as may be approved by the Director. (2) No person shall load any VOCs into any tank truck or trailer having a capacity in excess of two hundred (200) gallons from any terminal or bulk storage facility unless such terminal or facility is equipped with a vapor collection and disposal system or its equivalent, properly installed, in good working order, or has in operation a loading system which will result in a ninety-five percent (95%) submerged fill either with a submerged fill pipe or by loading from the bottom. Where the vapor collection and disposal system is utilized, the loading arm shall be equipped with a vapor collection adapter pneumatic, hydraulic, or other mechanical means which will provide a vapor- tight seal between the adapter and the hatch. A means shall be provided to prevent liquid organic compound drainage from the loading device when it is removed from the hatch of any 335—3—6—7 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 tank, truck, or trailer. When loading is effected through means other than the hatches, all loading lines shall be equipped with fittings which make vapor-tight connections and which will close automatically when disconnected. (3) This Part shall not apply to crude petroleum produced, separated, treated, or stored in the field. Author: James W. Cooper 1 and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22- 22A—5, 22—22A-5, 22_22A.L6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: July 26, 1972; November 26, 1979; September 18, 1985; June 9, 1987. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Subi iitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—8 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-.04 Fixed-Roof Petroleum Liquid Storage Vessels . (1) For the purpose of Rule 335-3-6-04, the following definitions apply: (a) “Condensate” shall mean hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas which condenses due to changes in the temperature and/or pressure and remains liquid at standard conditions. (b) “Crude Oil” sI iall mean a naturally occurring mixture which consists of hydrocarbons and sulfur, nitrogen and/or oxygen derivatives of hydrocarbons and which is a liquid in the reservoir at standard conditions. (Revised March 24, 1981) (c) “Custody Transfer” shall mean the transfer of produced crude oil and/or condensate, after processing and/or treating in the producing operations, from storage tanks or autox iatic transfer facilities to pipelines or any other form of transportation. (d) “External Floating Roof” shall mean a storage vessel cover in an open top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck which rests upon and is supported by the petroleum liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank shell. (e) “Internal Floating Roof” shall mean a cover or roof in a fixed roof tank which rests upon or is floated upon the petroleumi liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edgeand tank shell. (f) “Petroleum liquids” shall mean crude oil, condensate, and any finished or intermediate products manufactured or extracted in a petroleum ref inexy. (g) “Petroleum Refinery” shall mean any facility engaged in producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel 1 oils, lubricants, or other products through distillation, cracking, extraction, or reforming of iinfinished petroleum derivatives. (2) This Part shall apply to all fixed roof storage vessels with capacities greater than 150,000 liters (40,000 gallons) containing petroleum liquids whose true vapor pressure (TVP) is greater than 10.5 kilo Pascals (1.52 psia). Vessels containing petroleum liquids whose TVP is equal to or less 335—3—6—9 ------- Prir ted: September 16, 1995 than 10.5 kilo Pascals are exempt, provided that records are maintained of the average monthly storage temperature and TVP of the petroleum liquid stored if the product has a stored TVP greater than 7.0 kilo Pascals. (3) Rule 335-3-6-. 04 shall not apply to the following petroleum liquid storage vessels: (a) equipped with external floating roofs before July 1, 1979; or (b) having capacities less than 1,600,000 liters (423,000 gallons) used to store produced crude oil and condensate prior to lease custody transfer. (4) Except as provided under Section 335-3-6-.04(3) of this Part, no owner or operator of an affected source under Section 335-3-6-.04(2) shall permit the use of such source unless: (a) the source ha been retrofitted with an internal floating roof’equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank wall; or (b) the source has been retrofitted with equally effective alternative control, approved by the Director; and (c) the source is maintained such that there are no visible holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or any seal fabric or materials; and (d) all openings, except stub drains, are equipped with covers, lids, or seals such that; 1. the cover, lid, or seal is in the closed position at all times except when in actual use; and 2. automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when the roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg support; and 3. rim vents, if provided, are set to open when the roof is being floated off the roof leg supports or at the manufacturer’s recommended setting; and (e) Routine inspections are conducted through roof hatches once every six months; and (f) A complete inspection of cover and seals in conducted whenever the tank is emptied for nonoperational 335-3-6—10 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 reasons. Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority:. Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22- 22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22-22A—6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: November 26, 1979. amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 I 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision APR 01, 1981 OCT 29, 1981 46 FR 55810 3rd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 4th Revision NOV 10, 1992 AUG 30, 1993 58 FR 45440 33 5-3—6—11 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-.05 Bulk Gasoline Plants . (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Bottom Filling” shall mean the filling of a tank truck or stationary 1 storage tank through an opening that is flush with the tank bottoms. (b) “Bulk Gasoline Plant” shall mean a gasoline storage and distribution facility with an average daily throughput equal to or less than 76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) which receives gasoline from bulk terminals by trailer transport, stores it in tanks, and subsequently dispenses it via account trucks to local farms, businesses, aiid gasoline dispensing facility. (c) “Splash Filling” shall mean the filling of a tank truck or stationar jr tank though a pipe or hose whose discharge opening is above the surface level of the liquid in the tank being filled. (d) “Vapor Balance System” shall mean a combination of pipes or hoses which create a closed system between the vapor spaces of an unloading and a receiving tank such that vapors displaced from the receiving tank are transferred to the tank being unloaded. (2) This Part shall apply to the unloading, loading, and storage operations of all 1 ulk gasoline plants and all tank trucks or trailers delivering or receiving gasoline at bulk gasoline plants, except; (a) stationary storage tanks of less than 7,580 liters (2,000 gallons) capacity; or (b) plants with less than 15,160 liters (4,000 gallons) average daily gasoline throughput based on actual days of operation. (3) Except as provided under Section 335-3-6-.05(2), no o er or operator of a bulk gasoline plant may permit stationary storage tanks to load or unload gasoline unless each tank is equipped with vapor balance system as described under Section 335-3-6-.05(6) of this Part and approved by the Director; and (a) each tank is equipped with a submerged fill pipe, approved by the Director; or 335—3—6—12 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (b) each tank is equipped with a fill line whose discharge opening is not over 18 inches from the bottom of the tank. (4) Except as provided under Section 335-3-6-.O5(2) of this Rule, no owner or cbperator of a bulk gasoline plant, tank truck, or trailer may permit the loading or unloading of tank trucks or trailers at a bulk gasoline plant unless each tank truck or trailer is equipped with a vapor balance system as described under Section 335-3-6-.05(6) of this Part and approved by the Director; and (a) equipment is available at the bulk gasoline plant to provide for the submerged filling of each tank truck or trailer; or (b) each tank truck or trailer is equipped for bottom filling. (5) No owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant, tank truck, or trailer may permit the transfer of gasoline between tank truck or trailer and. stationary storage tank unless: (a) the transfer is conducted in accordance with Sections 335—3—6—.05(3) and 335—3—6—.05(4); and (b) the vapor balance system is in good working order and is connected and operating; and (c) tank truck or trailer hatches are covered at all times during loading operations; and Cd) there are no leaks in the tank trucks’ and trailers’ pressure/vacui [ im relief valves and hatch covers, or the truck tanks or storage tanks, or associated vapor and liquid lines during loading or unloading; and (e) the pressure elief valves on above-ground storage vessels and tank trucks or trailers are set to release at no less than 4.8 kPa (0.7 psia) or the highest possible pressure (in accordance with state or local fire codes or the National Fire Prevention Association guidelines). (6) Vapor balance system required under Section 335-3-6-.05(3) and (4) shall consist of the following major components: (a) a vapor space connection on the stationary storage tank equipped with fittings which are vapor tight and will automatica1ly and immediately close upon disconnection 335-3—6—13 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 so as to prevent release of organic compounds; and (b) a connecting $ip or hose equipped with fittings which are vapor tiglht and will automatically and immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of organic compounds; and (c) a vapor space connection on the tank truck or trailer equipped with fittings which are vapor tight and will automatically and immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of organic material. (7) No owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant may permit the disposal of waste gasoline in sewers, open containers or in a manner than would result in evaporation. Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22- 22A-5, 22-22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: November 26, 1979. amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—14 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 06 Gasoline Terminals . (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Bulk Gasoline Terminal” shall mean a gasoline storage facility which receives gasoline from its supply source primarily by pipelines, ships, barges and delivers gasoline to bulk gasoline plant or to commercial or retail accounts primarily by tank trucks and has an average daily throughput of more than 76,000 liters (20,000 galloi is) of gasoline. (2) This Part will apply to bulk gasoline terminals and the appurtenant equipment necessary to load the tank truck or trailer compartments. (3) No person may load gasoline into any tank truck or trailer from any bulk gasoline terminal unless; (a) the bulk gasoline terminal is equipped with a vapor recovery system capable of complying with Section 335- 3-6-.06(4), properly installed, in good working order, in operator, and consisting of one of the following: 1. an adsorber or condensation system which processes and revolvers at least ninety percent (90%) by weight of all vapors and gases from the equipment being controlled; or 2. a vapor collection system which directs all vapors to a fuel gas system; and 3. a contro system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than Section 335—3—6—L06(3) (a)l. or 335—3-6—.06(3) (a)2. of this Rule and approved by the Director; and (b) all displaced vapors and gases are vented only to the vapor control system; and Cc) a means is provided to prevent liquid drainage from the loading device when it is not in use or to accomplish complete drainage before the loading device is disconnected; and Cd) all loading ai id vapor lines are equipped with fittings which make vapor-tight connections and which close automatically: when disconnected. 335—3—6—15 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (4) Sources affected uijider Paragraph 335-3-6-.06(3) (a) may not allow mass emissions of VOCs from control equipment to exceed 80 milligrams per liter (4.7 grains per gallon) of gasoline loaded. (5) Sources affected under Section 335-3-6-.06(2) may not: (a) allow the pressure in the vapor collection system to exceed the tank truck or trailer pressure relief settings; nor (b) allow the dis bosal of waste gasoline in sewers, open containers or in a manner that would result in evaporation. Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: November 26, 1979. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3-6-16 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 07 Gasoline Dispensing Facilities - Stage I . (1) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: (a) “Delivery Vessel” shall mean tank trucks or trailers equipped with a storage tank and used for the transport of gasoline from sources of supply to stationary storage tanks of gasoline dispensing facilities. (b) “Gasoline Dis ensing Facility” shall mean any outlet where gasoline is dispensed to motor vehicle gasoline tanks from stationary storage tanks. (2) This Rule will apply to all gasoline dispensing facilities except; (a) transfers made to storage tanks or gasoline dispensing facilities equipped with floating roof or their equivalent; (b) transfers made to stationary gasoline storage tanks of less than 7,580 liters (2,000 gallons) capacity in place before July 1, 1979 and of less than 948 li.ters (250 gallons) installed after July 1, 1979; (c) stationary gasoline storage containers of less than 2,085 liters (550 gallons) capacity used exclusively for the fueling of implements of husbandry, provided the containers are equipped with submerged fill pipe. (3) NO OWNER OR OPERATOR may transfer, cause, or allow the transfer of gasoiiitie from any delivery vessel into any stationary storageltank subject to this Part, unless the tank is equipped with a submerged fill pipe and the vapors displaced from the storage tank during filling are processed by a vapor control system in accordance with Section 6.7.4 of this Part. (4) The vapor control system required by Section 335-3-6-.07(3) shall include one or more of the following: (a) vapor-tight line from the storage tank to the delivery vessel and a system that will ensure the vapor line is connected bef re gasoline can be transferred into the tank; or (b) a refrigeration condensation system or equivalent designed to recover at least ninety percent (90%) by weight of the organic compounds in displaced vapor; or 33 5-3—6—17 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (C) a system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than provided under Paragraph 335—3—6-.07(4) (a) or 335—3-6-.07(4) (b) of this Rule and approved by the Director. (5) The vapor-laden delivery vessel shall be subject to the following conditions: (a) the delivery vessel must be designed and maintained to be vapor tight during loading, unloading operations, and transportJ with the exception of normal pressure vacuwn venting as required by DOT regulations; (b) the vapor-laden delivery vessel may be refilled only at: 1. bulk gasoline plants complying with Rule 335-3-6- .05; or (2) bulk gasoline termi4ais complying with Rule 335-3-6-.06. Author: Win. Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22-22A—8. History: Effective date: November 26, 1979. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—18 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 08 Petroleum Refinery Sources. (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Accumulator shal1 mean the reservoir of a condensing unit receiving the condensate from the condenser. (b) “Condenser” shall mean a ny [ sic?] heat transfer device used to liquefy vapors by removing their latent heats of vaporization. Such devices include, but are not limited to, shell and tube, coil, surface, or contact condensers. (C) “Firebox” shall mean the chamber or compartment of a boiler or furnace in which materials are burned, but does not mean the combustion chamber of an incinerator. Cd) “Hot well” shill mean the reservoir of a condensing unit receivin the warm condensate from the condenser. (e) “Refinery Fuel Gas” shall mean any gas which is generated by a petroleum refinery process unit and which is combusted, including any gaseous mixture of natural gas and fuel gas. (f) “Turnaround” shall mean the procedure of shutting a refinery unit 1 down after a run to do necessary maintenance ai id repair work and putting the unit back on stream. I (g) “Vacuum Producing System” shall mean any reciprocating, rotary or centrifugal blower or compressor or any jet ejector or device that takes suction from a pressure below atmosphere and discharges against atmospheric pressure. (2) This Part will apply to vacuum producing systems and process unit turnarounds at petroleum refining sources. (3) The owner or operat or of any vacuum producing systems at a petroleum ref inery may not permit the emission of noncondensable VOCs from the condensers, hot wells, or accumulators of the system unless: (a) the vapors are combusted in a firebox or incinerator; or (b) the vapors are added to the refinery fuel gas. 335—3—6—19 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (4) Before April 1, 1980, the owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall develop and submit to the Director f or approval a detailed procedure for minimizing VOC emissions during process unit turnaround. As a minimum, the procedure shall provide for: (a) depressurizat on venting of the process unit or vessel to a vapor recovery system, flare, or firebox; and (b) no emission of VOCs from a process unit or vessel until its internal pressure is 136 kilo Pascals (19.6 psia) or less. (5) The owner or operat or of any wastewater (oil/water) separators at a petroleum refinery shall” 1. provide covers and seals approved by the Director on all separators and forebays; and, 2. equip all openings in covers, separators, and forebays with lids and seals such that the lids or seals are in the closed position at all times except when in actual use. Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A—5, 22—22A-6, and 22—22A-8. HiBtory: Effective date: November 26, 1979. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—20 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-.09 Pumps and Compressors . All pumps and compressors handling VOCs and located in Mobile County shall have mechanical seals or other equipment of equal efficiency for purposes of air pollution as may be approved by the Director. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A-8. History: Effective date January 18, 1972. Amended: November 26, 1979. 33 5—3-6-21 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-.lO Ethylene Producing Plants . No person shall emit into the atmosphere a waste gas stream from any ethylene producing plant which is located in Mobile County, unless the waste gas stream is properly burned at 1300 °F for 0.3 seconds or greater in a direct-flame after-burner equipped with an indicating pyrometer which is positioned in the working area at the operator’s eye level or an equally effective catalytic vapor incinerator also with pyrometer. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22-22A—8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: November 26, 1979. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—22 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 11 Surface Coating. (U Can Coating. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: (U “End Sealing Compothnd” shall mean a synthetic rubber compound which is ¶oated onto can ends and which functions as a gasket when the end is assembled on the can. (2) “Exterior Base Coating” shall mean a coating applied to the exterior of a can to provide exterior protection to the metal and to provide background for the lithograph or printing operation. (3) “Interior Base Coating” shall mean a coating applied by a roller coater or spray to the interior of a can to provide a protective lining thetween the can metal and product. (4) “Interior Body Spray” shall mean a coating sprayed on the interior of the can to provide a protective film between the product and the can. (5) “Overvarnish” shall mean a coating applied directly over ink to reduce the coefficient of friction, to provide gloss, and to protect the finish against abrasion and corrosion. (6) “Three-Piece Can Side-Seam Spray” shall mean a coating sprayed on the exterior and interior of a welded, cemented, or soldered seam tc protect the exposed metal. (7) “Two-Piece Can Exterior End Coating” shall mean a coating applied by roller coating or spraying to the exterior of a can to provide protection to the metal. (b) This Section will apply to coating applicator(s) and oven(s) of sheet, can, or end coating lines involved in sheet basecoat (exterior and interior) and overvarnish; two-piece can exterior (basecoat and overvarnish); two-piece and three-piece can interior body spray; two-piece can exterior end (spray or roll coat); three-piece can side-seam spray and end sealing compound operations. (C) No owner or operator of a can coating line subject to this Section shall cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of: 1. 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds 33 5—3—6—23 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from sheet basecoat (exterior and interior) and overvarnish or two-piece can exterior (basecoat and overvarnish) operations. 2. 0.51 kilograms per liter of coating (4.2 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating ¶pplicator from two-piece and three-piece can interior body spray and two- piece can exterior end (spray or roll coat) operations. 3. 0.66 kilograms per liter of coating (5.5 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from three-piece can side seam spray operations. 4. 0.44 kilograms per liter of coating (3.7 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from three-piece can side seam spray operations. (2) Coil Coating. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Coil Coating” shall mean the coating of any flat metal sheet or strip that comes in rolls or coils. 2. “Quench +rea” shall mean a chamber where the hot metal exiting the oven is cooled by either a spray of water or a blast of air followed by water cooling. (b) This Section will apply to the coating applicator(s), oven(s), and quench area(s) of coil coating lines involved in prime and top coat or single coat operations. (c) No owner or operator of a coil coating line subject to this Section irtay cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of VOCs in excess of 0.31 kilograms per liter of oating (2.6 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delive ed to the coating applicator from prime and topcoat or single coat operations. (3) Metal Furniture Coating. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 33 5—3—6—24 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 1. “Application Area” shall mean the area where the coating is applied by spraying, dipping, or flowcoating techniques. 2. “Metal Furniture Coating” shall mean the surface coating of any furniture made of metal or any metal part which will be assembled with other metal, wibod, fabric, plastic, or glass parts to form a fitirniture piece. (b) This Section will apply to the application areas, flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of metal furniture coating lines involved in prime and topcoat or single coating operations. (c) No owner or operator of a metal furniture coating line subject to this Section may cause, allow or permit the discharge int? the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.36 kilograms per liter of coating (3.0 pounds per gallon), exclihding water, delivered to the coating applicator from prime and topcoat or single coat operations. (4) Surface Coating of Large Appliances. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Application Area” shall mean the area where the coating is applied by spraying, dipping, or flowcoating techniques. 2. “Single coat” shall mean a single film of coating applied directly to the metal substrate omitting the primer application. 3. “Large Appliances” shall mean doors, cases, lids, panels, and interior support parts of residential and commercial washers, dryers, ranges, refrigerators, freezers, water heaters, dishwashers, trash compactors, air conditioners, and othef similar products. (b) This Section will apply to application area(s), flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of large appliance coating lines involved in prime, single, or topcoat coating operations. (c) This Section will not apply to the use of quick-drying lacquers for repair of scratches and nicks that occur 335-3—6-25 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 from approving a separate schedule for any source beyond December 31, 1982, provided: (a) the source is located in an attainment or unclassifiable area, and (b) the source is proposing to use innovative technologies, and (C) the extension will not interfere with reasonable further progress in attaining the National Ambient Quality Standards. FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitfted Date Approved Federal to EPA’ by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 1st Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 NOTE: THIS IS THE END OF “ALSIP.lST”. GO TO “ALSIP.2ND” 335-3-6-51 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 16 Test ethods and Procedure . (1) Determination of Volatile Organic Content of Surface Coatings. (a) this method applies to paint, varnish, lacquer, and surface coatings which are air-dried or force-dried. (b) this method does to apply to any coating system requiring special curing process such as: 1. exposure to temperatures in excess of 110°C (230°F) to promote thermal cross-linking; or 2. exposure to ultraviolet to promote cross-linking. (c) For the purposes of this method, the applicable surface coatings are divided into three classes. They are: 1. Class I: General Solvent-Type Paints. This class includes white linseed oil outside paint, white soya and phthalic alkyd enamel, white linseed o-phthalic alkyd enamel, red lead primer, zinc chromate’prirner, flat white inside enamel, white epoxy enamel, white vinyl toluene modified alkyd, white amino modified baking enamel, and other solvent-type paints not included in Class II. 2. Class II: Varnishes and Lacquers. This class includes clear and pigmented lacquers and varnishes. 3. Class III: Water Thinned Paints. This class includeslemulsion or latex paints and colored enamels. Cd) For the purpose of this method, a representative sample of the surface coating shall be obtained at the point of delivery to the coater or any other point in the process that the Director approves. Ce) The volatile organic content of the sample shall be determined as follows: 1. Assign tl 1 ie coating to one of the three classes in Paragraph 335-3-6-.16(1) Cc). Assign any coating not clearly belonging to Class II or III to Class I. 2. Determine the density din (in grams/cubic 33 5—3—6—52 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 centimeter) of the paint, varnish, lacquer, or related products according to the procedure outlined in ASTM D 1475-60, Standard Method of Test for Density of Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. Then, depending on the class of the coatings, use one of the following specified procedures to determine the volatile content: (3-) Class I. Use the procedure in ASTM D 2369-73, Standard Method of Test for Volatile Content of Paints. (I) Record the following information: = Weight of dish and sample, grams = Weight of dish and sample after heating, grams S = Sample weight, grams. (II) Compute the volatile organic content C (in grams/liter o paint) as follows: C = (W 1 ’ - w 2 ) (Dm) (10 )/S (III) To convert grams/liter to pounds/gallons, multiply C . by 8.3455 x 103. (ii) Class II. Use the procedure in ASTh D 1644-59 Method A, Standard Methods of Test for Nonvolatile Content of Va nishes (Do not use Method B). (I) Record the following information: A = Record of dish, grams B = Weight of sample used, grams 335-3—6—53 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 C Weigijit of dish and content after heating, grams. (II) Compute the volatile organic content C , (in grams/liter) as fbllows: C, , = (A + B — C) (Dm) (10 3 )/B (III) To con$ert grams/liter to pounds/gallon, multiply C , by 8.3455 x l0 . (iii) Class III. Use the procedure in ASTM D 2369 -73, Standard Method of Test for Volatile Organic Content of Paints. (I) Record the same information as specified in Subdivision 335—3—6—.16(e)2.(i). (II) Determine the water content P (in percent water) of the paint ¶ccording to the procedure outlined in Federal Standards 141a, Method 4082.1, Water in Paint and Varnishes (Karl Fisher Titration Method). (III) Compute the nonaqueous volatile matter content Cv(in grams/liter) as follows: C = (W — — 0.01 PS) (Dm) (10 3 )/S (IV) To convert grams/liter to pounds/gallon, multiply C , by 8.3455 x l0 (2) Test Procedure for Determination of VOC Emissions from Bulk Gasoline Terminals. (a) Principle. VOC emissions are determined directly using flow meters and hydrocarbon analyzers. The volume of liquid gasoline dispensed is determined by computation based on the metered quantity of gasoline at the loading rack. Test results are expressed in milligrams of hydrocarbons emitted per liter of gasoline transferred. (b) Summary of the Method. This method describes the test conditions and test procedures to be followed in determining the emissions from systems installed to 33 5—3—6—54 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 control VOC vapors resulting from tank truck and trailer loading operations at bulk terminals. Under this procedure direct measurements are made to compute the hydrocarbon mass exhausted from the vapor control system. All possible sources of leaks are qualitatively checked to insure that no uncontrolled vapors are emitted to the atmosphere. The results are expressed in terms of mass hydrocarbons emitted per unit volume of gasoline transferred. Emissions are determined on a total hydrocarbon basis. If methane is present in the vapors returned from the tank trucks or trailers, pro+isions are included for conversion to a total nonmethane hydrocarbon basis. (c) Applicability. This method is applicable to determining VOC emission rates at tank truck and trailer gasoline loading terminals employing vapor collection systems and either continuous or intermittent vapor control systems. This method is applicable to motor tank truck and trailer loading as per Part 6.6. (d) Apparatus. The components essential to the evaluation of emissions from gasoline loading terminals are: 1. portable combustible gas detector equipped to read zero (0) to one hundred percent (100%) of the lower explosive limit, 2. flexible thermocouple with recorder, 3. gas volume meter, sized for the expected exhaust flow rate and range, 4. total hykrocarbon analyzer with recorder (flame ionization detector or nondispersive infrared equipped to read zero (0) to ten percent (10%) by volume hydrocarbon as propane for vapor control systems which recover the vapor liquid, or 0 to 10,000 ppmv hydrocarbon as propane for incineration vapor control system), 5. barometer to measure atmospheric pressure, 6. gas chroi iatography/f lame ionization detector with a column to separate C 1 - C 7 alkanes (used if methane is present in r.ecovered vapors or if incineration is the vapor control technique). (e) Test Requirements: 33 5—3—6—55 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 1. No less than three 8-hour repetitions will be performed. 2. During the test period, all loading racks shall be open for each produce line which is controlled by the system under test. Simultaneous use of more than one loading rack shall occur to the extent that such would normally occur. 3. Simultaneous use of more than one dispenser on each loa .ing rac.k shall occur to the extent that such use’would normally occur. 4. Dispensing rates shall be set at the maximum rate at which the equipment is designed to be operated. Automatic product dispensers are to be used according to normal operating practices. 5. Applicable operating parameters of the vapor control system shall be monitored to demonstrate that the control unit is operating at design levels. For intermittent vapor control systems employing a vapor holder, each test repetition shall inélude at least one fully automatic operation cycle of the vapor holder and control device. Tank trucks and trailers shall be essentia .ly leak free as determined by the Director. (f) Basic Measurements Required. The basic measurements essential to the evaluation of emissions from gasoline loading terminals are: 1. the amoui it of gasoline dispensed from gasoline dispensers, 2. leak check to all fittings and vents, 3. the following items for the processing unit exhaust: (1) temperature, (ii) pressure, (iii) vbiuxne of vapors, (iv) h ’drocarbon concentration of vapors, if methane is present in recovered vapors. (g) Test Procedure. 335—3—6—56 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 1. Calibrat and span all instruments as outlined under Subdivision 335-3-6-.l6(2)(i). 2. Install an appropriately sized gas meter on the exhaust vent of the vapor control system. For those vapor control systems where restrictions preclude the use of a volume meter or when incineration is used for vapor control, a gas flow rate meter (orifice, pitot tube, annubar, etc.) is necessary. At the meter inlet, install a thermocouple with recorder. Install a tap at the volume meter outlet. Attach a sample line for total hydrocarbon analyzer (0 to 10 percent) as propane to this tap. If the meter pressure is different than barometric pressure, install a second tap at the meter outlet and attach an appropriate manometer for pressure measurement. If methane analysis is required, install a third tap for bonnection to a constant volume sample pump/evacuated bag assembly as described in Method 3, CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS, 36.247 December 23, 19771 3. Measurements and data required for evaluating emissions from the system: Ci) at the beginning and end of each test repetition, record the volume readings on each product dispenser on each loading rack served by the system under test; (ii) at the beginning of each test repetition and eac1 i two (2) hours thereafter, record the ainb ent temperature and the barometric pressure; (iii) for intermittent vapor control systems employing a vapor holder, the unit shall be manually started and allowed to process vapors in the holder until the lower automatic cut-off is reached. This cycle should be performed immediately prior to the beginning of the test repetition before eadings under Subdivision 335-3-6-.16(2)(g)3.(i) of this Section are taken. No loading shall be in progress during this manual cycle; (iv) for each cycle of the vapor control system 3 35-3—6-57 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 during each test repetition, record the start and 1 stop time, the initial and final gas meter readings, and the average vapor temperatures, pressure and hydrocarbon concentration. If a flow rate meter is used, record flow meter readouts continuously during the cycle. If required, extract a sample continuously during each cycle for chromatographic analysis for specific hydrocarbons; (v) for each tank truck or trailer loading during the test period, check all fittings and seals on the tanker compartments with the combustible gas detector. Record the maximum combustible gas reading for any incidents of leakage of hydrocarbon vapors. Explore the entire periphery of the potential leak source with the sample hose inlet 1 cm (0.4 inches) away from the interface; (vi) during each test period, monitor all possible soui-ces of leaks in the vapor collection and control systems with the combustible gas indicator. Record the location and combustible gas reading for any incidents of leakage; (vii) for intermittent vapor control systems, the control unit shall be manually started and allowed to process vapors in the holder until the lower automatic shutoff is reached at the end of each test repetition. Record the data required under Subdivision 335-3-6- .16(2) (g)3. (iv) for this manual cycle. No loading shall be in progress during this manual cycle. (h) Calculations. 1. Technology: Ta = mnbiient temperature (°C) = Barometric pressure (mm Hg) Lg = Total volume of liquid dispensed from all controlled racks during the test period (liters) 335-3-6-58 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Ve = Voliume of air-hydrocarbon mixture exhausted from the processing unit CM 3) Vee = Normalized volume of air-hydrocarbon mixture exhausted NM 3 @ 20 °C, 760 rnrnHg Ce = Volume fraction of hydrocarbons in exhausted mixture (volume % as C 3 H 8 /100, corrected for methane content if required) Te Temperature at processing unit exhaust (°C) = Pressure at processing unit exhaust (rnmHg abs) (M/L)e = Mass of hydrocarbons exhausted from the processii ig unit per volume of liquid loaded (mg/i). 2. Calculate the following results for each period of the vapor control system operation: (i) Volume of air-hydrocarbon mixture exhausted from the vapor control system: Ve = Vef — Ve1 or Ve = totalized volume from flow rate and time records (ii) normalized volume of exhausted mixture: Ves = (0.3858 °K/fl 1xnHg) Ve Pe/(Te + 273.2 (iii) mass of hydrocarbons exhausted from the vapor cont rol system: = (l. 33 x 10 6 mgC 3 H 8 ) X Ves Ce/NM 3 C 3 H 8 3. calculate the average mass of hydrocarbons emitted per volume of gasoline loaded: (M/L)e = (sum of) L 335—3—6—59 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Ci) Calibrations. 1. Flow meters shall be calibrated using standard methods and procedures which have been approved by the Director. 2. Temperature recording instruments shall be calibrated prior to a test period and following the test period using an ice bath (0 °C) and a known reference temperature source of about 35 °C. Daily during the test period, iise an accurate reference to measure the ambient tempe ature and compare the ambient temperature reading of all other instruments to this value. 3. Manufacturer’s instructions including warm-up and adjustments shall be followed for total hydrocarbon analyzers. Prior to and immediately after the emission test, perform a comprehensive laboratory calibration on each analyzer used. Calibration gases should be propane in nitrogen prepared gravimetrically with mass quantities of approximately one hundred percent (100%) propane. A calibration curve shall be provided using a minimum of fi&e (5) prepared standards in the range of concentration expected during testing; Ci) For each repetition, zero with zero gas (3 ppm C) and span with seventy percent (70%) propane for instruments used in the vapor lines and with ten percent (10%) propane for instruments used at the vapor control system exhaust. (ii) The zero and span procedure shall be performed at least once prior to the first test measurements, once dur .ng the middle of the run, and once following the final test measurement for each run. (iii) Conditions in calibration gas cylinders must be kept such that condensation of propane does not occur. A safety factor of two (2) for pressure and temperature is recommended. (3) Determination of Volatile Organic Compound Emission Control System Efficiency. (a) The provision of this Section are generally applicable to any test method employed to determine the collection or control efficiency of any device or system designed, installed, and operated for the purpose of reducing volatile organic compound emissions. 33 5—3—6—60 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (b) The following procedures shall be included in any efficiency demonstration: 1. The volatile organic compound containing material shall be sampled and analyzed in a manner approved by the Director such that the quantity of emissions that could result from the use of the material can be quantified. 2. The efficiency of any capture system used to transport the volatile organic compound emissions from thel.r point of origination to the control equipment shall be computed by using accepted engineer ng practice and in a manner approved by the Director. 3. Samples of the volatile organic compound containing gas stream shall be taken simultaneously at the inlet and outlet of the emissions control device in a manner approved by the Director. 4. The total combustible carbon content of the samples hall be determined by a method approved by the Director. 5. The efficiency of the control device shall be expressed as the fraction of total combustible carbon content reduction achieved. 6. The volatile organic compound mass emission rate shall be the sum of emissions from the control device, emissions not collected by the capture system, and capture system losses. (4) Determination of Solvent Metal Cleaning Volatile Organic Compound Emissions. (a) This method is applicable to determining volatile organic compound emissions from solvent metal cleaning equipment. I (b) The purpose o this method is to quantify, by material balance, the amount of solvent input into a degreaser over a suffic ently long period of time so that an average emissl.on rate can be computed. (c) The following procedure shall be forwarded to perform a material balance test: 335—3—6—61 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 1. Clean the degreaser suinp before testing. 2. Record tie amount of solvent added to the tank with a flow meter. 3. Record the weight and type of work load degreased each day. 4. At the end of the test run, pump out the used solvent and measure the amount with a flow meter. Also, estimate the volume of metal chips and other material remaining in the emptied suinp, if signific nt. 5. Bottle a sample of the used solvent and analyze it to find the percent that is oil another contaminants. The oil and solvent proportions can be estimated by weighing samples of used solvent before and after boiling off the solvent. Compute the volume of oils in the used solvent. The volume of solvent displaced by this oil along with the volume of make-up solvent added during operations are equal to the solvent emissions. Author: Wm Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs 22-28-14, 22-22A- 5, 22-22A—6, and 22—22A—8 History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979. Amended: (5) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Perchiorethylene Dry Cleaning Systems (a) Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 6 must be a Pro ed by the Director and consistent with: 1. EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds,” EPA-45012-78-041; 2. Appendix B of “Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Perchiorethylene Dry Cleaning Systems,” EPA-450/2-78-050; and, 3. American National Standards Institute paper, “Standard Method of Test for Dilution of Gasoline Engine C± ankcase Oils.” (b) If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of tIie following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all 335—3—6—62 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 times that th associated control equipment is operating: I 1. breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and, 2. any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director. Author: Wm Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs 22-28-14, 22-22A- 5, 22—22A—6, and 22-22A 1 -8 History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Amended: (6) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Graphic Arts (a) The owner or operator of a VOC source shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance with this Chapter by the methods in Paragraph c of this Section or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. (C) Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 6 must be appros red by the Director and consistent with: 1. EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds,” EPA-450/2-78-041; and 2. Appendix A of “Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources - Volume I : Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty Trucks,” EPA- 450/2—77—008. (d) The Director i iay accept, instead of ink solvent analysis, a certification by the ink manufacturer of the composition of the ink solvent, if supported by actual batch formulation records. 3 35—3—6—63 ------- Printed: September 1.6, 1995 (e) If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of tl 1 ie following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating: 1. exhaust gas temperatures of all incinerators; 2. temperati res rise across a catalytic incinerator bed; 3. breakthrchugh of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and I 4. any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director. (7) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Surface Coating or Miscellaneous Metal Parts (a) The owner or operator of a VOC source required to comply with this Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of Paragraph (c) of this Section, or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30)days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the i 9 iforrnation required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. (c) Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must be approved by the Director and be consistent with: 1. EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds,” EPA-450/2-78-041; and, 2. Appendix 1 A of “Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources - Volume II: Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty Trucks”, EPA—450/2—77—008. 335—3—6—64 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (d) The Director i lay accept, instead of the coating analysis requ .red in Subparagraph 335-3-6-.16(7) (C) (2) of this Section, a certification by the manufacturer of the composition of the coatings, if supported by actual batch formulation records. (e) If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating: 1. exhaust as temperature of all incinerators; 2. temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator bed; 3. breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and 4. any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director. (8) Testing and Monitofing Procedures for Petroleum Liquid Storage in Floating Roof Tanks (a) The owner or operator of any VOC source required to comply with this Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of this Section or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thi ty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. (C) Compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 shall be determined by: 1. physically measuring the length and width of all gaps aro Iind the entire circumference of the secondad’ seal in each place where a 0.32 centimeter (1/8 inch) uniform diameter probe passes fçeely (without forcing or binding against the seal) between the seal and tank wall; and, 335—3—6—65 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 2. summing the area of the individual gaps. (9) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for the Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires (a) The owner or operator of a VOC source required to comply with t1 iis Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of Paragraphs 335—3-6-.16(9) (c) and Cd) of this Section, or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air po11ution testing. (b) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may, at his option, observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. Cc) Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must 1 e approved by the Director and be consistent with: 1. EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds”, EPA-450/2-78-041; and, 2. Appendix A of “Control of Volatile Organic Emission from Existing Stationary Sources - Volume II : Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty Trucks,” EPA—450/2-77—008. (d) The Director may accept, instead of the analyses of spray, cement, or other compounds, a certification by the manufacturer of the composition of the spray, cement, or other compounds, if supported by actual batch information records. (e) If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating: I 1. exhaust gas temperatures of incinerators; 335—3—6—66 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 2. temperat ire rise across a catalytic incinerator bed; 3. breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and, 4. any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director. (10) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for the Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products (a) The owner or operator of any VOC source required to comply with thus Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of Paragraph 335- 3-6-.16(lO) (c) in this Section or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thi ty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may, at his option, observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, in a format approved by, the Director. (C) Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must be approved by the Director and consistent with EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds”, EPA-450/2-78-041. Cd) If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of tihe following parameters shall be installed, p4iodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating: 1. exhaust gas temperature of all incinerators; 2. temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator bed; 3. breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and, 4. any othe+ continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director. 335—3—6—67 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (11) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for the Surface Coating of Flatwood Paneling. (a) The owner or operator of a VOC source required to comply with tI ’iis Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of Paragraphs 335-3-6-.16(ll) Cc) and Cd), or an alternative method approved by tille Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) A person proppsing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so that the Director may, at his option, observe the test. The nc tification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. Cc) Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must be approved by the Director and be consistent with: 1. EPA Guideline Series Document, “Measurement of Volatile 1 Organic Compounds”, EPA-450/2-78-041: and 2. Appendix A of “Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources - Volume II: Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, ‘Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks”, EPA—450/2—77—008. (d) The Director i iay accept, instead of the coating analysis requ .red by Subparagraph 335-3-6-.16(1l) (c)2., a certification by the coating manufacturer of the composition of the coating, if supported by actual batch formulation records. (e) If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating: 1. exhaust gas temperature of all incinerators; 2. temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator bed; 3 35—3—6—68 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 3. breakthr4 ugh of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and, 4. any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director. (12) Testing and Monitoring Procedures For Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems (a) The owner or operator of a VOC source shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance with this Chapter by the methods of Paragraph 335-3-6-.16(12) Cc) of this Section,or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) The owner or operator of a gasoline tank truck subject to Chapter 335-3-6 must notify the Director in writing of the date and location of a certification test at least ten (10) days before the anticipated test date. In order to observe a certification test, the Director must postpone or reschedule the certification test date by written notice to the owner or operator within five (5) days after receipt of certification test notification. (c) Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must be approved by the Director and consistent with the test procedures described in Appendix A or C of the OAQPS Guideline Series document, “Control of Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems”, EPA-450/2-78-051. There shall be no avoidable visible liquid leaks during testing. (d) Monitoring to confirm the continuing existence of leak tight conditions shall be consistent with the procedures described in Appendix B of the OAQPS Guideline Series document, “Control of Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems”, EPA-450/2-78-051. (13) Testing and Monitoçing Procedures for Petroleum Refinery Equipment (a) The owner or perator of a petroleum refinery subject to this Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of this Section or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests 335—3—6—69 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 shall be made by, or under the direction of a person qualified by t raining and/or experienced in the field of air pollut4on testing. (b) Testing and monitoring procedures to determine compliance with this Chapter must be approved by the Director and consistent with Appendix B of the OAQPS Guideline Series document, “Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment”, EPA-45012-78-@36. Author: Wm Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs 22-28-14, 22-22A- 5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8 History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. xnended: ______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submit ted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 3rd Revision FEB 12, 1982 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 4th Revision MAY 05, 1983 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 5th Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—70 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .17 Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Pneumatic rubber tire manufacture” shall mean the production of pneumatic rubber, passenger type tires on a mass production basis. (b) “Passenger type tires” shall mean agricultural, airplane, industrial, mobile home, light and medium duty truck, aiid passenger vehicle tires with a bead diameter up to 20.0 inches and cross section dimension up to 12.8 indthes. (c) “Undertread cementing” shall mean the application of cement to the underside of the tire tread. Cd) “Tread-end cementing” shall mean the application of cement to the tire tread ends. Ce) “green tires” shall mean assembled tires before molding and curing have occurred. (f) “Green tire spraying” shall mean the spraying of green tires, both inside and outside, with compounds which help remove air from the tire, prevent the tire from sticking to the mold during curing, improve the finish, etc. (g) “Water-based sprays or compounds” shall mean compounds in which solids, water, and emulsifiers (non-organic) constitute at least eighty-eight percent (88%) by weight of the compound. (2) This Part applies t o VOC emissions from the following operations. (a) Undertread cementing. (b) Tread-end cementing, Cc) Green tire spraying. (3) The owner or operator of an undertread cementing, tread-end cementing, or greerk tire spraying operation subject to this Part shall: (a) Install and operate a capture system which achieves maximum reasonable capture of evaporated VOC from all 335—3—6—71 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 undertread cementing, tread-end cementing, and green tire spraying operations. If practical, maximum reasonable capture shall be consistent with the following docthments: 1. “Industrial Ventilation, A Manual of Recommended Practices”, 14th Edition, merican Federation of Industri l Hygienists. 2. “Recommended Industrial Ventilation Guidelines”, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health. (b) Install and operate a control device that removes or oxidizes to inorganic compounds at least ninety percent (90%) of the VOC by weight from the gases ducted to the control device. The device must be approved by the Director. (c) The owner or operator may, instead of implementing the measures required by Paragraphs 335-3-6-.17(3) (a) and (b) of this Section, substitute water-based cements or compounds for Ithe solvent-based cements or compounds. (d) The owner or operator may, instead of implementing the measures required by Paragraphs 335-3-6-.17(3) (a), (b), and (c) of this Section, submit to the Director for approval a petition for alternative measures which have achieved or w ll achieve equivalent reductions in VOC emissions. Equivalent reductions mean that the total VOC emissions from undertread cementing, tread-end cementing and green tire spraying shall not exceed an average of 76 grams per green tire, as determined on a monthly basis 1 (4) From the date of E A approval of this regulation, the owner or operator shall adhere to the following schedules: (a) Required Action Schedule submit final plans for control strategy 3 months award contract or purchase orders 9 months complete modif cation, construction, or installation of equipment and/or processes 27 months 3 35—3—6—72 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 achieve comp1i nce 30 months (b) Instead of the schedule contained in Paragraph 335-3-6- .17(4)(a), the owner or operator may submit to the Director, and the Director may approve, an alternative compliance schedule provided: 1. The schedule is submitted within three months after EPA approval of this regulation. 2. The need for or the advantages of an alternative schedule is adequately documented. 3. The schedule contains increments of progress. 4. Sufficient documentation and certification from appropriate suppliers, contractors, manufacturers or fabricators are submitted to justify the proposedidates for the increments of progress. 5. Final compliance is achieved as expeditiously as possiblet Author: Wm Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs 22-28-14, 22-22A- 5, 22-22A—6, and 22—22Ar8 History: Effective Date April 19, 1984. Amended: _______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg FEB 12, 1982 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 1st Revision MAY 05, 1983 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—73 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 18 Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Condenser” shall mean a device which cools a gas stream to a temperature which removes specific organic compounds by èondensation. (b) “Control system” shall mean any nunther of control devices, including condensers, which are designed and operated to reduce the quantity of VOCs emitted to the atmosphere. Cc) “Reactor” shall mean a vat or vessel, which may be jacketed to permit temperature control, designed to contain chemical reactions. Cd) “Separation operation” shall mean a process that separates a mixture of compounds and solvents into two or more components. Specific mechanisms include extraction, centrifugation, filtration, and crystallization. Ce) “Synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing” shall mean manufacture of pharmaceutical products of chemical synthesis. Ct) “Product equipment exhaust system” shall mean a device for collecting and directing out of the work area VOC fugitive emissions from reactor openings, centrifuge openings, and other vessel openings for the purpose of protecting workers from excessive VOC exposure. (2) This Rule applies tlo all synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities. (3) This Rule applies to all sources of VOCs, including reactors, distillation units, dryers, storage of VOCs, transfer of VOCs, extraction equipment, filters, crystallizers and centrifuges that have the potential to emit 6.8 kilograms per day (15 pounds per day) or more. (4) The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall control the VOC emissions from all reactors, distillation operations, crysta 1izers, centrifuges and vacuum dryers that have the potential to emit 6.80 kilograms per day (15 pounds per day) orimore of VOCs. Surface condensers or equivalent controls shall be used, provided that: 335—3—6-74 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (a) If surface co idensers are used, the condenser outlet gas temPeratufe must not exceed: 1. -25°C (-13°F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 40.0 kilo Pascals (5.8 psia) * 2. -15 °C, (5°F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 20.0 kilo Pascals (2.9 psia) * 3. O°C(32°F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure,greater than 10.0 kilo Pascals (1.5 psia)* I 4. 10°C (50°F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kilo Pascals (1.0 psia)*; or, 5. 25°C (77°f’) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 3.50 kilo Pascals (0.5 psia) *• *VAPOR PRESSU ES AS MEASURED AT 20°C (68°F) (b) If equivalent controls are used, the VOC emissions must be reduced by at least as much as they would be by using a surface condenser which meets the requirements of Paragraph (a) of this Section. (5) The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall reduce the VOC emissions from all air dryers and production equipment exhaust systems; (a) by at least n .nety percent (90%) if emissions are 150 kilograms per day (330 pounds per day) or more of VOC; or, (b) to 15.0 kilograms per day (33 pounds per day) or less if emissions are less than 150 kilograms per day (330 pounds per day) of VOC. (6) The owner or operat or of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall: (a) provide a vap r balance system or equivalent control that is at least ninety percent (90%) effective in reducing emissions from truck or railcar deliveries to storage tanks with capacities greater than 7,500 liters 335-3-6—75 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (2,000 gallons) that store VOC with vapor pressures greater than 28.0 kilo Pascals (4.1 psia) at 20°C (68°F) ;and, (b) install presstire/vacuum conservation vents set at + 0.2 kilo Pascals on all storage tanks that store VOC with vapor pressures greater than 10.0 kilo Pascals (1.5 psia) at 20°C (68°F), unless a more effective control system is used. (7) The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical facility subject to this Rule shall enclose all centrifuges, rotary vacuum filters, and other filters which process liquids containing VOC with vapor pressures of 3.50 kilo Pascals (0.5 psia) or more at 20°C (68°F). (8) The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical facility subject to this Rule shall install covers on all in-process tanks containing a VOC at any time. These covers must remain closed, unless production, sampling, maintenance, or inspection procedures require operator access. (9) The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall repair all leaks from which a liquid, containing VOC, can be observed running or dripping. The repair shall be completed the first time the equipment is off-line for a period of time long enough to complete the repair. Author: Wm Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs 22-28-14, 22-22A- 5, 22-22A—6, and 22-22A-8 History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Amended: ______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg FEB 12, 1982 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 1st Revision MAY 05, 1983 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—76 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 19 Perchlorethylene Dry Cleaning Systems (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Dry cleaning facility” shall mean any facility engaged in the cleaning of fabrics in an essentially nonaqueous solvent by means of one or more washes in solvent, extraction of excess solvent by spinning, and drying by tumbling in an airstream. The facility includes but is not limited to any washer, dryer, filter and purification systems, waste disposal systems, holding tanks, pumps, and attendant piping and valves. (2) This Rule shall ap ly to all perchlorethylene dry cleaning facilities. (3) The owner or operator of a perchloroethylene dry cleaning facility subject to this regulation shall: (a) vent the entire dryer exhaust through a properly functioning carbon adsorption system or equally effective conerol device; (b) emit no more lhhan 100 parts per million by volume, of VOCs from the dryer control device before dilution, or to achieve a ninety percent (90%) average reduction in VOC before dilution; (c) immediately repair all components found to be leaking liquid or gaseous VOCs; (d) cook or treat all diatomaceous earth filters so that the residue contains 25 kilograms or less than of VOCs per kilograms or less per 100 kilograms of wet waste material; (e) reduce the VOçs from all solvent stills to 60 kilograms or less per 100 kilograms of wet waste material; (f) drain all filtration cartridges, in the filter housing or other sealed container, for at least twenty-four (24) hours before discarding the cartridges or drain by drying cabinets that are ducted into the control device; and (g) when possible dry all drained cartridges without emitting VOCs to the atmosphere. (4) For any filtration or distillation system not specifically 33 5—3—6—77 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 regulated by Paragraphs 335-3-6-.19.3(d), Ce), (f) and (g), the owner or operator must demonstrate equivalency to those Paragraphs by limitiing waste losses to no more than 1 kilogram of VOCs per 100 kilograms of fabric processed. (5) The provisions of Paragraphs 335-3-6--.19(3)(a), (b), Cd), (e), (f), and (g) are not applicable to perchioroethylene dry cleaning facilities which are coin-operated or facilities exempted by the Director in which it is technologically infeasible to locate or operate a dryer control device. Author: Wm Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs 22-28-14, 22-22A- 5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8 History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Amended: ______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submiiited Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg FEB 12, 1982 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 1st Revision MAY 05, 1983 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—78 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .20 Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems (1) For the purpose of Lhis Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Bottom filling” shall mean the filling of a tank truck or stationary storage tank through an opening that is flush with the tank bottom. (b) “Gasoline” shall mean a petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor pressure of 27.6 kilo Pascals (4 psia) or greater that is used as fuel for internal combustion engines. (c) “Gasoline tan] truck” shall mean tank trucks or trailers equipped with a storage tank and used for the transport of gasoline from sources of supply to stationary storage tanks of gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk gasoline plants or bulk gasoline terminals. (d) “Gasoline dispensing facility” shall mean any site where gasoline is dispensed to motor vehicle gasoline tanks from stationary storage tanks. (e) “Bulk gasoline terminal” shall mean a gasoline storage facility which receives gasoline from refineries primarily by pipeline, ship, or barge, and delivers gasoline to bulk gasoline plants or to commercial or retail accounts primarily by tank truck; and has a daily throughput of more than 76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) of gasoline. (f) “Bulk gasoline plant” shall mean a gasoline storage and distribution facility with an average daily throughput of 76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) or less which receives gasoline from bulk terminals by trailer transport, stores it in tanks, and subsequently dispenses the gasoline via account trucks to local farms, businesses, and gasoline dispensing facilities. (g) “Vapor collection system” shall mean a vapor transport system which hses direct displacement by the gasoline being transferred to force vapors from the vessel being loaded into either a vessel being unloaded or a vapor control system or vapor holding tank. (h) “Vapor control system” shall mean a system that prevents release to the atmosphere of at least ninety 335—3—6—79 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 percent (90%) by weight of organic compounds in the vapors displaced from a vessel during transfer of gasoline. (2) This Rule is applicpable to all vapor collection and control systems at bulk plants, bulk terminals, and gasoline dispensing facilities required by Rules 335-3-6-.05, .06 and .07, and to all gasoline tank trucks equipped for gasoline vapor collection. (3) No person shall allow a gasoline tank truck subject to this Rule to be filled r emptied unless the gasoline tank truck: (a) is tested annually according to the test procedure referenced in Paragraph 335-3-6-.16(12) (c). (b) sustains a pressure change of no more than 0.750 kilo Pascals (3 inches of H 2 0) in five (5) minutes when pressurized to a gauge pressure of 4.50 kilo Pascals (18 inches of H 2 0) or evacuated to a gauge pressure of 1.50 kilo Pascals (6 inches of H 2 0) during the testing required in Paragraph (a) of this Section; (C) is repaired by the owner or operator and retested within fifteen (15) days of testing if it does not meet the criteria cbf Paragraph 335-3-6-.20(3) (b) of this Section; (d) displays a sticker near the Department of Transportation Certification plate required by 49 CFR 178.340—lOb, ‘ ihich: 1. shows the date that the gasoline tank truck last passed tifie test required in Paragraphs 335-3-6- .20(3)(a) and (b) of this; 2. shows the identification number of the gasoline tank truck tank; and, 3. expires not more than one (1) year from the date of the leak tight test. (4) The owner or operator of a vapor collection system subject to this Rule shall: (a) design and operate the vapor collection system and the gasoline load4ng equipment in a manner that prevents: 1. gauge pr?ssure from exceeding 4.50 kilo Pascals 335—3—6—80 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (18 inches of H 2 0) and vacuum from exceeding 1.50 kilo Pascals (6 inches of H 2 0) in the gasoline tank truck; 2. a reading equal to or greater than 100 percent (100%) of the lower explosive limit (LEL, measured as propane) at 2.5 centimeters from all points on the perimeter of a potential leak source when measured by the method referenced in Section 335- 3-6-.16(12)(d) during loading or unloading operations at gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk plants and bulk terminals; 3. avoidable visible liquid leaks during loading or unloading operations at gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk plants and bulk terminals; and, (b) within fifteen (15) days, repair and retest a vapor collection or control system that exceeds the limit in Subparagraph 335-3-6-.20(4) (a) (2). (5) The Director may, at any time, monitor a gasoline tank truck, vapor collection system, or vapor control system, by the method referenced in Section 335-3-6-.16(12)(d), to confirm continuing compliance with Sections 335-3-6-.20(3) and (4). Author: Wm Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs 22-28-14, 22-22A- 5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A-’-8 History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Amended: _______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED. REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg FEB 12, 1982 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 1st Revision MAY 05, 1983 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—81 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .21 Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment. (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Petroleum refinery” shall mean any facility engaged in producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils, lubricants, or other products through distillation, cracking, extraction, or reforming of ±infinished petroleum derivatives. (b) “Leaking compc! nent” shall mean any source which has a VOC concentration exceeding 10,000 parts per million by volume when tested in the manner described in Section 335-3-6-.16(13). These sources include, but are not limited to, pli]mping seals, compressor seals, seal oil degassing vents, pipeline valves, flanges and other connections, pressure relief devices, process drains, and open ended pipes. Excluded from these sources are valves which are not externally regulated. (C) “Liquid service” shall mean equipment which processes, transfers, or contains a VOC or mixture of VOCs in the liquid phase. (d) “Gas service” shall mean equipment which processes, transfers, orcontains a VOC or mixture of VOCs in the gaseous phasel (e) “Valves not externally regulated” shall mean valves that have no external controls, such as in-line check valves. (f) “Refinery unitL” shall mean a set of components which are a part of!a basic process operation such as, distillation, hydrotreating, cracking or reforming of hydrocarbons. (2) This Rule applies to all petroleum refineries. (3) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery complex subject to this regulation shall develop and conduct a monitoring program consistent with Sections 335-3-6-.21(7) through 335—3-6-.21(14) inclusive. (4) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery complex, upon detection of a leaking component, which has a VOC concentration exceeding 10,000 parts per million by volume when tested in the manner described in Section 335-3-6- .16(13), shall: 33 5—3—6—82 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (a) include the leaking component on a written list of scheduled repairs within twenty-four (24) hours; and, (b) repair and retest the component within fifteen (15) days unless title leaking component cannot be repaired until the unit is shutdown for turnaround. (5) Except for safety pressure relief valves, no owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall install a valve at the end of a pipe or line containing VOCs unless the pipe or line is sealed with a second valve, a blind flange, a plug, or a cap. The sealing device may be removed only when the line is in use (i.e., when a sample is being taken). (6) No owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall operate a pipeline valve or pressure relief valve in gaseous VOC service unless it is marked in some manner that will be readily obvious toboth refinery personnel performing monitoring and the Director. (7) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall maintain a leaking components monitoring log which shall contain, at a minimum, the following data: (a) the name of the process unit where the component is located. (b) the type of component (e.g., valve, seal). (c) the tag number of the component. Cd) the date on which a leaking component is discovered. (e) the date on which a leaking component is repaired. (f) the date and instrument reading of the recheck procedure after a leaking component is repaired. (g) A record of iLhe calibration of the monitoring instrument. (h) Those leaks that cannot be repaired until turnaround. (i) The total number of components checked and the total number of components found leaking. (8) Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the owner or operator for a ipinimum of 2 years after the date on which the record was made or the report prepared. 33 5—3—6—83 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (9) Copies of the monitoring log shall immediately be made available to the Director, upon verbal or written request, at any reasonable request. (10) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery, upon the completion of each 1 yearly and/or quarterly monitoring procedure, shall: (a) Submit a report to the Director by the 15th day, of January, April, July, and October that lists all leaking compoi ients that were located during the previous three calendar months but not repaired within 15 days, all leaking components awaiting unit turnaround, the total number of components inspected and the total number of components found leaking. (b) Submit a signed statement with the report attesting to the fact that, with the exception of those leaking components listed in Paragraph 335-3-6-.21(1O)(a) all monitoring and repairs were performed as stipulated in the monitoring program. (11) The Director, upon written notice, may modify the monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements. (12) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery subject to this regulation shell conduct a monitoring program consistent with the following provisions: (a) monitor yearl r by the methods referenced in Section 6.16.13, all (1) pump sea4s; (2) pipeline:valves in liquid service; and (3) process drains. (b) Monitor quarterly by the methods referenced in Section 6.16.13, all (1) compressor seals; (2) pipeline valves in gaseous service; and (3) pressure relief valves in gaseous service. (c) Monitor weekly by visual methods all pump seals; (d) Monitor immediately any pump seal from which liquids are observed dripping; 335—3—6—84 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (e) Monitor any relief valve within twenty-four (24) hours after it has vented to the atmosphere; and (f) Monitor immediately after repair any component that was found leaking (13) Pressure relief devices which are connected to an operating flare header, vapor recovery device, inaccessible valves, storage tank valves, and valves that are not externally regulated are exempt from the monitoring requirements in Section 335-3-6-.21(12) (14) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery, upon the detection of a leaking component, shall affix a weatherproof and readily visible tag, bearing an identification number and the date the leak is located, to the leaking component. This tag shall remain in place until the leaking component is repaired. Author: Wm Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs 22-28-14, 22-22A- 5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A±8 History: Effective Date April 19, 1984. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg FEB 12, 1982 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 1st Revision MAY 05, 1983 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—85 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .22 Graphic Arts (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Packaging roikogravure printing” shall mean printing upon paper, piper board, metal foil, plastic film, and other substratbes, which are, in subsequent operations, formed into containers and labels for articles to be sold. (b) “Publication rotogravure printing” shall mean printing upon paper which is subsequently formed into books, magazines, catalogues, brochures, directories, newspaper supplements, and other types of printed materials. (c) “Flexographicprinting” shall mean the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing technique in which both the pattern to be applied is raised above the printing roll and the image carrier is made of rubber or other elastometric material. (d) “Roll printing” shall mean the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate usually by means of a series hard rubber or steel rolls each with only partial coverage. (e) “Rotogravure rinting” shall mean the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing technique which involves an intaglio or recessed image areas in the form of cells. (2) This Rule will apply to packaging rotogravure, printing rotogravure, and flexographic printing facilities. (3) No owner or operator of a packaging rotogravure, printing rotogravure or fl4ographic printing facility subject to this Rule and employing solvent containing ink may operate, cause, allow or permit the operation of the facility unless: (a) The volatile fraction of ink, as it is applied to the substrate, contains twenty-five percent (25%) by volume or less of organic solvent and seventy-five percent (75%) by volume or more of water; (b) the facility prints with ink which contains sixty percent (60%) by volume or more nonvolatile material; or - 335—3—6—86 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Cc) The owner or operator installs and operates: 1. A carbon adsorption system which reduces the volatile organic emissions from the capture system by at least ninety percen1 (90%) by weight; 2. An incineration system which oxidizes at least ninety percent (90%) of the nonmethane VOCs (VOC measured as total combustible carbon) to carbon dioxide and water; or, 3. An alternative VOC emission reduction system demonstrated to have at least a ninety percent (90%) reduction efficiency, measured across the control system, that has been approved by the Director. (4) A capture system must be used in conjunction with the emission control s ’stems in Paragraph 335-3-6.22 (3) (c). The design and operaticbn of a capture system must be consistent with good engineering practice, and shall be required to provide for an overall reduction in VOC emissions of at least: (a) a seventy-five percent (75%) where a publication rotogravure process is employed; (b) sixty-five pe cent (65%) where a packaging rotogravure process is employed; or, (c) sixty percent (60%) where a flexographic printing process is employed. Author: Wm Gerald Hardy Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs 22-28-14, 22-22A- 5, 22—22A-6, and 22—22A-8 History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. amended: _______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg FEB 12, 1982 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 1st Revision MAY 05, 1983 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 335-3—6—87 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-6—88 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 23 Petroleum Lictuid Storage in External Floating Roof Tanks (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Condensate” shall mean hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas which condenses due to changes in the temperature aitid/or pressure and remains liquid at standard conditions. (b) “Crude oil” shall mean a naturally occurring mixture which consists of hydrocarbons and sulfur, nitrogen and/or oxygen derivatives of hydrocarbons which is a liquid in the reservoir at standard conditions. (C) “Custody transfer” shall mean the transfer of produced crude oil and br condensate, after processing and/or treating in the producing operations, from storage tanks or autoi iatic transfer facilities to pipelines or any other forlrs of transportation. (d) “External floating roof” shall mean a storage vessel cover i an open top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck which rests upon and is supported by the petroleum liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge:and tank wall. (e) “Liquid-mounted seal” shall mean a primary seal mounted in continuousjcontact with the liquid between the tank wall and the floating roof around the circumference of the tank. (f) “Petroleum liquids” mean crude oil, condensate, and any finished or intermediate products manufactured or extracted in a petroleum refinery. (g) “Vapor-mounted seal” shall mean any primary seal mounted continuously around the circumference of the tank. The annular vapor space is bounded by the bottom of the primary seal, the tank wall, the liquid surface, and the floating roof. (h) “Waxy, heavy pour crude oil” shall mean a crude oil with a pour point of 10 °C (50°F) or higher as determined by the american Society of Testing Materials Standard D 97-66, “Test f or Pour Point of Petroleum Oils”. 335—3—6—89 ------- Printed: Septeniber 16, 1995 (2) This Rule shall ap ly to all petroleum liquid storage vessels equipped with external floating roofs, having capacities greater than 150,000 liters (40,000 gallons). (3) This Rule does not apply to petroleum liquid storage vessels which: (a) are used to store waxy, heavy pour crude oil; (b) have capaciti s less than 1,600,000 liters (423,000 gallons) and are used to store produced crude oil and condensate prior to custody transfer; (C) contain a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure of less than 10.5 kilo Pascals (1.5 psia); (d) contain a pet o1eum liquid with a true vapor pressure less than 27.6 kilo Pascals (4.0 psia); and, 1. are of welded construction; and, 2. presently possess a metallic-type shoe seal, a liquid- i nounted foam seal, a liquid-mounted liquid filled type seal, or other closure device of demonstrated equivalence approved by the Director; or, Ce) are of welded construction, equipped with a metallic-type shoe primary seal and has a secondary seal from the top of the shoe seal to the tank wall (shoe-mounted secondary seal). (4) No owner or operatclr of a petroleum liquid storage vessel subject to this Rule shall store a petroleum liquid in that vessel unless: I (a) the vessel has been fitted with: 1. a contirnilous secondary seal extending from the floating’roof to the tank wall (rim-mounted secondar seal); or 2. a closure or other device which controls VOC emission with an effectiveness equal to or greater than a seal required under Subparagraph 335-3-6-.23(4) (a)l. as approved by the Director. (b) All seal closure devices meet the following requirements: 335—3—6—90 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 1. there are no visible holes, tears, or other openingsin the seal(s) or seal fabric; 2. the seal(s) are intact and uniformly in place around the circumference of the floating roof between the floating roof and tank wall; and, 3. for vapor mounted seals, the area of accumulated gaps between the secondary seal and the tank wall are determined by the method in Paragraph 335-3-6- .16(8) (C), and shall not exceed 21.2 square centimet rs per meter of tank diameter (1.0 square inch perifoot of tank diameter) (c) All openings in the external floating roof, except for automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, and leg - sleeves, are: 1. equipped with covers, seals, or lids in the closed position except when the openings are in actual use; and, 2. equipped 1 with projections into the tank which remain below the liquid surface. (d) Automatic ble der vents are closed at all times except when the roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg supports; Ce) Rim vents are set to open when the roof is being floated off the leg supports or at the manufacturer’s recommended setting; and, (f) Emergency root drains are provided with slotted membrane fabric covers or equivalent covers which cover at least ninety percent (90%) of the area of the opening. (5) The owner or operat or of a petroleum liquid storage vessel with an external floating roof subject to this Rule shall: (a) perform routine inspections semi-annually in order to insure compliance with Section 6.23.4 Rule, and the inspections shall include a visual inspection of the secondary sea gap; (b) measure the secondary seal gap annually in accordance with Section 335-3-6-.l6(8) when the floating roof is equipped with a vapor-mounted primary seal; and, 335—3—6—91 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (C) maintain records of the throughput quantities and types of volatile petroleum liquids stored. (6) The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel with an external floating roof not subject to this Rule, but containing a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kilo Pascals (1.0 psia), shall maintain records of the average monthly storage temperature, the type of liquid, throughput quantities, and the maximum true vapor pressure for all petroleum liquids with a true vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kilo Pascals. (7) The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel subject to this Rule shall submit to the Director, as a minimum, an annual report detailing the results of routine monthly inspections, secondary seal gap measurements, and the amounts and physical properties of stored liquids. (8) Copies of all records and reports under Sections 335-3-6- .23(5), (6), and (7) shall be retained by the owner or operator for a min mum of two (2) years after the date on which the record was made or the report submitted. Author: Win Gerald Hardyl Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs 22-28-14, 22-22A- 5, 22—22A-6, and 22—22A -8 History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Amended: ______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg FEB 12, 1982 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 1st Revision MAY 05, 1983 APR 19, 1984 49 FR 15549 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—92 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .24 Applicability . (1) The provisions of Rules 335-3-6- .24 through 335-3-6-.52 shall apply to all 1 sources of volatile organic compounds (VOC) in accordanc with schedules contained in Rule 335-3- 6-.36 except: (a) sources specifically exempted under any Rule or Section of this Chapter through annual operating, production, or potential VOC emissions rates. (b) sources used exclusively for chemical or physical analysis or determination of product quality and commercial acceptance provided: 1. the operation of the sources is not an integral part of 1 he production process; and 2. the emissions from sources do not exceed 363 kilograms (800 pounds) in any calendar month. Cc) sources approved for crossline averaging within a facility. An owner or operator of a facility must receive prior approval from the Director before a crossline averaging compliance strategy may be allowed. compliance with all surface coating and graphic arts regulation’s expressed format, may be demonstrated for each and! or aggregately for all lines within a source category unde the following conditions: 1. equivalency is calculated on a basis of pounds of VOC emit1 ed per gallon of solids used or when improved transfer efficiency can be demonstrated, pounds or VOC emitted per gallon of gallon of solids deposited may be used; 2. downtime credit is not allowed 3. averaging periods cannot exceed twenty-four (24) hours; 4. crossline averaging cannot include “ best Available Control Technology” (BACT) or “Lowest Achievable Emission Rate” (LAER) sources as defined in Chapter 335-3-14 5. sufficient records must be maintained to demonstrate compliance on a daily basis consistent with 45 FR 80825; and 335—3—6—93 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Cd) sources subject to Section 335-3-6-.32(l1) that receive approval to apply extreme performance coatings to structural steel products. An owner or operator of a subject facility petition on an annual basis for an exemption for extreme performance coatings and must receive prior written approval from the Director for that exemption. The exemption shall be valid for twelve months from the date it is issued. To receive an exemption, each source, as a minimum, shall demonstrate that: 1. the coating to be applied between the time period of december 31, 1985 and December 31, 1986 has a VOC emission rate of less than 6.26 pounds per gallon applied excluding water; 2. the coat ng to be applied between the time period of december 31, 1986 and December 31, 1987 has a VOC emis ion rate of less than 4.51 pounds per gallon a plied excluding water; 3. the coating to be applied after December 31, 1987 complies with the 3.5 pounds per gallon applied, excluding water, VOC emission rate required under Subparagraph 335-3-6- .32(11) Ce) (3) .; 4. the application of a compliance coating is not a feasib1e economic alternative for the source; 5. the structural steel products cannot be coated in a paint booth or an area where reasonable capture of VOC emissions is economically feasible; and 6. during the exemption period, work with paint manufacturers to develop and/or reformulate an extreme coating which will comply with Section 335-3-6—.32(11) shall continue. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22-22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submi1 ted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register 3 35—3—6—94 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—95 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .25 VOC Water Separation . (1) No person shall use any compartment of any single or multiple compartmei 1t VOC water separator which receives effluent water cont aining 1,000 gallons a day or more of any VOC from processing, refining, treating, storing, or handling VOCs, unless such compartment is equipped with one of the following vapor loss control devices, properly installed, in good working order, and in operation: (a) a container having all openings sealed and totally enclosing the liquid contents. All gauging and sampling devices shall be gas-tight, except when gauging or sampling is performed. (b) a container equipped with a floating roof consisting of a pontoon type, double-deck type roof or internal floating cover which shall rest on the surface of the contents and be equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the pace between the roof edge and containing walls. All g uging or sampling devices shall be gas-tight, except when gauging or sampling is performed. Cc) a container equipped with a vapor recovery system consisting of a vapor gathering system capable of collecting the VOC vapors and gases dispersed and a vapor disposal system capable of processing such VOC vapors and gases so as to prevent their emission into the atmosphere. All container gauging and sampling devices shall be gas-tight, except where gauging or sampling is performed. Cd) a container having other equipment of equal efficiency for purposes of air pollution control as may be approved by the Director. 335—3—6—96 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A-5, 22-22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: ______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submit ted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—97 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-.26 Loading andlStorage of VOC . (1) For the purposes of this Rule, VOC shall mean any organic compound, excluding methane, ethane, 1,1,1 trichloroethane, methylene chloride, trichiorofluoromethane, dichlorodifluoromethane, chlorodifluoromethane, trifluoromethane, dichiorotetrafluoroethane, chioropentafluoromethane, and trichlorotrifluoroethane, with a true vapor presstire of 1.5 per square inch per square inch absolute or greater (78 mmHg) under storage conditions. (2) No person shall: (a) place, store, or hold in any stationary storage vessel of more than 1,000-gallon capacity any VOC unless such vessel is a pressure tank or is equipped a permanent submerged fill pipe (storage vessels in existence prior to January 30, 1973 may employ portable submerged fill pipe). (b) place, store, or hold in any stationary storage vessel of more than 40,000-gallon capacity any VOC unless such vessel is equipped with one of the following vapor loss control devic s, as appropriate: 1. Liquids of intermediate volatility (liquids having a true vapor pressure under actual storage conditions of greater than 1.5 psia (78 xnrnHg) but not greatEer than 11,1 psia (570 mmHg) shall be stored jill vessels equipped with a floating roof or a vapor recovery system or an equivalent control system. A floating roof may be a double deck, or flexible 1 single deck, of a pontoon type cover which rests upon and is supported by the stored and shall be equipped with a closure or seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank walj.. All tank gauging or sampling devices shall be air-tight except when tank gauging or sampling is performed. 2. Liquids of high volatility (liquids having a true vapor pressure under actual storage conditions of greater than 11.1 psia (570 mrnHg)) shall be stored in vessels equipped with vapor recovery systems or equivale 9 it vapor control systems. A vapor recovery system includes a system of collecting vapors and gases so as to prevent their emissions to the atmosphere. All tank gauging or sampling devices shall be air-tight except when tank gauging or sampling is performed. 33 5—3—6—98 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 3. other eqiiiipment or means of equal efficiency for purposes of air pollution control as may be approved by the Director. (c) load any VOCs into any tank truck or trailer having a capacity in excess of two hundred (200) gallons from any terminal or bulk storage facility unless such terminal or facility is: 1. equipped with: Ci) a vapor collection and disposal system or its equivalei it, properly installed, in good working order, wl.th a loading arm equipped with a vapor collection adapter of pneumatic, hydraulic, or other mechanical means which will provide a vapor- tight seal between the adapter and the hatch; or (ii) a loading system which will result in a submerged fill pipe or by loading from the bottom, and, with loading lines equipped with fittings which make vapor-tight connections and which will close automatically when disconnected; and 2. for hatch handling equipped with a means to prevent liquid organic compound drainage from the loading device when it is removed from the hatch of any transport vessel or transport container. (3) This Rule shall not apply to crude petroleum produced, separated, treated, or stored in the field. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A-6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date June 9, 1987. Amended: _______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA, by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—99 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .27 Fixed-Roof Petroleum Liquid Storage Vessels . (1) For the purpose ofthis Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Condensate” shall mean hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas which condenses due to changes in the temperature and/or pressure and remains liquid at standard conditions. (b) “Crude Oil” shall mean a naturally occurring mixture which consists of hydrocarbons and sulfur, nitrogen and/or oxygen derivatives of hydrocarbons and which is a liquid in tI ie reservoir at standard conditions. (Revised Marcl 1 i 24, 1981) (C) “Custody Transfer” shall mean the transfer of produced crude oil and (or condensate, after processing and/or treating in the producing operations, from storage tanks or automatic transfer facilities to pipelines or any other form of transportation. (d) “External Floating Roof” shall mean a storage vessel cover in an open top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck which rests upon and is supported by thhe petroleum liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank shell. (e) “Internal Floating Roof” shall mean a cover or roof in a fixed roof tank which rests upon or is floated upon the petroleuin liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank shell. (f) “Petroleum lic uids” shall mean crude oil, condensate, and any finis1 ied or intermediate products manufactured or extracted n a petroleum refinery. (g) “Petroleum Refinery” shall mean any facility engaged in producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils, lubricants, or other products through distillation, cracking, extraction, or reforming of unfinished petroleum derivatives. (2) This Rule shall apply to all fixed roof storage vessels with capacities greater than 151,416 liters (40,000 gallons) containing petrole bm liquids whose true vapor pressure (TVP) is greater than 1015 kilo Pascals (1.52 psia). Vessels containing petroleiiim liquids whose TVP is equal to or less 335—3—6—100 ------- Printed: September 16, 1.995 than 10.5 kilo Pascals (1.5 psia) are exempt, provided that records are maintained of the average monthly storage temperature and TVP of the petroleum liquid stored if the product has a stored WP greater than 7.0 kilo Pascals (1.0 psia). (3) This Rule shall not apply to the following petroleum liquid storage vessels: (a) equipped with external floating roofs before July 1, 1979; or (b) having capacities less than 1,601,224 liters (423,000 gallons) used to store produced crude oil and condensate prior to lease custody transfer. (4) Except as provided under Section 335-3-6-.27(3), no owner or operator of an affected source under Section 335-3-6-.27(2) •shall permit the use of such source unless: (a) the source has been retrofitted with an internal floating roof equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank wall; or (b) the source has been retrofitted with equally effective alternative control, approved by the Director; and (c) the source is 1 maintained such that there are no visible holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or any seal fabric or materials; and (d) all openings, except stub drains, are equipped with covers, lids, or seals such that; 1. the cover, lid, or seal is in the closed position at all times except when in actual use; and 2. automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when the roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg support; and 3. rim vents, if provided, are set to open when the roof is being floated off the roof leg supports or at the manufacturer’s recommended setting; and (e) routine inspections are conducted through roof hatches once every six months; and (f) a complete inspection of cover and seals in conducted whenever the tank is emptied for nonoperational 335—3—6—10]. ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 reasons. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: ______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—102 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .28 Bulk Gasoline Plants . (1) For the purpose of’this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Bottom Filling” shall mean the filling of a tank truck or stationary storage tank through an opening that is flush with the tank bottoms. (b) “Bulk Gasoline Plant” shall mean a gasoline storage and distribution facility with an average daily throughput equal to or less than 76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) which receives gasoline from bulk terminals by trailer transport, stores it in tanks, and subsequently dispenses it via account trucks to local farms, businesses, and gasoline dispensing facility. (C) “Splash Filling” shall mean the filling of a tank truck or stationary tank though a pipe or hose whose discharge opening is above the surface level of the liquid in the tank being filled. (d) “Vapor Balance System” shall mean a combination of pipes or hoses which create a closed system between the vapor spaces cbf an unloading and a receiving tank such that vapors displaced from the receiving tank are transferred to the tank being unloaded. (2) This Rule shall apply to the unloading, loading, and storage operations of all bulk gasoline plants and all tank trucks or trailers delivering or receiving gasoline at bulk gasoline plants, except, stationary storage tanks of less than 3,785 liters (1,000 gallons) capacity. (3) Except as provided under Section 335-3-6-.28(2), no owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant may permit stationary storage tanks to load or unload gasoline unless each tank is equipped with vapor balance system as described under Section 335-3-6-.28(6) of this Rule and approved by the Director; and (a) each tank is equipped with a submerged fill pipe, approved by the Director; or (b) each tank is equipped with a fill line whose discharge opening is not over 18 inches from the bottom of the tank. (4) Except as provided under Section 335-3-6-.28(2) after 11 months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation of 335—3—6—103 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Rule 335-3-6-. 41, no owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant, gasoline tank truck, or trailer may permit the loading or unloading of tank trucks or trailers at a bulk gasoline plant unless each tank truck or trailer is equipped with a vapor balance system as described under Section 335- 3-6-.28(6) and complies with Section 335-3-6-.41(3); and (a) equipment is available at the bulk gasoline plant to provide for the submerged filling of each tank truck or trailer; or (b) each tank truck or trailer is equipped f or bottom filling. (5) No owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant, tank truck, or trailer may permit the transfer of gasoline between tank truck or trailer and stationary storage tank unless: (a) the transfer is conducted in accordance with Sections 335-3-6—.28(3) and 335—3—6—.28(4); and (b) the vapor balance system is in good working order and is connected and operating; and (C) tank truck or trailer hatches are covered at all times during loading operations; and (d) there are no leaks in the tank trucks’ and trailers’ pressure/vacuum relief valves and hatch covers, or the truck tanks or storage tanks, or associated vapor and liquid lines during loading or unloading; and (e) the pressure relief valves on above-ground storage vessels and tank trucks or trailers are set to release at no less th+n 4.8 kPa (0.7 psia) or the highest possible pressure (in accordance with state or local fire codes or the National Fire Prevention Association guidelines). (f) the gasoline tank truck or trailer has a valid Jefferson County Department of Health Air Sticker as required by Section 335-3-6-.41(4) attached and visibly displayed. (6) Vapor balance system required under Section 335-3-6-.28(3) and (4) shall consist of the following major components: (a) a vapor space connection on the stationary storage tank equipped with fittings which are vapor tight and will automatically and immediately close upon disconnection 335—3—6—104 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 so as to prevent release of organic compounds; and (b) a connecting pip or hose equipped with fittings which are vapor tight and will automatically and immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of organic compounds; and Cc) a vapor space connection on the tank truck or trailer equipped with fittings which are vapor tight and will automatically and immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of organic material. (7) No owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant may permit the disposal of waste gasoline in sewers, open containers or in a manner than would result in evaporation. (8) The owner or operator of a gasoline bulk plant subject to this rule shall: (a) maintain records of the annual throughput quantities and types of yolatile petroleum liquids stored in each storage tank; (b) maintain a daily record of all gasoline tank trucks or trailers loaded or unloaded and the Jefferson County Department of Health Air Sticker number of each gasoline tank truck or trailer; Cc) submit to the Director as a minimum, an annual summary report of the records require under Paragraph 335-3-6- (8) (a) ; and Cd) copies of all records and reports requires under Paragraphs 335-3-6-. 28 (8) (b) shall be available to representatives of the Director upon request and shall be retained b the owner or operator for a minimum of two (2) years after the date on which the record was made. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: 335—3—6—105 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 ______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—106 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-.29 Gasoline Terminals . (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Bulk Gasoline Terminal” shall mean a gasoline storage facility which receives gasoline from its supply source primarily by pipelines, ships, barges and delivers gasoline to bulk gasoline plant or to commercial or retail accounts primarily by tank trucks and has an average daily throughput of more than 76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) of gasoline. (2) This Rule will apply to bulk gasoline terminals and the appurtenant equipment necessary to load the tank truck or trailer compartments. (3) No person may load gasoline into any tank truck or trailer from any bulk gasoline terminal unless; (a) the bulk gasoline terminal is equipped with a vapor recovery system capable of complying with Section 335- 3-6-.29(4), properly installed, in good working order, in operator, and consisting of one of the following: 1. an adsorber or condensation system which processes and revolvers at least ninety percent (90%) by weight of all vapors and gases from the equipment being controlled; or 2. a vapor collection system which directs all vapors to a fue gas system; and 3. a control system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than Section 335—3—6—.29(3) (a)l. or 335—3—6—.29(3) (a)2. and approved by the Director; and (b) all displaced vapors and gases are vented only to the vapor control system; and (c) a means is provided to prevent liquid drainage from the loading devic when it is not in use or to accomplish complete drainage before the loading device is disconnected; and (d) all loading and vapor lines are equipped with fittings which make vapor-tight connections and which close automatically when disconnected. 335-3—6—107. ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (e) the gasoline tank truck or trailer has a valid Jefferson County Department of Health Air Sticker as required by Section 335-3-6-.41(4) attached and visibly displayed. (4) Sources affected under Paragraph 335-3-6-.29(3) (a) may not allow mass emissioi is of VOCs from control equipment to exceed 80 milligrams per liter (4.7 grains per gallon) of gasoline loaded. (5) Sources affected under Section 335-3-6-.29(2) shall not: (a) allow the pressure in the vapor collection system to exceed the tank truck or trailer pressure relief settings; nor (b) allow the disposal of waste gasoline in sewers, open containers or in a manner that would result in evaporation. (6) The owner or operator of a gasoline bulk terminal subject to this Rule shall: (a) maintain records of the annual throughput quantities and types of petroleum liquids stored in each storage tank; (b) maintain a daily record of all gasoline tank trucks or trailers loaded or unloaded and the Jefferson County Department of Health Air Sticker number of each gasoline tank truck or trailer; (C) submit to the Director as a minimum, an annual summary report of the records require under Paragraph 335-3-6- .29(6)(a); and (d) copies of all records and reports requires under Paragraphs 335-3-6-. 29 (8) (b) shall be available to representatives of the Director upon request and shall be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of two (2) years after the date on which the record was made. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. 1 mended: 335—3—6—108 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 ______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—109 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .30 Gasoline Dispensing Facilities - Stage I . (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Delivery Ve4el” shall mean tank trucks or trailers equipped with a storage tank and used for the transport of gasoline from sources of supply to stationary storage tanks of gasoline dispensing facilities. (b) “Gasoline Dispensing Facility” shall mean any outlet where gasoline is dispensed to motor vehicle gasoline tanks from stationary storage tanks. (2) This Rule will apply to all gasoline dispensing facilities except; (a) transfers made to storage tanks or gasoline dispensing facilities eq iiipped with floating roof or their equivalent; (b) transfers made to stationary gasoline storage tanks of less than 7,580 liters (2,000 gallons) capacity in place before July 1, 1979 and of less than 948 liters (250 gallons) installed after July 1, 1979; (c) stationary ga o1ine storage containers of less than 2,085 liters (550 gallons) capacity used exclusively for the fueling of implements of husbandry, provided the containers are equipped with submerged fill pipe. (3) NO OWNER OR OPERATOR may transfer, cause, or allow the transfer of gasoline from any delivery vessel into any stationary storage tank subject to this Rule, unless the tank is equipped with a submerged fill pipe and the vapors displaced from the storage tank during filling are processed by a vapor control system in accordance with Section 335-3- 6—.30(4). (4) The vapor control ystem required by Section 335-3-6-.30(3) shall include one or more of the following: (a) a vapor balance system (Stage I) between the stationary storage tank and the gasoline tank truck and a system that will ensure the vapor line is connected before gasoline can be transferred into the tank; (b) a refrigeration condensation system or equivalent designed to recover at least ninety percent (90%) by weight of the organic compounds in displaced vapor; or 335—3—6—110 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (C) a system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than provided under Paragraph 335-3-6-.30(4) (b) and approved by the Director. (5) Each owner or operator of a gasoline dispensing facility subject to this Rule shall: (a) not permit the transfer of gasoline between a gasoline tank truck and a stationary storage tank unless the gasoline tank truck complies with Rule 335-3-6-. 41 and the vapor control system is connected and operating in accordance with Section 335-3-6-.30(4); (b) maintain records of the monthly throughput quantities and types of etroleum distillates in all stationary storage tanks (c) submit to the Director as a minimum, an annual summary report of the records require under Paragraph 335-3-6- .30(5) (b) ; and (d) make available to representatives of the Director upon request copies of all records and reports requires under Paragraphs 335-3-6-.30(5) (b) and (C) and retain the records and reports for a minimum of two (2) years after the date on which the documents were made. (6) No owner or operator of a gasoline dispensing facility subject to this Rule shall cause or allow gasoline to be spilled, discardedin sewers, stored in open containers, or handled in any other manner that would result in evaporation of the gasoline to the atmosphere. (7) regardless of the applicability exemption under Paragraph 335-3—6- .30 (2) (d) , all gasoline dispensing facilities that are subject to this Rule shall not disconnect an existing vapor-balance system and shall maintain the system in proper working order in accordance with this Rule even if the facility’s average month1y throughput of gasoline decreases to less than 4,000- gallons. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A-8. History: Effective date: 3une 9, 1987. J inended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGU] ATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 335-3—6—ill ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-6- .31 Petroleum Refinery Sources . (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Accumulator” shall mean the reservoir of a condensing unit receiving the condensate from the condenser. (b) “Condenser” sitlall mean a ny [ sic?] heat transfer device used to liquefy vapors by removing their latent heats of vaporization. Such devices include, but are not limited to, shell and tube, coil, surface, or contact condensers. (C) “Firebox” shall mean the chamber or compartment of a boiler or furnace in which materials are burned, but does not mean the combustion chamber of an incinerator. (d) “Hot well” shall mean the reservoir of a condensing unit receiving the warm condensate from the condenser. (e) “Refinery Fuel Gas” shall mean any gas which is generated by a petroleum refinery process unit and which is combusted, including any gaseous mixture of natural gas and fuel gas. (f) “Turnaround” shall mean the procedure of shutting a refinery unit down after a run to do necessary maintenance and repair work and putting the unit back on stream. (g) “Vacuum Producing System” shall mean any reciprocating, rotary or centLrifugal blower or compressor or any jet ejector or device that takes suction from a pressure below atmosphere and discharges against atmospheric pressure. (2) This Rule will apply to vacuum producing systems and process unit turnarounds at petroleum refining sources. (3) The owner or operator of any vacuum producing systems at a petroleum ref inery may not permit the emission of noncondensable VOCs from the condensers, hot wells, or accumulators of the system unless: 33 5—3—6—112 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (a) the vapors are combusted in a firebox or incinerator; or (b) the vapors are added to the refinery fuel gas. (4) Before April 1, 1980, the owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall develop and submit to the Director for approval a detailed procedure for minimizing VOC emissions during process unit turnaround. As a minimum, the procedure shall provide for: (a) depressurization venting of the process unit or vessel to a vapor rec overy system, flare, or firebox; and (b) no emission of VOCs from a process unit or vessel until its internal pressure is 136 kilo Pascals (19.6 psia) or less. (5) The owner or operator of any wastewater (oil/water) separators at a petroleum refinery shall” (a) provide covers and seals approved by the Director on all separators and forebays; and, (b) equip all opeI 1ings in covers, separators, and forebays with lids andiseals such that the lids or seals are in the closed po ition at all times except when in actual use. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A-5, 22-22A—5, 22—22A-6, and 22—22A-8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: ______THIS IS TEE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—113 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .32 Surface Coathing . (1) Can Coating. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “End Sealing Compound” shall mean a synthetic rubber compound which is coated onto can ends and which functions as a gasket when the end is assembled on the can. 2. “Exterio Base Coating” shall mean a coating applied to the exterior of a can to provide exterior protection to the metal and to provide background for the lithograph or printing operation. 3. “Interior Base Coating” shall mean a coating applied by a roller coater or spray to the interior of a can to provide a protective lining between the can metal and product. 4. “Interior Body Spray” shall mean a coating sprayed on the interior of the can to provide a protective film between jhe product and the can. 5. “Overvarnish” shall mean a coating applied directly over ink to reduce the coefficient of friction, to provide gloss, and to protect the finish against abrasion and corrosion. 6. “Three-Piece Can Side-Seam Spray” shall mean a coating sprayed on the exterior and interior of a welded, cemented, or soldered seam to protect the exposed ¶etal. 7. “Two-Piece Can Exterior End Coating” shall mean a coating applied by roller coating or spraying to the exterior of a can to provide protection to the metal. (b) This Section will apply to coating applicator(s) and oven(s) of sheet, can, or end coating lines involved in sheet basecoat (exterior and interior) and overvarnish; two-piece can exterior (basecoat and overvarnish); two-piece and three-piece can interior body spray; two-piece can exterior end (spray or roll coat); three-piece can side-seam spray and end sealing compound operations. 335—3—6—114 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (C) No owner or operator of a can coating line subject to this Section shall cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of: 1. 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from sheet basecoat (exterior and interior) and overvarnish or two-piece can exterior (basecoat and overvarnish) operations. 2. 0.51 kilograms per liter of coating (4.2 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from two-piece and three-piece can inte ior body spray and two— piece can exterior’end (spray or roll coat) operations. 3. 0.66 kilograms per liter of coating (5.5 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from three-piece can side seam spray operations. 4. 0.44 kilograms per liter of coating (3.7 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from three-piece can side seam spray operations. (2) Coil Coating. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Coil Coating” shall mean the coating of any flat metal sheet or strip that comes in rolls or coils. 2. “Quench rea” shall mean a chamber where the hot metal exiting the oven is cooled by either a spray of waterlor a blast of air followed by water cooling. (b) This Section will apply to the coating applicator(s), oven(s), and quench area(s) of coil coating lines involved in prime and top coat or single coat operations. (c) No owner or operator of a coil coating line subject to this Section may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of VOCs in excess of 0.31 kilograms per liter of coating (2.6 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delive ed to the coating applicator from prime and topcoat or single coat operations. 335—3—6—115 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (3) Metal Furniture Coating. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Application Area” shall mean the area where the coating is applied by spraying, dipping, or flowcoating techniques. 2. “Metal Furniture Coating” shall mean the surface coating of any furniture made of metal or any metal part which will be assembled with other metal, wd od, fabric, plastic, or glass parts to form a filirniture piece. (b) This Section will apply to the application areas, flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of metal furni -ture coating lines involved in prime and topcoat or single coating operations. (C) No owner or operator of a metal furniture coating line subject to this Section may cause, allow or permit the discharge intcp the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.36 kilograms per liter of coating (3.0 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from prime and topcoat or single coat operations. (4) Surface Coating of Large Appliances. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Application Area” shall mean the area where the coating 4s applied by spraying, dipping, or flowcoatfng techniques. 2. “Single Coat” shall mean a single film of coating applied directly to the metal substrate omitting the primer application. 3. “Large Appliances” shall mean doors, cases, lids, panels, and interior support parts of residential and commercial washers, dryers, ranges, refrigerators, freezers, water heaters, dishwashers, trash compactors, air conditioners, and other similar products. (b) This Section will apply to application area(s), flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of large appliance 33 5—3-6—116 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 coating lines’involved in prime, single, or topcoat coating operations. Cc) This Section will not apply to the use of quick-drying lacquers for repair of scratches and nicks that occur during assembly, provided that the volume of coating does not exceed 757 liters (200 gallons) in any one year. (d) No owner or operator of a large appliance coating line subject to thjs Section may cause, allow or permit the discharge intø the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from prime, single, or topcoat coating operations. (5) Automobile and Light Duty Truck Manufacturing. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following Definitions apply: 1. “Application Area” shall mean the area where the coating is applied by dipping and spraying. 2. “manufacturing plant” shall mean a facility where automobiles and truck bodies are manufactured and/or finished for eventual assembly into a finished product ready for sale to vehicle dealers. Customizer, body shops, and other repainters are not part of this definition. 3. “Automob+le” shall mean all passenger cars or passengef car derivations capable of seating 12 or fewer passengers. 4. “light-duty trucks” shall mean any motor vehicles rated at 3,864 kilograms (8,500 pounds) gross weight or less which are designed primarily for the purpose of transportation or are derivatives of such vehicles. (b) This Section will apply to the application area(s), flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of automotive and light-duty tr !ick manufacturing plants involved in prime, topcoat, and final repair coating operations. Cc) No owner or operator of an automobile or light-duty manufacturing plant subject to this Section may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of 33 5—3—6—117 ------- Printed 1 September 16, 1995 any VOCs in excess of: 1. 0.23 kilograms per liter of coating (1.2 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicator from prime application, flashoff area, and oven operations. 2. 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicatcpr from surfacer application, flashoff area, and oven operations. 3. 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicator from topcoat application, flashoff area, and oven operations. 4. 0.58 kilograms per liter of coating (4.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicator from final repair application, flashoff area, and oven operations. (6) Paper Coating. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Knife Coating” shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife that spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the substrate. 2. “Paper C ating” shall mean coatings put on paper and pressure sensitive tapes regardless of substrate. Related web coating processes on plastic film and decorative coatings on metal foil are included in this definition. 3. “Roll Coating” shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of hard rubber or steel rolls. 4. “Rotogra 4 rure Coating” shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of a roll coating technique in which the pattern to be applied is etched on the coating roll. The coating material is picked up in these recessed areas and is transferred to the substrate. 335—3—6—118 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (b) This Section will apply to roll, knife, or rotogravure coater(s) and drying ovens of paper coating lines. Cc) No owner or operator of a paper coating line subject to this Section may cause, allow,or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.35 kilograms per liter of coating (2.9 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered Co the coating applicator from a paper coating line. (7) Fabric and Vinyl Coating. (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Fabric Coating” shall mean the coating of a textile substrate with a knife, roll, or rotogravure coater to impart properties that are not initially present, such as strength, stabilit ’, water or acid repellency, or appearance. 2. “Knife Coating” shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife that spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the substrate. 3. “Roll Coating” shall mean the application of a coating ipaterial to a substrate by means of hard rubber o steel rolls. 4. “Rotogravure Coating” shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of a roll coating technique in which the pattern to be applied is etched on the coating roll. The coating material is picked up in these recessed areas and is transferred to the substrate. 5. “Vinyl Coating” shall mean to apply a decorative or protective topcoat or printing on vinyl coating coated fabric or vinyl sheets. (b) This Section Niiill apply to roll, knife, or rotogravure coater(s) anddrying ovens of fabric and vinyl coating lines. (c) No owner or operator of a fabric coating line or a vinyl coating line subject to this Section may cause, allow, or permit discharge into the atmosphere of any 335-3—6—119 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 VOCs in excess of; 1. 0.35 kilograms per liter of coating (2.9 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a fabric coating line. 2. 0.45 kilograms per liter of coating (3.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a vinyl coating line. (8) Magnet Wire Coating! (a) For the purpo e of this Section, the following definition applies: 1. “Magnet Wire Coating” shall mean the process of applying’a coating of electrically insulating varnish or enamel to aluminum or copper wire for use in electrical machinery. (b) This Section t iill apply to oven(s) of magnet wire coating operations. (c) No owner or operator of a magnet wire coating oven subject to this Section may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.20 kilograms per liter of coating (1.7 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from magnet wire coating operations. (9) Compliance Methods. (a) The emission limits under this Rule shall be achieved by: 1. the application of low solvent content coating technology; or 2. the inst llation and operation of a VOC capture system a4id a VOC control device system, provided that each day the overall VOC emission reduction efficiency needed to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission rate restriction is achieved or 3. the application of powder coating technology; or 4. The Director may allow a coating line that has no add-on VOC control equipment to average two or more coatings under all the following conditions: 335—3—6—12 0 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (1) The surface coating shall be for the same type of operation (source category) and shall be subject to the same regulated emission rate restriction; and (ii) The surface coating shall be delivered to the application system on the same coating line; and (iii) The surface coatings shall be averaged on the basis of pounds of VOC emitted per gallon of coating solids applied to the substrate; and (iv) The compliance demonstration time frame shall be a twenty-four (24) hour period (10) Flatwood Paneling (a) For the purpo e of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Class II hardboard paneling finish” shall mean finishes which meet the specifications of Voluntary Product Standard PS- 59-73 as approved by the American National Standards Institute. 2. “Hardboard” shall mean a panel manufactured primaril from inter-felted ligno-cellulosic fibers wihich are consolidated under heat and pressure in a hot press. 3. “Hardwood plywood” shall man plywood whose surface layer is a veneer of hardwood. 4. “Natural finish hardwood plywood panels” shall mean panels whose original grain pattern is enhanced by essentially transparent finishes frequently supplemented by fillers and toners. 5. “Thin Pa ticleboard” is a manufactured board 1/4 inch or less in thickness made of individual wood particle which have been coated with a binder and formed into flat sheets by pressure. 6. “Printed interior panels” shall mean panels whose grain or natural surface is obscured by fillers and basecoats upon which a simulated grain or 335—3—6—121 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 decorative pattern is printed. 7. “Tileboard” shall mean paneling that has a colored waterproof surface coating. 8. “Coating application system” shall mean all operatioiis and equipment which apply, convey, and dry a surface coating, including, but not limited to, spra ’ booths, flow coaters, conveyers,flashoff areas, air dryers, and ovens. (b) This Section applies to all flatwood manufacturing facilities that manufacture the following products: 1. printed interior panels made of hardwood, plywood, and thin particleboard; 2. natural finish hardwood plywood panels; or 3. hardboard paneling with Class II finishes. (c) This Section does not apply to the manufacture of exterior siding, tileboard, or particleboard used as a furniture component. (d) No owner or operator of a flatwood manufacturing facility subject to this Section shall emit VOCs from a coating application system in excess of: 1. 2.9 kilograms per 100 square meters of coated finished product (6.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from printed interior panels, regardless of the number of coats applied; 2. 5.8 kilograms per 100 square meters of coated finished product (12.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from natural finish hardwood plywood panels, regardless of the number of coats applied; and, 3. 4.8 kilograms per 100 square meters of coated finishedlproduct (10.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from Class II finishes on hardboard panels, regardless of the number of coats applied. 33 5—3—6—122 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 ______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 1st Revision OCT 04, 1991 SEP 27, 1993 58 FR 50262 335—3—6—123 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (11) Miscellaneous Metal Rules and Products (a) For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply: 1. “Air dried coating” shall mean coating which are dried by the use of air or forced warm air at temperatures up to 90°C (194°F). 2. “Annual Rolling Average” means the method of demonstrating compliance with an annual emission rate restriction of a permit condition of an Air Permit, or, to keep annual emissions below a regulation’s emissions applicability level. At the end of each calendar month, a source shall demonstr?te compliance with an annual emission rate restriction for the previous twelve (12) consecutive moTlth period. 3. “Clear coat” shall mean a coating which lacks color and opacity or is transparent and uses the undercoat as a ref lectant base or undertone color and any coating used as a interior protective lining on any cylindrical metal shipping cbntainer of greater than one gallon capacity. 4. “Coating application system” shall mean all operatioi is and equipment which applies, conveys, and dries a surface coating, including, but not limited tEo, spray booths, flow coaters, flashoff areas, air dryers and ovens. 5. “Extreme environmental conditions” shall mean exposure to any one of the following: the weather all of the time, temperatures consistently above 95° (203°F), detergents, abrasive and scouring agents, solvents, corrosive atmospheres, or similar environmental conditions. 6. “Extreme performance coatings” shall mean coatings designed for harsh exposure or extreme environmental conditions. 7. “Heat sensitive material” shall mean materials which cannot consistently be exposed to temperatures greater than 95°C (203°F). 8. “Low solvent coating” shall mean coatings which contain less organic solvent than the conventional 335—3—6—124 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 coatings used by the industry. Low solvent coatings include water-borne, higher solids, electrodeposition and powder coatings. 9. “Powder coating” means any surface coatings which is applied as a dry powder and is fused into a continuous coating film through the use of heat. 10. “Single Coat” shall mean one film of coating applied to a metal surface. 11. “Transfer efficiency” shall mean the portion of coating which adheres to the metal surface during the application process, expressed as a percentage of the total volume of coating delivered by the applicator. (b) This Section pp1ies to coating of miscellaneous metal parts and products in the following industries: 1. Large farm machinery (harvesting, fertilizing and planting machines, tractors, combines, etc.); 2. Small farm machinery (lawn and garden tractors, lawn mowers, rototillers, etc.); 3. Small appliances (fans, mixers, blenders, crock pots, deihumidifiers, vacuum cleaners, etc.); 4. Commercial machinery (office equipment, computers and auxiliary equipment, typewriters, calculators, vending machines, etc.); 5. Industrial machinery (pumps, compressors, conveyer components, fans, blowers, transformers, etc.); 6. Fabricated metal products (metal covered doors, frames, etc.); and 7. Any othet industrial category which coats metal parts or products under the Standard Industrial Classification Code of Major Group 33 (primary metal industries), Major Group 34 (fabricated metal products), Major Group 35 (nonelectric machinery), Major Group 36 (electrical machinery), Major Group 37 (transportation equipment), Major Group 38 (miscellaneous instruments), and Major Group 39 (miscellaneous manufacturing industries). (c) This Section does not apply to the surface coating of 335-3—6—125 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 the following metal parts and products: 1. automobiles and light-duty trucks; 2. metal cans; 3. flat metal sheets and strips in the forms of rolls or coils; 4. magnet wire for use in electrical machinery; 5. metal furniture; 6. large appliances; 7. exterior of airplanes; 8. automobile refinishing; 9. customized coating of automobiles and trucks, if production is less than 35 vehicles per day and if the VOC emission rate from the customized coating operation does not exceed 60 tons per year based on an annual rolling average calculated at the end of each calendar month; and 10. exteriorjof marine vessels. 11. fabricat d metal parts and products under the major Standard Industrial Classification Code of Group No. 34 if the VOC emissions rate is less than a potential ten tons per calender year (10 TPY) before an add-on VOC control device. (d) This Section shall apply to the application area(s), flashoff area(s), air and forced air dryer(s) and oven(s) used n the surface coating of the metal parts and products in paragraph 335-3-6-.32(ll) (b). This Section also applies to prime coat, top coat, and single coat operations. (e) No owner or operator of a facility engaged in the surface coating of miscellaneous metal parts and products may operate a coating application system subject to this Section that emits VOCs in excess of: 1. 0.52 kilograms per liter (4.3 pounds per gallon) of coatii ig, excluding water, delivered to a coating pplicator that applies clear coatings; 335—3—6—126 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 2. 0.42 kilograms per liter (3.5 pounds per gallon) of coatii 1 lg, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator in a coating application system that is air dried or forced warm air dried at room temperatures up to 900 (194°F); 3. 0.42 kilograms per liter (3.5 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator that applies extreme performance coatings; and, 4. 0.36 kilograms per liter (3.0 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating pplicator for all other coatings and coating application systems. (f) if add- on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating: 1. exhaust temperature of all incinerators; 2. temperat Jire rise across a catyltic incinerator bed; 3. breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and 4. any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director. (12) Recordkeeping. (a) The owner or operator of a coating line subject to the requirements 1.n Rule 335-3-6-. 32 shall maintain as a minimum the following daily records to demonstrate compliance in the time frame required by any regulation under this Rule or Air Permit condition: 1. the quantity in gallons of all surface coationgs delivered to the application system; nad 2. the quantity in gallons of all organic liquid diluents (coating thinners and additives) added to the surf ce coatings; and 3. the quantity in gallons of all organic liquid solvents used for wash or cleanup; and 335—3—6—127 ------- Printed: Septen ber 16, 1995 4. the quantity in gallons of all organic liquid waste properly contained and shipped out for proper disposal and a certification of the waste density and percent VOC content by weight; and 5. the date of each application of surface coatings and diluents and usage of wash and cleanup solvents; and 6. the regulation(s) applicable to the coating line for which the records are being maintained; nad 7. the dail j’ records shall be kept in the units necessar* to verify compliance with the applicable regulations (i.e., pounds of VOC per gallon of coating delivered to the application system, excluding water and exempt VOC); and 8. the application method and the substrate material type; and 9. where applicable, the surface coating curing and/or drying oven temperature(s) in degrees Fahrenheit; and 10. where applicable, the continuous combustion temperat ire in degrees Fahrenheit of a thermal incinerator control system; and 11. where applicable, the temperature rise across the catalyst bed and exhaust temperature in degrees Fahrenheit of a catalytic incinerator control system; and 12. where ap licable, the inlet and outlet temperature in degrees Fahrenheit of the cooling medium of a condenser control system; and 13. the following information on all surface coatings, and organic liquid solvents (diluents, additives, wash and cleanup): (1) manufacturer (supplier); and (ii) product name and manufacturer’s code number; and (iii) density (pounds per gallon); and (iv) VOC content in percent weight and 335—3-6-128 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 volume; and Cv) solids content in percent weight and volume; and (vi) water content in percent weight and volume; and (vii) exempt VOC content in percent weight and volume; and (viii) pounds of VOC per gallon of coating delivered to the application system, excluding water and exempt VOC. (b) The compliance demonstration time fram for an individual coating line that applies coatings that are subject to the sam regulated VOC emission rate under Rule 335-3-6-. 32 shall be a twenty-four (24) hour period (calender day). Cc) The daily records required under Paragraph 335-3- 6-.32(l2$ (a) shall be retained by the owner or operato t the location of the regulated source for a minimum of two years fter the date of record and shall be available to representatives of the Director upon request. Cd) The recordkeeping provisions of Paragraph 335-3-6- .32(12) (a) shall not apply if the Director determines that alternative records would be sufficient to provide assurance that the source is operating in compliance on a twenty-four (24) hour basis and these conditions for the source. In no case can recordkeeping requirements be waived or the strii 1 igency of the emissions limit be relaxed. Author: Statutory Authority: Cope of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A—5, 22—22A-5, 22—22A-6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: September 21, 1989, July 31, 1991, and 1991 _______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 335—3—6—129 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Date Submitfted Date Approved Federal to EPA’ by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 1st Revision OCT 04, 1991 SEP 27, 1993 58 FR 50262 335—3-6-130 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 33 Solvent Metal Cleaning . (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Cold Cleaning” shall mean the batch process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by spraying, brushing, flushing or immersion while maintaining the solvent below its boiling point. Wipe cleaning is net included in this definition. (b) “Conveyorized Degreasing” shall mean the continuous process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by operating with either cold or vaporized solvents. (C) “Freeboard Height” shall mean for a cold cleaner, the distance from the liquid solvent level in the degreaser tank to the lip of the tank. For vapor degreasers, it is the distance from the solvent level in the tank to the lip of th tank. (d) “Freeboard Ratio” shall mean the freeboard height divided by the width of the degreaser. (e) “Open Top Vapor Degreasing” shall mean the batch process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by condensing hot solvent vapor on the colder metal parts. (f) “Solvent Metal Cleaning” shall mean the process of cleaning soils from metal surfaces by cold cleaning or open top vapo degreasing or conveyorized degreasing. (2) This Rule will apply to cold cleaning, open top vapor degreasing and conveyorized degreasing operations. (3) The provisions of this Rule shall apply with the following exceptions: (a) Open top vapor degreasers with an open area smaller than one square meter (10.8 square feet) shall be exempt from S iibparagraphs 335-3-6-.33(5) (c)2. and 4. (b) Conveyorized degreasers with an air/vapor interface smaller than 2.0 square meters (21.6 square feet) shall be exempt from Subparagraphs 335-3-6-.33(6) (b). (4) Except as provided under Section 335-3-6-.33(3), the owner 335—3—6-131 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 or operator of a cdld cleaning device shall: (a) equip the cleaner with a cover and the cover shall be so designed that it can be easily operated with one hand; if, 1. the solvent volatility is greater than 2 kilo Pascals (15 millimeters of mercury or 0.3 pounds per square inch) measured at 38° (100°F); or 2. the solvent is agitated; or 3. the solvent is heated; and (b) equip the cleaner with a device for draining cleaned parts; and if the solvent volatility is greater than 4.3 kilo Pascals (32 millimeters of mercury or 0.6 pounds per square inch) measured at 38° (100°F), equip the construct drainage device internally so that the parts are enclosed under the cover while draining, except that tI ie drainage device may be external for applications +here an internal type cannot fit into the cleaning systems; and (C) if the solvent volatility is greater than 4.3 kilo Pascals (32 millimeters of mercury or 0.6 pounds per square inch) measured at 32° (100°F) or if the solvent is heated abo re 50° (120 °F), install one of the following devices: 1. freeboard that gives a freeboard ratio greater than or equal to 0.7; or 2. water cover (solvent must be insoluble in and heavier than water); or 3. other systems of equivalent control, such as refrigerated chiller or carbon absorption, approved by the Director; and (d) provide a permanent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating requirements; and (e) close the cov r whenever parts are not being handled in the cleaner; and (f) drain the cleaned parts for at least 15 seconds or until dripping ceases; and (g) if used, supply a solvent spray that is a solid fluid 33 5—3 —6—13 2 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 stream (not a fine, atomized, or shower type spray) at a pressure which does not cause excessive splashing; and (h) store waste solvent only in covered containers and not dispose of waste solvent or transfer it to another party, such that greater than twenty percent (20%) of the waste solvent (by weight) can evaporate into the atmosphere. (5) Except as provided under 335-3-6-.33(3), the owner or operator of an open top vapor degreaser shall; (a) equip the vapor degreaser with a cover that can be opened and closed easily without disturbing the vapor zone; and (b) provide the following safety switches: 1. a condenser flow switch and thermostat which shuts off the heat if the condenser coolant is either not circulating or too warm; and 2. a spray safety switch which shuts off the spray pump if the vapor level drops more than 10 centimeters (4 inches) below the bottom of the condenser coil; and 3. a vapor level control thermostat which shuts off the heat when the level rises too high. (C) install one of the following control devices: 1. a freeboard ratio of greater than or equal to 0.75 and a powered or mechanically assisted cover if the degreaser opening is greater than 1 square meter (10.8 square feet); or 2. refrigerated chiller; or 3. enclosed design (cover or door opens only when the dry part is actually entering or exiting the degreaser); or 4. carbon adsorption system, with ventilation greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per minute per square meter (50 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of air/vapor area (when cover is open) and exhausting less than 25 parts per million of solvent over one complete adsorption cycle; or 335—3—6—133 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 5. a control system, demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than any of the above and approved by the Director; and (d) keep the cover closed at all times except when processing work loads through the degreaser; and (e) minimize solv nt carryout by; 1. racking parts to allow complete drainage; and 2. moving parts in and out of the degreaser at less than 3.3 meters per minute (11 feet per minute); and 3. holding the parts in the vapor zone at least 30 seconds or until condensation ceases; and 4. tipping put any pools of solvent on the cleansed parts before removal from the vapor zone; and 5. allowing parts to dry within the degreaser for at least 15 seconds or until visually dry; and (f) not degrease porous or absorbent materials, such as cloth, leathe*, wood or rope; and (g) not occupy more than half of the degreaser’s open top area with a workload; and (h) not load the degreaser to the point where the vapor level would drop more than 10 centimeters (4 inches) below the bottom of the condenser coil when the workload is lowered into the vapor zone; (i) always spray below the vapor level; and (j) repair solvent leaks immediately, or shutdown the degreaser; and (k) store waste spivent only in covered containers and not dispose of waste solvent or transfer it to another party, such that greater than twenty percent (20%) of the waste solvent (by weight) can evaporate into the atmosphere; and (1) not operate the cleaner so as to allow water to be visually detectable in solvent existing in the water separator; and 33 5—3—6-134 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Cm) not use ventilation fans near the degreaser opening nor provide exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute per square meter (65 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of degreaser open area, unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements. (6) Except as provided 1 under Section 335-3-6-.12(3), the owner or operator of a conveyorized degreaser shall: (a) not use workplace fans near the degreaser opening nor provide exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute per square meter (65 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of degreaser opening, unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements; and (b) install one of the following control devices: 1. refrigerated chiller; or 2. carbon adsorption system with ventilation greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per minute per square meter (50 cubic feet per minute per square foot) or air/vapor area (when downtime covers are open), and exhausting less than 25 parts per million of solvent by volume averaged over a complete adsorption cycle; or 3. a system demonstrated to have a control efficiency equivalei it to or greater than Subparagraph 335-3- 6-.33(6) (b)1. or 335—3—6—.33(6) (b)2. of this Section 4nd approved by the Director; and Cc) equip the cleaner with equipment, such as drying tunnel or rotating (tumbling) basket sufficient to prevent cleaned parts from carrying out solvent liquid or vapor; and Cd) provide the following safety switches: 1. a condenser flow switch and thermostat which shut off the 1 ieat if the condenser i-s either not circulating or too warm; and 2. a spray safety switch which shuts off the spray pump or the conveyer if the vapor level drops more than 10 centimeters (4 inches) below the bottom of the condenser; and 3. a vapor level control thermostat which shuts off the heat when the level rises too high; and 335—3-6—135 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Ce) minimize openings during operation so that entrances and exits will silhouette workloads with an average clearance between the parts and the edge of the degreaser opening of less than ten centimeters (4 inches) or less than ten percent (10%) of the width of the opening; ¶nd (f) provide downtime covers for closing off the entrance and exit during the shutdown hours; and (g) minimize carryout emissions by: 1. racking parts for best drainage; and 2. maintaining the vertical conveyer speed at less than 3.3 meters per minute (11 feet per minute); and (h) store waste solvent only in covered containers; and (i) repair solvent leaks immediately, or shut down degreasers; and (j) not operate the cleaner so as to allow water to be visually detectable in solvent exiting the water separator; and (k) place downtim covers over entrances and exits of conveyorized egreasers immediately after the conveyers and exhaust are shut down and not remove them until just before start-up. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY A ’PROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—136 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .34 Cutback Asphalt . (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Asphalt” shai.l mean a dark brown to black cernentitious material (solid, semisolid, or liquid in consistency) in which the predominantly constituents are bitumens which occur in nature as such or which are obtained as residue in refining petroleum. (b) “Cutback Asphalt” shall mean asphalt cement which has been liquefied by blending with petroleum solvents (diluents). Wpon exposure to atmospheric conditions, the diluents evaporate, leaving the asphalt cement to perform its f hnction. (c) “Penetrating Prime Coat” shall mean an application of low viscosity liquid asphalt to an absorbent surface. It is used to prepare an untreated base for an asphalt surface. The prime penetrates the base and plugs the voids, hardens the top, and helps bind it to the overlying asphalt layer. (2) This Rule will apply to the manufacture and use of cutback asphalts in highway paving and maintenance operations in Jefferson, Mobile, Russell, Madison and Morgan counties. (a) After June 1, 1980, no person may cause, allow, or permit the sale or offering for sale, mixing, storage, use, or application of cutback asphalts without approval of the Director as provided in Paragraph 335- 3-6-.34(2) (b) of this Rule. (b) The Director thay approve the sale or offering for sale, mixing, storage, use, or application of cutback asphalts where: 1. long-time stockpile storage is necessary; or 2. the use or application commences on or after November of-any year and such use or application is completed by February of the following year; or 3. the cutback asphalt is to be used solely as a penetrating prime coat. 335—3—6—137 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—138 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .35 Petition for Alternative Controls . (1) Notwithstanding any requirements of this Chapter, an owner or operator may petEition the Director for permission to use alternative operat4onal and/or control techniques for any emission point subject to the requirements of this Chapter, if each of the following requirements is satisfied: (a) the petition is submitted within 3 months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation of the applicable portion(s) of this Chapter. (b) the petition kemonstrates to the satisfaction of the Director that the reduction in VOC emissions achieved through use of the alternative technique is equivalent to that which’would be expected from compliance with the applicable regulations. (2) Notwithstanding any requirements of this Chapter, an owner or operator may pe€ition the Director for permission to substitute reductions in emissions for those regulated source categories below those required by these regulations for increase in emissions above allowable limits (compliance is to be determined on a plant-wide basis, using a weekly weighted average) for the emission reductions required by these regulations, if each of the following requirements are satisfied: (a) the petition is submitted within 3 months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. (b) the petition demonstration demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Director that sufficient additional reduction in \ TOC emissions not required by the regulations will be achieved to assure that the aggregate red iction in VOC emissions is no less than the reduction in emission which would be expected for compliance with the regulations. (3) Alternative Control Technology. (a) Notwithstanding any requirement of this Chapter, sources unable to achieve the levels of control specified in this Chapter on a technical or economic basis may petition the Director for permission on a case-by-case basis to establish the applicable reasonably available control technology. (b) Any such change to the applicable reasonably available control technthlogy will not be effective until it 335—3—6—139 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 becomes a part of the approved State Implementation Plan. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22-22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—140 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .36 Com liance Schedules . (2-) Process and Emission Control Equipment Installations. (a) Except as provided under Sections 335-3-6- .36(4) or 335-3-6-.36(5), the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to install and operate VOC emission control equipment and/or replacement process equipment to comply witifi this Chapter shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule: 1. Final p1 ns for the emission control system and/or process equipment must be submitted within 3 months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. 2. Contracts for the emission control system and/or process equipment must be awarded or orders must be issued for purchase of component parts to accomplish emission control within six (6) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. 3. Initiation of on-site construction or installation of the eI’nission control and/or process equipment must begin within nine(9) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. 4. On-site construction or installation of the emission control and/or process equipment must be completed within fifteen (15) .months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. 5. Final coippliance shall be achieved within sixteen (16) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. (b) Any owner or operator of an emission source subject to the compliance schedule of this Section shall certify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress, whether the required increment of progress has been met. (2) Low Solvent Content Coating. (a) Except as provided under Sections 335-3-6- .36(3) or 335-3-6-.36(5) or under Paragraph 335-3-6-.36(2)(b), the owner or cbperator of a VOC emission source proposing to employ low solvent content coating technology to comply with this Chapter shall adhere to 335-3—6—141 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 the increment of progress contained in the following schedules: 1. Final plans for the application of low solvent content coating technology must be submitted within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. 2. Research and development of low solvent content coating must be completed within six (6) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation 3. Evaluaticbn of product quality and commercial acceptance must be completed within 1 year of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. A determination of product unacceptability will trigger orders for add-on control equipment. 4. Purchase orders must be issued for low solvent content coatings and process modifications within fifteen (15) months of Jefferson County Board of Health pi omulgation. Purchase orders for add-on controls necessitated under Subparagraph 335-3-6- .36(2) (a)3. shall be issued within twelve (12) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. 5. Initiation of process modification must begin within seventeen (17) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. Initiation of construction or installation of add-on controls necessitated under Subparagraph 335-3-6- .36(2) (a)3. shall begin within fifteen (15) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. 6. Process ¶odifications must be completed and use of low solvent content coatings must begin within twenty-t o (22) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation On-site construction or installation of add-on controls necessitated under Subparagraph 335-3-6-.36(2) (a)3. shall begin within t’ zenty-two (22) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. 7. Final compliance shall be achieved within two (2) years of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. In no case, shall final compliance be allowed beyond December 31, 1987. (b) Where the Director determines that low solvent content 335—3—6—142 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 coating technology has been sufficiently researched and developed for a particular application, the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to comply with this Chapter through application of low solvent content coatings shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule: 1. Final plans for the application of low solvent content boating technology must be submitted within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation 2. Evaluation of product quality and commercial acceptance must be completed within six (6) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; 3. Purchase orders must be issued for low solvent content coatings and process modifications within nine (9) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; 4. Initiation of process modifications must begin within eleven (11) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; 5. Process modifications must be completed and use of low solvent content coatings must begin within fifteen (15) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; 6. Final co+pliance shall be achieved within sixteen (16) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. (c) Any owner or cpperator of a stationary source subject to the compliance schedule of this Section shall certify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress whether the required increment of progress has been met. 335—3—6—143 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—144 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (3) Equipment Modification. (a) Except as pro+ided under Section 335-3-6-.36(4) or 335- 3-6-.36(5), t1 ie owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to comply with this Chapter by modification of existing processing equipment shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule: 1. Final plans for process modification must be submitted within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; 2. Contracts for process modifications must be awarded or orders must be issued for the purchase of component parts to accomplish process modifications within five (5) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; 3. Initiation of on-site construction or installation of process modifications must begin within seven (7) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; 4. On-site construction or installation of process modificathions must be completed within ten (10) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; 5. Final compliance shall be achieved within eleven (11) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. (b) Any owner or operator of an emission source subject to the compliance schedule of this Section shall ce tify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress, whether the required increment of progress has been met. 335—3—6—145 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MP RCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3—6—146 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (4) Alternative .Comp1iance. (a) Nothing in this Rule shall prevent the Director from approving a separate schedule for any source, if he finds that the application of a compliance schedule in Sections 335-3-6-.36(1) through 335-3-6-.36(3) would be infeasible or impracticable. (b) Nothing in this Rule shall prevent the owner or operator of ajVOC source from submitting to the Director a proposed alternative compliance schedule provided: 1. the proposed alternative compliance schedule is submitted within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; and 2. the final control plans for achieving compliance with this Chapter are submitted simultaneously; and 3. the alte native compliance schedule contains the same INCREMENTS OF PROGRESS as the schedule for which itlis proposed; and 4. sufficient documentation and certification from appropriate suppliers, contractors, manufacturers, or fabricators are submitted by the owner or operator of the VOC source to justify the dates proposed for the increments of progress. (C) All alternatiye compliance schedules proposed or promulgated under this Section shall provide for compliance of the VOC emission source with this Chapter as expeditiously as practicable, but not later than December 31, 1982. Cd) Any schedule pproved under this Section may be revoked at any time if the source does not meet the increments of progress stipulated. (5) Exception. Section 335 3 6 :36(l) through 335-3-6-.36(4) will not apply to sources which are in compliance with this Chapter prior to tlie date of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgatiox i and have determined and certified compliance to the satisfaction of the Director within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. (6) Coke By-Product Recovery Plant Equipment Leaks. 3 35—3—6—147 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (a) Owners or operators of coke by-product recovery plants shall adhere to the following schedule: 1. final plans for the initial leak check and inspection program required by Section 335-3-6- .47(3) shall be submitted within one (10 month of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. 2. initiation of the leak check and inspection program requires by Section 335-3-6-.47(3) shall begin within three months of Jefferson County Board of’Health promulgation. (b) Any owner or operator of a coke by-product recovery plant subject to the compliance schedule of this section shall certify to the director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress has been met. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—148 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .37 Test Methocfts and Procedure . (1) Determination of Volatile Organic CGntent of Surface Coatings. (a) this method applies to paint, varnish, lacquer, and surface coatings which are air-dried or force-dried. (b) this method does to apply to any coating system requiring special curing process such as: 1. exposure to temperatures in excess of 110°C (230°F) to promote thermal cross-linking; or 2. exposure to ultraviolet to promote cross-linking. (C) For the purposes of this method, a representative sample of the surface coating shall be obtained at the point of deli rery to the coater or any other point in the process tiriat the Director approves. (d) The volatile organic content of the sample shall be determined asispecified in 40 CFR 60 Appendix A, Method 24, “Determination of Volatile Matter Content, Water Content, Density, Volume Solids, and Weight Solids of Surface Coatings,” or by an alternative method approved by the Director. (e) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Directior. (2) Test Procedure for’Determination of VOC Emissions from Bulk Gasoline Terminals. (a) Applicability. This method is applicable to determining VOC emission rates at tank truck and trailer gasoline loading terminals employing vapor collection systems and either continuous or intermittent vapor control systems. This method is applicable to motor tank truck and trailer loading as per Part 6.6. (b) Test Methods and Procedures. The Volatile Organic Compound emissions from Bulk Gasoline Terminals shall be determined as specified in 40 CFR 60.503, “Test 33 5—3—6—149 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Methods and Procedures (C) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. (3) Determination of Volatile Organic Compound Emission Control System Efficiency. (a) The provisions of this Section are generally applicable to any test method employed to determine the collection or control efficiency of any device or system designed, installed, and operated for the purpose of reducing volatile organic compound emissions. (b) The following procedures shall be included in any efficiency demonstration: 1. The volatile organic compound containing material shall be sampled and analyzed in a manner approved by the Director such that the quantity of emissions that could result from the use of the material can be quantified. 2. The efficiency of any capture system used to transport the volatile organic compound emissions from their point of origination to the control equipment shall be computed by using accepted engineer ng practice and in a manner approved by the Director. 3. Samples of the volatile organic compound containing gas stream shall be taken simultaneously at the inlet and outlet of the emissions control device in a manner approved by the Director. 4. The total combustible carbon content of the samples shall be determined by a method approved by the Director. 5. The effi iency of the control device shall be expressed as the fraction of total combustible carbon cdntent reduction achieved. 6. The volatile organic compound mass emission rate 335—3—6—150 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 shall be the sum of emissions from the control device, emissions not collected by the capture system, and capture system losses. (4) Determination of Solvent Metal Cleaning Volatile Organic Compound Emissions. (a) This method is applicable to determining volatile organic compound emissions from solvent metal cleaning equipment. (b) The purpose of this method is to quantify, by material balance, the amount of solvent input into a degreaser over a sufficiently long period of time so that an average emission rate can be computed. (C) The following procedure shall be forwarded to perform a material balance test: 1. Clean the degreaser sump before testing. 2. Record the amount of solvent added to the tank with a fiow meter. 3. Record the weight and type of work load degreased each day. 4. At the end of the test run, pump out the used solvent and measure the amount with a flow meter. Also, estimate the volume of metal chips and other material remaining in the emptied sump, if significant. 5. Bottle a sample of the used solvent and analyze it to find the percent that is oil another contaminants. The oil and solvent proportions can be estimated by weighing samples of used solvent before and after boiling off the solvent. Compute the volume of oils in the used solvent. The volume of solvent displaced by this oil along with the volume of make-up solvent added during operations are equal to the solvent emissions. (d) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify tFhe Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. 335—3—6—151 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (5) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Perchiorethylene Dry Cleaning Systems (a) The Provisions of this Section shall be applicable to any Perchiorethylene Dry Cleaning System. (b) Test procedures to determine compliance with Rule 335- 3-6- .40 shall be approved by the Director and shall be consistent with: 1. EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile jOrganic Compounds,” EPA-450/2-78-041; 2. Appendix B of “Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Perchiorethylene Dry Cleaning Systems,” EPA-450/2-78-050; and, 3. American National Standards Institute paper, “Standard Method of Test for Dilution of Gasoline Engine Crankcase Oils.” Cc) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. (6) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Graphic Arts (a) The owner or operator of a VOC source shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance with Rule xx-6- .43 by the methods ? Paragraph 335-3-6-.37(6) Cc) or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. Cc) Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 6 must be approved by the Director and consistent with: 33 5—3—6—152 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 1. EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds,” EPA-450/2-78-041; and 2. Appendix A of “Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources - Volume II: Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty Trucks,” EPA- 450/2—77—008. (d) The Director may accept, instead of ink solvent analysis, a certification by the ink manufacturer of the composition of the ink solvent, if supported by actual batch formulation records. Also, the manufacturer’s certification shall be consistent with EPA document 450/3-84-019, titled “Procedures for Certifying Quantity of VOC Emitted by Paint, Ink, and Other Coatings.” Sufficient data to determine as- applied formulation is different from the as-purchased ink. (7) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Surface Coating or Miscellaneous Metal Parts (a) The owner or chperator of a VOC source required to comply with Section 335-3—6-.32(11) shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of Paragraph 335-3-6-.37(7) Cc), or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30)days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. (C) Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must be approved by the Director and be consistent with: 1. EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds,” EPA-450/2-78-041; and, 2. Appendix A of “Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources - 33 5—3—6—153 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Volume II: Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty Trucks”, EPA-450/2-77-008. (d) The Director may accept, instead of the coating analysis required in Subparagraph 335-3-6-.37(7) (c) (2) of this Section, a certification by the manufacturer of the composition of the coatings, if supported by actual batch formulation records. Also, the manufacturer’s certification shall be consistent with EPA document 450/3-84-019, titled “Procedures for Certifying Quantity of VOC Emitted by Paint, Ink, and Other Coatings.” Sufficient data to determine as-applied formulation is different from the as-purchased ink. (8) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Petroleum Liquid Storage in Floating Roof Tanks (a) The owner or operator of any VOC source required to comply with Rule 335-3-6-. 44 shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of this Section or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his - option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. (C) Compliance with Chapter 335-3-6=.44 shall be determined by: 1. physically measuring the length and width of all gaps around the entire circumference of the secondary seal in each place where a 0.32 centimeter (1/8 inch) uniform diameter probe passes freely (without forcing or binding against the seal) between the seal and tank wall; and, 2. summing the area of the individual gaps. (9) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for the Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber T res (a) The owner or operator of a VOC source required to 335-3—6—154 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 comply with Rule 335-3-6- .38, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of Paragraphs 335-3-6-.37(9)(c) and (d) of this Section, or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may, at his option, observe the test. The notification shall contain the ii iforrnation required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. (c) Test procedures to determine compliance with Rule 335- 3-6-. 38 must be approved by the Director and be consistent with: 1. EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds”, EPA-450/2-78-04l; and, 2. Method 2’k, “Determination of Volatile Matter Content, Water Content, Density, Volume Solids, And Weight Solids, and Weight Solids of Surface Coatings” of 40 CFR 60 Appendix A 3. for add-on control equipment application, Method 25 “Determination of Total Gaseous Norimethane Organic Emissions as Carbon,” of 40 CFR 60 Appendix A, or any alternative method approved by the Director. (d) The Director ipay accept, instead of the analyses of spray, cement; or other compounds, a certification by the manufactu er of the composition of the spray, cement, or ot1 ier compounds, if supported by actual batch formulation records. Also, the manufacturer’s certification shall be consistent with EPA document 450/3-84-019, titled “Procedures for Certifying Quantity of VOC Emitted by Paint, Ink, and Other Coatings.” Sufficient data to determine as-applied formulation is different from the as-purchased ink. (10) Testing and Monito4 ing Procedures for the Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products (a) The owner or operator of any VOC source required to 33 5—3—6—155 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 comply with Rule xx-6- .39 shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of Paragraph 335- 3-6-.37(lO)(c) in this Section or an alternative method approved by tilie Director. All tests shall be made, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may, at his option, obser?e the test. The notification shall contain the i 9 iformation required by, in a format approved by, the Director. Cc) Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6-39 must be approved by the Director and consistent with EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds”, EPA—450/2-78—041. Cd) If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating: 1. exhaust gas temperature of all incinerators; 2. temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator bed; 3. breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and, 4. any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director. (11) Testing and Monitoring Procedures for the Surface Coating of Flatwood Paneling. (a) The owner or operator of a VOC source required to comply with this Section 335-3-6-.32(l0) shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of Paragraphs 335—3-6-.37(ll) (c) or an alternative method approved by t1 ie Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. 335-3—6—156 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (b) A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation odthe tests so that the Director may, at his option, o1 serve the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director. Cc) Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must be approved by the Director and be consistent with: 1. EPA Guideline Series Document, “Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds”, EPA-450/2-78-041: and 2. Method 24, “Determination of Volatile Matter Content, ‘Water Content, Density, Volume Solids, And Weight Solids, and Weight Solids of Surface Coatings” of 40 CFR 60 Appendix A 3. for add-on control equipment application, Method 25 “Determination of Total Gaseous Nonmethane Organic Emissions as Carbon,” of 40 CFR 60 Appendix A, or any alternative method approved by the Director. (d) The Director may accept, instead of the coating analysis required by Subparagraph 335-3-6-.37(ll) (c)2., a certification by the coating manufacturer of the composition of the coating, if supported by actual batch formulation records. Also, the manufacturer’s certification shall be consistent with EPA document 450/3-84-019, titled “Procedures for Certifying Quantity of VOC Emitted by Paint, Ink, and Other Coatings.” Sufficient data to determine as-applied formulation is different from the as-purchased ink. (12) Testing and Monitoi ing Procedures For Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Va or Collection Systems (a) The owner or operator of a VOC source shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance with this Rule 335-3-6- .41 by the methods of Paragraph 335-3-6-.37(12) (c), or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing. (b) The owner or operator of a gasoline tank truck subject to Chapter 335-3-6 must notify the Director in writing 335—3—6—157 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 of the date and location of a certification test at least ten (10) days before the anticipated test date. In order to observe a certification test, the Director must postpone or reschedule the certification test date by written not ice to the owner or operator within five (5) days after receipt of certification test notification. (C) Test Methods and Procedures. The Volatile Organic Compound Emissions from gasoline tank Trucks shall be determined as specified in Method 27, “Determination of Vapor Tightness of Gasoline Delivery Tank Using Pressure Vacuum Test” of 40 CFR 60.503, Appendix A. (13) Testing and Monitoking Procedures for Petroleum Refinery Equipment (a) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery subject to Rule 335-3-6-. 42 shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of this Section or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of a person qualified by training and/or experienced in the field of air pollution testing. (b) Testing and monitoring procedures to determine compliance wit h Rule 335-3-6-. 42 shall be approved by the Director and consistent with Appendix B of the OAQPS Guideline Series document, “Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment”, EPA-450/2-78-036. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22-22A—8. History: Effective dateL June 9, 1987. ? mended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3-6—158 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 38 Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Pneumatic rubber tire manufacture” shall mean the production of pneumatic rubber, passenger type tires on a mass production basis. (b) “Passenger type tires” shall mean agricultural, airplane, industrial, mobile home, light and medium duty truck, and passenger vehicle tires with a bead diameter up to 20.0 inches and cross section dimension up to 12.8 inches. (c) “Undertread cementing” shall mean the application of cement to the underside of the tire tread. (d) “Tread-end cementing” shall mean the application of cement to the tire tread ends. (e) “green tires” shall mean assembled tires before molding and curing haye occurred. (f) “Green tire spraying” shall mean the spraying of green tires, both ii iside and outside, with compounds which help remove a r from the tire, prevent the tire from sticking to the mold during curing, improve the finish, etc. (g) “Water-based sprays or compounds” shall mean compounds in which solids, water, and emulsifiers (non-organic) constitute at least eighty-eight percent (88%) by weight of the compound. (2) This Part applies to VOC emissions from the following operations. I (a) Undertread cex’nenting. (b) Tread-end cementing, (C) Green tire spraying. (3) The owner or operator of an undertread cementing, tread-end cementing, or green tire spraying operation subject to this Rule shall: (a) Install and o erate a capture system which achieves maximum reasoi iable capture of evaporated VOC from all 33 5—3—6—159 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 undertread cementing, tread-end cementing, and green tire spraying operations. If practical, maximum reasonable capture shall be consistent with the following documents: 1. “Industri.al Ventilation, A Manual of Recommended Practice ”, 14th Edition, American Federation of Industrial Hygienists. 2. “Recommended Industrial Ventilation Guidelines”, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health. (b) Install and operate a control device that removes or oxidizes to i4organic compounds at least ninety percent (90%) of the VOC by weight from the gases ducted to the control device. The device must be approved by the Director. Cc) The owner or operator may, instead of implementing the measures required by Paragraphs 335-3-6-.38(3) (a) and (b) of this Section, substitute water-based cements or compounds for the solvent-based cements or compounds. (d) The owner or operator may, instead of implementing the measures required by Paragraphs 335-3-6-.38(3) (a), (b), and (C) of this Section, submit to the Director for approval a petition for alternative measures which have achieved or will achieve equivalent reductions in VOC emissions. Equivalent reductions mean that the total VOC emissions from undertread cementing, tread-end cementing and green tire spraying shall not exceed an average of 76 grams per green tire, as determined on a monthly basis (4) If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parax eters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating: (a) exhaust gas temperature of incinerators; (b) temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator bed; Cc) breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and Cd) any other continuous monitoring ar recording device required by the Director. I 335—3—6—160 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A—5, 22—22A-5, 22—22A-6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-6-. 39 Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Condenser” shall mean a device which cools a gas stream to a temperature which removes specific organic compounds by condensation. (b) “Control system” shall mean any number of control devices, including condensers, which are designed and operated to reduce the quantity of VOCs emitted to the atmosphere. (c) “Reactor” shall mean a vat or vessel, which may be jacketed to permit temperature control, designed to contain chemical reactions. (d) “Separation operation” shall mean a process that separates a mixture of compounds and solvents into two or more components. Specific mechanisms include extraction, centrifugation, filtration, and crystallization. (e) “Synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing” shall mean manufacture of pharmaceutical products of chemical synthesis. I (f) “Product equipment exhaust system” shall mean a device for collecting and directing out of the work area VOC fugitive emissions from reactor openings, centrifuge openings, and other vessel openings for the purpose of protecting workers from excessive VOC exposure. (2) This Rule applies to all synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities. 33 5—3—6—161 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (3) This Rule applies to all sources of VOCs, including reactors, distillation units, dryers, storage of VOCs, transfer of VOCs, extraction equipment, filters, crystallizers and centrifuges that have the potential to emit 6.8 kilograms per day (15 pounds per day) or more. (4) The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing fac 4ity subject to this Rule shall control the VOC emissions from all reactors, distillation operations, crystallizers, centrifuges and vacuum dryers that have the potential to emit 6.80 kilograms per day (15 pounds per day) or more of VOCs. Surface condensers or equivalent controls shall be used, provided that: (a) If surface condensers are used, the condenser outlet gas temperature must not exceed: 1. -25°C (-:1i3°F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressureigreater than 40.0 kilo Pascals (5.8 psia) * 2. -15 °C, (5°F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 20.0 kilo Pascals (2.9 psia) * 3. 0°C(32°F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 10.0 kilo Pascals (1.5 psia) * 4. 10°C (504’) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressureigreater than 7.0 kilo Pascals (1.0 psia)*; or, 5. 25°C (77°F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure;greater than 3.50 kilo Pascals (0.5 psia)*. *VAPOR PRESSU1 ES AS MEASURED AT 20°C (68°F) (b) If equivalent controls are used, the VOC emissions must be reduced by at least as much as they would be by using a surface condenser which meets the requirements of Paragraph (a) of this Section. (5) The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall reduce the VOC emissions from all air dryers and production equipment exhaust systems; 33 5—3—6—162 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (a) by at least ninety percent (90%) if emissions are 150 kilograms per day (330 pounds per day) or more of VOC; or, (b) to 15.0 kilograms per day (33 pounds per day) or less if emissions are less than 150 kilograms per day (330 pounds per da ’) of VOC. (6) The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall: (a) provide a vapor balance system or equivalent control that is at least ninety percent (90%) effective in reducing emissions from truck or railcar deliveries to storage tanks with capacities greater than 7,500 liters (2,000 gallons) that store VOC with vapor pressures greater than 28.0 kilo Pascals (4.1 psia) at 20°C (68°F) ;and, (b) install pressure/vacuum conservation vents set at + 0.2 kilo Pascals on all storage tanks that store VOC with vapor pressures greater than 10.0 kilo Pascals (1.5 psia) at 20°C (68°F), unless a more effective control system is used. (7) The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical facility subject to this Rule shall enclose all centrifuges, rotary vacuum filters, and other filters which process liquids containing VOC with vapor pressures of 3.50 kilo Pascals (0.5 psia) or more at 20°C (68°F). (8) The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical facility subject to this Rule shall install covers on all in- process tanks containing a VOC at any time. These covers must remain closed, unless production, sampling, maintenance, or inspection procedures require operator access. (9) The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall repair all leaks from which ailiquid, containing VOC, can be observed running or drippin . The repair shall be completed the first time the equipment is off-line for a period of time long enough to complete the repair. 335-3—6—163 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6-164 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 40 Perchiorethylene Dry Cleaning Systems (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Dry cleaning facility” shall mean any facility engaged in the cleaning of fabrics in an essentially nonaqueous solvent by means of one or more washes in solvent, extraction of excess solvent by spinning, and drying by tumbling in an airstream. The facility includes but is not limited to any washer, dryer, filter and purification systems, waste disposal systems, holding tanks, pumps, and attendant piping and valves. (2) This Rule shall apply to all perchiorethylene dry cleaning facilities. (3) The owner or operator of a perchioroethylene dry cleaning facility subject to this regulation shall: (a) vent the enti4e dryer exhaust through a properly functioning carbon adsorption system or equally effective control device; (b) emit no more than 100 parts per million by volume, of VOCs from the dryer control device before dilution, or to achieve a i iinety percent (90%) average reduction in VOC before dilution; (c) immediately repair all components found to be leaking liquid or gas ous VOC5; (d) cook or treat all diatomaceous earth filters so that the residue contains 25 kilograms or less than of VOC5 per kilograms or less per 100 kilograms of wet waste material; Ce) reduce the VOCs from all solvent stills to 60 kilograms or less per 100 kilograms of wet waste material; Cf) drain all filtration cartridges, in the filter housing or other sealed container, for at least twenty—four (24) hours before discarding the cartridges or drain by drying cabinets that are ducted into the control device; and (g) when possible, dry all drained cartridges without emitting VOC5 to the atmosphere. (4) For any filtration or distillation system not specifically 335—3—6—165 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 regulated by Paragraphs 335-3-6-.40(3)(d),(e), (f) and (g), the owner or operator must demonstrate equivalency to those Paragraphs by limiting waste losses to no more than 1 kilogram of VOC5 per 100 kilograms of fabric processed. (5) The provisions of Paragraphs 335-3-6-.19(3)(a), (b), (d), Ce), Cf) , and (g) are not applicable to perchloroethylene dry cleaning facilities which are coin-operated or facilities exempte by the Director in which it is technologically infeasible to locate or operate a dryer control device. (6) If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating: (a) exhaust gas temperature of incinerators; (b) temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator bed; Cc) breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and Cd) any other continuous monitoring ar recording device required by the Director. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A-5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Z mended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY A ’PROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA’ by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—166 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 41 Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems (1-) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Air sticker” shall mean a sticker to be affixed to a gasoline tank truck, representing issuance of an Air Permit and that the gasoline tank truck has been demonstrated cfturing its most recent annual vapor leak testing to th leak free. (b) “Bottom filling” shall mean the filling of a tank truck or stationary storage tank through an opening that is flush with the tank bottom. (c) “Gasoline” shall mean a petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor pressure of 27.6 kilo Pascals (4 psia) or greater that is used as fuel for internal combustion engines. (d) “Gasoline tanJ truck” shall mean tank trucks or trailers equipped with a storage tank and used for the transport of asoline from sources of supply to stationary storage tanks of gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk gasoline plants or bulk gasoline terminals. (e) “Gasoline dis ensing facility” shall mean any site where gasoline is dispensed to motor vehicle gasoline tanks from stationary storage tanks. (e) “Bulk gasolin, terminal” shall mean a gasoline storage facility which receives gasoline from refineries primarily by pipeline, ship, or barge, and delivers gasoline to bulk gasoline plants or to commercial or retail accounts primarily by tank truck; and has a daily throughput of more than 76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) of gasoline. (f) “Bulk gasoline plant” shall mean a gasoline storage and distribution facility with an average daily throughput of 76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) or less which receives gasoline from bulk terminals by trailer transport, stores it in tanks, and subsequently dispenses the gasoline via account trucks to local farms, businesses, and gasoline dispensing facilities. (g) “Vapor collection system” shall mean a vapor transport system which uses direct displacement by the gasoline 335—3—6—167 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 being transferred to force vapors from the vessel being loaded into either a vessel being unloaded or a vapor control system or vapor holding tank. (h) “Vapor control system” shall mean a system that prevents release to the atmosphere of at least ninety percent (90%) by weight of organic compounds in the vapors displaced from a vessel during transfer of gasoline. (2) This Rule is applicable to all vapor collection and control systems at bulk pl nts, bulk terminals, and gasoline dispensing facilities required by Rules 335-3-6-. 28, .29 and .30, and to all gasoline tank trucks equipped for gasoline vapor collection. (3) After eleven (11) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation date of this Rule, no person shall allow a gasoline truck subject to this Rule, to be filled or emptied unless the tank truck has: (a) a vapor collec tion system that meets the test requirements of Paragraph 335-3-6.41(4) (a); and (b) a valid Jefferson County Department of Health Air Sticker attached and visibly displayed. (4) Air Permits for Gasoline Tank Trucks. (a) The owner or operator of a vapor collection system subject to this rule shall not load or cause to be loaded the said gasoline tank truck without a valid Air Sticker for tlie gasoline tank truck. An Air Permit and Air Sticker shall be issued by the Jefferson County Department of Health for the gasoline tank truck upon application by the owner or operator documenting that the gasoline tank truck has been leak checked by the test method referenced in Paragraph 335-3-6-.37(12(c) and has during the test sustained a pressure change of no more than 0.750 kilo Pascals (3 inches of H 2 0) in five (5) consecutive minutes when pressurized to a gauge pressure of 4.50 kilo Pascals (18 inches of H 2 0) or evacuated to a gauge pressure of 1.50 kilo Pascals (6 inches of H 2 0) during the testing. (b) The Air Sticker shall be renewed annually upon successful demonstration by the owner or operator that the gasoline tank truck has been leak checked and 33 5—3—6—168 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 passed the re uirements of Paragraph 335-3-6-.41(4)(a). Cc) The owner or operator of shall display the Air Sticker near the Department of Transportation Certification plate required by 49 CFR 178.340-lOb, (5) The owner or operator of a vapor collection system at a bulk plant, bulk terminal, gasoline dispensing facility or gasoline tank truck subject to this Rule shall: (a) design and op+rate the vapor collection system and the gasoline load ng equipment in a manner that prevents: 1. gauge pressure from exceeding 4.50 kilo Pascals (18 inches of H 2 0) and vacuum from exceeding 1.50 kilo Pascals (6 inches of H 2 0) in the gasoline tank truck; 2. a reading equal to or greater than 100 percent (100%) of the lower explosive limit (LEL, measured as propane) at 2.5 centimeters from all points on the perimeter of a potential leak source when measurediby the method referenced in Section 335- 3-6-.37q2) Cd) during loading or unloading operations at gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk plants and bulk terminals; 3. avoidable visible liquid leaks during loading or unloading operations at gasoline dispensing facilitiTsl bulk plants and bulk terminals; and, (b) within fifteen (15) days, repair and retest a vapor collection or 1 control system that exceeds the limit in Subparagraph 335-3-6-.41(4) (a) (2). (6) The Director may, at any time, monitor a gasoline tank truck, vapor collection system, or vapor control system to confirm continuing compliance with Sections 335-3-6-.41(3), (4) and (5). Monitoring to confirm the continuing existence of leak tight conditions shall be consistent with the procedures described in Appendix B of the OAQPS Guideline Series document. “Control of Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems,” EPA- 450/2—78—051. (7) Each vapor laden g so1ine tank truck shall be: (a) designed andmaintained to be vapor tight during loading, unloading operations, and transport with the exception of normal pressure! vacuum venting as 33 5—3—6—169 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 required by COT regulations; and (b) .if refilled in Jefferson County, filled only at: 1. bulk gasoline plants complying with Rule 335-3-6- .28; or 2. bulk gasoline terminals complying with Rule 335-3- 6-.29. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A—5, 22—22A-5, 22—22A—6, and 22-22A—8. History: Effective date June 9, 1987. amended: I THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—170 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-.42 Leaks frorrr:Petroleum Ref inerv Equipment . (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Petroleum refinery” shall mean any facility engaged in producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils, lubricants, or other products through distillation, cracking, extraction, or reforming of unfinished petroleum derivatives. (b) “Leaking component” shall mean any source which has a VOC cbncentral ion exceeding 10,000 parts per million by volume when tested in the manner described in Section 335-3-6-.16(13). These sources include, but are not limited to, piiimping seals, compressor seals, seal oil degassing vents, pipeline valves, flanges and other connections, pressure relief devices, process drains, and open ended pipes. Excluded from these sources are valves which are not externally regulated. (c) “Liquid service” shall mean equipment which processes, transfers, or contains a VOC or mixture of VOCs in the liquid phase. (d) “Gas service” shall mean equipment which processes, transfers, orcontains a VOC or mixture of VOCs in the gaseous phase. (e) “Valves not externally regulated” shall mean valves that have no external controls, such as in-line check valves. (f) “Refinery unit” shall mean a set of components which are a part of a basic process operation, such as, distillation, hydrotreating, cracking or reforming of hydrocarbons. (2) This Rule applies to all petroleum refineries. (3) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery complex subject to this regulation shall develop and conduct a monitoring program consistent with Sections 335-3-6-.42(7) through 335-3-6-.41(14) inclusive. (4) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery complex, upon detection of a lea1 ing component, which has a VOC concentration exceeding 10,000 parts per million by volume when tested in thernanner described in Section 335-3-6- 335—3—6—171 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 .37(13), shall: (a) include the leaking component on a written list of scheduled repairs within twenty-four (24) hours; and, (b) repair and retest the component within fifteen (15) days unless the leaking component cannot be repaired until the unit is shutdown for turnaround. (5) Except for safety pressure relief valves, no owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall install a valve at the end of a pipe or line containing VOCs unless the pipe or line is sealed with a second valve, a blind flange, a plug, or a cap. The sealing device may be removed only when the line is in use (i.e., when a sample is being taken). (6) No owner or operatc r of a petroleum refinery shall operate a pipeline valve or pressure relief valve in gaseous VOC service unless it is marked in some manner that will be readily obvious to both refinery personnel performing monitoring and the Director. (7) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall maintain a leaking components monitoring log which shall contain, at a minimum, the following data: (a) the name of the process unit where the component is located. (b) the type of component (e.g., valve, seal). (c) the tag number of the component. (d) the date on which a leaking component is discovered. (e) the date on which a leaking component is repaired. (f) the date and instrument reading of the recheck procedure after a leaking component is repaired. (g) A record of the calibration of the monitoring instrument. (h) Those leaks that cannot be repaired until turnaround. Ci) The total number of components checked and the total number of components found leaking. (8) Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of 2 years after the date on which 33 5—3—6—172 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 the record was made or the report prepared. (9) Copies of the monitoring log shall immediately be made available to the Director, upon verbal or written request, at any reasonable equest. (10) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery, upon the completion of each yearly and/or quarterly monitoring procedure, shall: (a) Submit a report to the Director by the 15th day, of January, April, July, and October that lists all leaking components that were located during the previous three calendar months but not repaired within 15 days, all }eaking components awaiting unit turnaround, the total number of components inspected and the total number of components found leaking. (b) Submit a signed statement with the report attesting to the fact that, with the exception of those leaking components listed in Paragraph 335-3-6-.42(10)(a) all monitoring and repairs were performed as stipulated in the monitoring program. (11) The Director, upon written notice, may modify the monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements. (12) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery subject to this regulation shah conduct a monitoring program consistent with the following provisions: (a) monitor yearly by the methods referenced in Section 335—3—6—.37(13), all (1) pump seals; (2) pipeline valves in liquid service; and (3) process drains. (b) Monitor quarterly by the methods referenced in Section 335—3—6—.16(l3), all (1) compressor seals; (2) pipeline valves in gaseous service; and (3) pressure,rehief valves in gaseous service. (c) Monitor weekly by visual methods all pump seals; 335—3—6—173 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (d) Monitor immediately any pump seal from which liquids are observed dripping; (e) Monitor any relief valve within twenty-four (24) hours after it has !rented to the atmosphere; and (f) Monitor immediately after repair any component that was found leaking. (13) Pressure relief devices which are connected to an operating flare header, vapor recovery device, inaccessible valves, storage tank valves, and valves that are not externally regulated are exempt from the monitoring requirements in Section 335-3—6-.42(12). (14) The owner or operat or of a petroleum refinery, upon the detection of a leaJ ing component, shall affix a weatherproof and readily visible tag, bearing an identification number and the date the leak is located, to the leaking component. This tag shall remain in place until the leaking component is repaired. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A-5 , 22-22A-5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—174 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .44 Graphic Arts (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Packaging rotogravure printing” shall mean printing upon paper, piper board, metal foil, plastic film, and other substrates, which are, in subsequent operations, formed into containers and labels for articles to be sold. (b) “Publication *otogravure printing” shall mean printing upon paper which is subsequently formed into books, magazines, catalogues, brochures, directories, newspaper supplements, and other types of printed materials. Cc) “Flexographic printing” shall mean the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing technique in which both the pattern to be applied is raised above the printing roll and the image carrier is made of rubber or other elastometric material. (d) “Roll printing” shall mean the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate usually by means of a series hard rubber or steel rolls each with only partial coverage. (e) “Rotogravure printing” shall mean the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing technique which involves an intaglio or recessed image areas in the form of cells. (2) This Rule will apply to packaging rotogravure, printing rotogravure, and f exographic printing facilities. (3) No owner or operat r of a packaging rotogravure, printing rotogravure or fl4ographic printing facility subject to this Rule and employing solvent containing ink may operate, cause, allow or permit the operation of the facility unless: (a) The volatile fraction of ink, as it is applied to the substrate, contains twenty-five percent (25%) by volume or less of organic solvent and seventy-five percent (75%) by volume or more of water; (b) the facility prints with ink which contains sixty percent (60%) by volume or more nonvolatile material; or, 335-3—6—175 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Cc) The owner or operator installs and operates: 1. A carbon adsorption system which reduces the volatile organic emissions from the capture system by at least ninety percent (90%) by weight; 2. An incineration system which oxidizes at least ninety percent (90%) of the nonmethane VOCs (VOC measured as total combustible carbon) to carbon dioxide and water; or, 3. An alternative VOC emission reduction system demonstrated to have at least a ninety percent (90% reduction efficiency, measured across the control system, that has been approved by the Director. 4. A captur system must be used in conjunction with the emis ion control systems in Paragraph 335-3- 6.43(3)(c). The design and operation of a capture system must be consistent with good engineering practice, and shall be required to provide for an overall reduction in VOC emissions of at least: (a) a seventy-five percent (75%) where a publication rotogravure process is employed; (b) sixty-five percent (65%) where a packaging rotogravure process is employed; or, (c) sixty percent (60%) where a flexographic printing process is employed. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—17 6 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 44 Petroleum Liquid Storage in External Floating Roof Tanks (1) For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (a) “Condensate” hall mean hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas which condenses due to changes in the temperature and/or pressure and remains liquid at standard conditions. (b) “Crude oil” shall mean a naturally occurring mixture which consist of hydrocarbons and sulfur, nitrogen and/or oxygen derivatives of hydrocarbons which is a liquid in the reservoir at standard conditions. (c) “Custody transfer” shall mean the transfer of produced crude oil andi/or condensate, after processing and/or treating in t1 ie producing operations, from storage tanks or automatic transfer facilities to pipelines or any other forms of transportation. (d) “External floating roof” shall mean a storage vessel cover i an open top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck which rests upon and is supported by the petroleum liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank wall. (e) “Liquid-mounted seal” shall mean a primary seal mounted in continuous contact with the liquid between the tank wall and the floating roof around the circumference of the tank. (f) “Petroleum liquids” mean crude oil, condensate, and any finished or intermediate products manufactured or extracted in a petroleum refinery. (g) “vapor-mounteh seal” shall mean any primary seal mounted contii iuously around the circumference of the tank. The annular vapor space is bounded by the bottom of the primary seal, the tank wall, the liquid surface, and the floating roof. (h) “Volatile Organic Compound (VOC)” shall mean any organic compound, excluding methane, ethane, 1,1,1 trichioroethane, methylene chloride, trichiorofluoromethane, dichiorodi fluoromethane, chiorodi fluoromethane, tn fluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, chioropentafluoromethane, 335—3—6—177 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 and trichlorotrifluoroethane, with a true vapor pressure of 1.5 per square inch per square inch absolute or greater (78 mmHg) under storage conditions. (i) “Waxy, heavy pour crude oil” shall mean a crude oil withia pour point of 10 °C (50°F) or higher as determined by the ? 1 inerican Society of Testing Material Standard D 97-66, “Test for Pour Point of Petroleum Oils”. (2) This Rule shall apply to all petroleum liquid storage vessels equipped with external floating roofs, having capacities greater than 151, 146 liters (40,000 gallons). (3) This Rule does not apply to petroleum liquid storage vessels which: (a) are used to sikore waxy, heavy pour crude oil; (b) have capacities less than 1,601,224 liters (423,000 gallons) and are used to store produced crude oil and condensate prior to custody transfer; Cc) contain a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure of less than 10.5 kilo Pascals (1.5 psia); (d) contain a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure less than 27. kilo Pascals (4.0 psia); and, 1. are of welded construction; and, 2. presently possess a metallic-type shoe seal, a liquid- mounted foam seal, a liquid-mounted liquid filled type seal, or other closure device of demonstrated equivalence approved by the Director; or, Ce) are of welded construction, equipped with a metallic-type shoe primary seal and has a secondary seal from the top of the shoe seal to the tank wall (shoe-mounted secondary seal). (4) No owner or operat r of a petroleum liquid storage vessel subject to this Rule shall store a petroleum liquid in that vessel unless: (a) the vessel has been fitted with: 1. a continuous secondary seal extending from the floating roof to the tank wall (rim-mounted 335—3—6—178 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 secondary seal); or 2. a closure or other device which controls VOC emissions with an effectiveness equal to or greater than a seal required under Subparagraph 335-3-6-.44(4) (a)l. as approved by the Director. (b) All seal closthre devices meet the following requirements: 1. there are no visible holes, tears, or other openings in the seal(s) or seal fabric; 2. the seal(s) are intact and uniformly in place around tihe circumference of the floating roof between the floating roof and tank wall; and, 3. for vapor mounted seals, the area of accumulated gaps bet een the secondary seal and the tank wall are determined by the method in Paragraph 335-3-6- .37(8)(c), and shall not exceed 21.2 square centimeters per meter of tank diameter (1.0 square inch per foot of tank diameter) (c) All openings in the external floating roof, except for automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, and leg sleeves, are: 1. equipped with covers, seals, or lids in the closed position except when the openings are in actual use; and, 2. equipped with projections into the tank which remain below the liquid surface. (d) Automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when the roof’is floated off or landed on the roof leg supports; (e) Rim vents are set to open when the roof is being floated off tkle leg supports or at the manufacturer’s recommended setting; and, (f) Emergency roof drains are provided with slotted membrane fabric covers or equivalent covers which cover at least ninety percent (90%) of the area of the opening. (5) The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel with an external floating roof subject to this Rule shall: 335—3—6—17 9 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (a) perform routine inspections semi-annually in order to insure compliance with Section 335-3-6-.44(4) Rule, and the inspections shall include a visual inspection of the secondary seal gap; (b) measure the secondary seal gap annually in accordance with Section 335—3-6-.37(8) when the floating roof is equipped with a vapor-mounted primary seal; and, Cc) maintain records of the throughput quantities and types of volatile petroleum liquids stored. (6) The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel with an external floating roof not subject to this Rule, but containing a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kilo Pascals (1.0 psia), shall maintain records of the average monthly storage temperature, the type of liquid, throughput quantities, and the maximum true vapor pressure for all p4troleum liquids with a true vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kilo Pascals. (7) The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel subject to this Rule shall submit to the Director, as a minimum, an annual report detailing the results of routine monthly inspections, secondary seal gap measurements, and the amounts and physical properties of stored liquids. (8) Copies of all records and reports under Sections 335-3-6- .44(5), (6), and (7) shall be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of two (2) years after the date on which the record’ was made or the report submitted. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—180 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 45 Large Petroleum Dry Cleaners (1) Except as otherwise requires by the context, terms used in this Rule are defined in Rule 335-3-l-.02 or in this Section, as follows: (a) “Cartridge Fi ter” means perforated canisters containing filtration paper and/or activated carbon that are usedlin a pressurized system to remove solid particles and fugitive dyes from soil-laden solvent. (b) “Containers and Conveyors of Solvent” means piping, ductwork, pumps, storage tanks, and other ancillary equipment thatE are associated with the installation and operation of *ashers, dryers, filters, stills, and settling tank . (c) “Dry Cleaning ’ means a process for the cleaning of textiles and abric products in which articles are washed in a nonaqueous solution (solvent) and then dried by exposure to a heated air stream. (d) “Perceptible Leaks” means organic material produced by petroleum distillation comprising a hydrocarbon range of 8 to 12 carbon atoms per organic molecule that exists as a liquid under standard conditions. (e) “Solvent Recovery Dryer” means a class of dry cleaning dryers that employs a condenser to liquify and recover solvent vapor evaporated in a closed-loop. recircu1ating stream of heated air. (2) Applicability. This Rule shall apply to petroleum solvent washers, dryers, solvent filters, settling tanks, vacuum stills, and other containers and con+eyors of petroleum solvent dry cleaning facilities that coi isume 123,026 liters (32,500 gallons) or more of petroleum solvent annually. (3) Standards. (a) Each owner or operator of a petroleum solvent dry cleaning dryer shall either: 1. limit VOó emissions to the atmosphere to 3.5 kilograms (7.7 ibs) of volatile organic compounds per 1000 kilograms (220 lbs) dry weight of articles dry cleaned; or 335—3—6—181 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 2. install and operate a solvent recovery dryer in a manner such that the dryer remains closed and the recovery phase continues until a final recovered solvent flow rate of 50 milliliters (1.7 oz) per minute is attained. (b) Each owner or 1 operator of a petroleum solvent filtration system shall either: 1. reduce t1 ie volatile organic compound content in all filtration wastes to 1.0 kilogram (2.2 lbs) or less per 100 kilograms (220 ibs) dry weight of articles dry cleaned, before disposal, nd exposure to the atmosphere, or 2. install and operate a cartridge filtration system, and drain the filter cartridges in their sealed housings for 8 hours or more before their removal. (C) each owner or operator shall repair all petroleum solvent vapor and liquid leaks within 3 working days after identifying the sources of the leaks. If necessary repair parts are not on hand, the owner or operator shall order these parts within 3 working days, and repair the leaks no later than 3 working days following the!arrival of the necessary parts. (4) Testing and Monitoring. (a) To be in compiiance with Subparagraph 335-3-6- .45(3) (a)l. tiTle owner or operator shall: 1. Calculate. record, and report to the Director the weight of volatile organic compounds vented from the dryer emission control device calculated by using EPA Reference Test (40 CFR 60) Methods 1,2, and 25A, with the following specification: (1) field calibration of the flame ionization analyzer with propane standards; (ii) laboratory determination of the I ratio of the flame ionization I analyzer response to a given parts per million by volume concentration of the volatile organic compounds to be measured; and (iii) determination of the weight of 335—3—6-182 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 volatile organic compounds vented to the atmosphere by: (I) the multiplication of the ratio determined in Subdivision 335-3-6- .45(4) (a)1. (ii) by the measured concentration of volatile organic compound gas (as propane) as indicated by the flame ionization analyzer response output record; (II) the conversion of the parts per million by volume calculated in Subdivision 335-3-6- .45 (4) (a)1. (iii) (I) into a mass concentration- value for the volatile organic compounds present; and (III) multiply the mass concentration value calculated in Subdivision 335—3—6—.45(a)1.(iii)(II) by the exhaust flow rate determined by using EPA Reference Test Methods 1 and 2; 2. calculate, record, and report to the Director the dry weight of articles dry cleaned; and 3. repeat Subparagraphs 335-3-6-.45(4) (a)1. and 2. for normal operating conditions that encompass at least 3Oldryer loads, which total not less than 1,800 kgdry weight, and represent a normal range of variations in fabrics, solvents, load weights, temperatures, flow rates, and process deviations. (b) To determine óompliance with Subparagraph 335-3-6- .45(3) (a)2., tkhe owner or operator shall verify that the flow rate of recovered solvent from the solvent recovery dryer at the termination of the recovery phase is no greater than 50 milliliters (1.7 oz) per minute. This one-time procedure shall be conducted for a duration of no less than two weeks during which no less than 50 percent of the dryer loads shall be monitored for their final recovered solvent flow rate. The suggested point for measuring the flow rate of recovered solvent is from the solvent-water separator. Near the end of the recovery cycle, the flow of recovered solvent should be diverted to a graduated cylinder. The cycle should continue until the minimum 335-3—6—183 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 flow of solvent is 50 milliliters (1.7 oz) per minute. The type of articles cleaned and the total length of the cycle should then be recorded. Cc) To be in compliance with Subparagraph 335-3-6- .45(3) (b)l. trie owner or operator shall. 1. Calculat , record, and report to the Director the weight of volatile organic compounds contained in each of at least five 1.0 kilogram (2.2 lbs) samples of filtration waste material taken at intervals of at least 1 week by employing ASTM Method D3222-80 (Standard Test Method for Gasoline Diluent in Used Gasoline Engine Oils by Distillation) ; 2. Calculate, record, and report to the Director the total dry weight of articles dry cleaned during the intervals between removal of filtration waste samples, as well as the total mass of filtration waste produced in the same period; and 3. Calculate, record, and report to the Director the weight of volatile organic compounds contained in filtration waste material per 100 kilograms (220 ibs) dry weight of articles dry cleaned. (d) Compliance with Paragraph 335-3-6-.45(3) (c) requires that each owner or operator make weekly inspections of washers, dryers, solvent filters, settling tanks, vacuum stillsj and all containers and conveyors of petroleum sol’&ent to identify perceptible volatile organic compoi ind vapor or liquid leaks. (e) To be in compliance with Section 335-3-6-.45(3) the owner or operator can use an equivalent test procedure or method provided that this method or procedure has been previously approved by the Director. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date June 9, 1987. Zmended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submi±ted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register 335—3—6—184 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3—6—185 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .46 Aerospace Assembly and Component Coatings Operation . (1) Except as otherwise requires by the context, terms used in this Rule 335-3-1- .02 or in this Section as follows: (a) “Adhesive Bonding Primer” means a coating applied in a very this film to aerospace metal adhesive bond detail components fot corrosion inhibition and adhesion. (b) “Aerospace Coi nponent” means the fabricated part, assembly or p rts of completed unit of any aircraft, helicopter, missile, or space vehicle. (c) “Aircraft” means any machine designed to travel through the air, without leaving the earth’s atmosphere, whether heavier or lighter than air, including airplanes, balloons, dirigibles, helicopters, and missiles. (d) “Air Assisted Airless Application Method” means a method of coating application in which the coating is atomized in a fanshaped pattern through an airless fluid nozzle and atomization is assisted by pressurized air cap. (e) “Electric or Radiation Effect Coating” means electrically conductive coatings and radiation effect coatings, the uses of which include prevention of radar detection. I (f) “Fuel Tank Coating” means a coating applied to the interior of fi iel tank of an aircraft to protect it from corrosion. (g) “Maskant for dhemical Processing” means a coating applied directly to an aerospace component to protect surface areas when chemical milling, anodizing, aging, bonding, plating, etching, and/or other chemical surface operations of the component. (h) “Pretreatment Coating” means a coating which contains a small quantity of acid to provide surface etching, applied directly to metal surfaces to provide corrosion resistance, adhesion and ease of stripping. Ci) “Primer” means a coating usually applied directly to an aerospace component for purposes of corrosion prevention, protection from the environment, functional fluid resistance, and adhesion of subsequent coatings. 33 5—3—6—186 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (j) “Stripper” means a volatile liquid applied to remove temporary proi ective coating, rnaskant for chemical processing, paint and paint residue. (k) riTemporary Protective Coating” means a coating applied to an aerospace component to protect it from mechanical and environmental damage during manufacturing. (1) “Topcoat” means a coating applied over a primer, or directly to the aerospace component for purposes such as appearance, identification, or protection. (m) “Transfer Efficiency” means the ratio of the amount of coating solid deposited onto the surface of the coated part to the total amount of coating solids used. (2) This Rule shall apply to all facilities which have the potential to emit more than 90.7 Mg (1000 tons) per year of VOC from the application of primers, topcoats, or other protective coatingé to aerospace components. (3) Aerospace component or aircraft surface coating containing VOC shall be applied using air assisted airless application method or methods ith equivalent or better transfer efficiency. (4) No owner or operator of an aircraft coating facility subject to this rule shall cause, allow or permit: (a) the application of primers to aerospace components on any aircraft, except those that use phosphate ester as a hydraulic fluid, that exceed 350 grams of VOC per liter (2.9 lb/gal) of primer, less water, as applied; (b) the appiicatibn of primer to aerospace components of any aircraft t hat uses phosphate ester as a hydraulic fluid, unless: 1. the VOC content of the primer is no more than 350 grams pe liter (2.9 lb/gal) per primer,less water, a applied; or 2. the VOC content of the primer is no more than 650 grams per liter (5.4 lb/gal) per primer, less water, as applied and such owner or operator is participating in a compliance program as required in Rule 335-3-6-. 36 to enable the use of primers with a VOC content of no more than 350 grams per liter (2.9 lb/gal) per primer,less water, as applied; 335-3—6—187 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (c) the use of VOC containing materials which have a composite vapd r pressure of 45 mm Hg (0.87 psia), or greater, at 20°C (68°F) for surface preparation or cleanup, exc1 !iding coating stripping; (d) the use of other than closed containers for disposal of cloth or paper used for surface preparation cleanup and paint removal which are impregnated with solvent containing VOC; (e) the use of VOC containing materials for the cleanup of spray equipmeI 1t used in aerospace component coating operations uniess: 1. 85 percent of the VOC are collected and propdrly disposed of, such that they are not emitted to the atmosphere; or 2. the cleanup materials contain 15 percent or less, by weight, VOC; (f) and the use of stripper which contains more than 400 grams per liter of VOC (3.3 lb/gal), or has a composite VOC vapor pressure of more than 9.5 mm Hg (0.18 psia) at 20°C (68°F)I. (5) The provisions of Sections 335-3-6-.46(3) and (4) shall not apply to coatings with separate formulations that are used in volumes of less than 76 liters (20 gallons) per year. (6) Determination of VpC content of Aircraft Surface Coatings shall be made as applied, through Method 24 of 40 CFR 60, Appendix A. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitfted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—188 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .47 Leaks From coke By-Product Recovery Plant Equipment . (1) Except as otherwise requires by the context, terms used in this Rule 335-3-1- .02 or in this Section as follows: (a) “Closed Vent System” means a system that is not open to the atmosphere and that is composed of piping, connections, and if necessary, flow indicating devices that transport gas or vapor from a piece or pieces of equipment to a control device. (b) “Coke By-Product Recovery Plant” means any facility engaged in th separation and recovery of various fractions frox coke oven gas, including tar pitch, ammonium sulfate, naphthalene, and light oil. (c) “Connector” means flanged, screwed, welded, or other joined fittings used to connect two pipelines or a pipe line and a piece of process equipment. (d) “Conservation’Vent” means a pressure vacuum valve installed on a naphthalene separation unit cover that prevents the release of vapors during small changes in temperatures, barometric pressure, or liquid level. (e) “Control Device” means an enclosed combustion device, vapor recover system or flare. (f) “Equipment” means each pump, valve, pressure relief valve, sampling connection, open ended valve, and flange or connector in VOC service. (g) “First Attempt At Repair” means taking rapid action for the purpose of stopping or reducing leakage of organic material to atmosphere using best practices. (h) “In Gas Service” means that the piece of equipment contains process fluid that is in the gaseous state at operating conditions, (i) “In Light Liquid Service” means that the piece of equipment contains or contacts a process fluid that is a liquid at operating conditions, one or more components having a vapor pressure greater than 0.3 kPa at 20°C (0,04 psia at 68°F), and the total concentration of the pure components, having a vapor pressure greater than 0.3 kPa at 20°C, is equal to or greater than 20 percent by weight. Ci) “In Vacuum Service” means that equipment is operating 335—3—6—189 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 at an internal pressure which is at least 5 kPa (0.73 psia) below ambient pressure. (k) “In VOC Servic e” means that the piece of equipment contains or ccbntacts voc. (1) “Naphthalene Separation Unit” means that the settling tank and associated equipment used in the recovery of naphthalene from the final cooler aqueous effluent. (m) “Open Ended Valve” means any valve, except pressure relief devices, having one side of the valve in contact with process fluid and one side open to the atmosphere, either directly or through open piping. (n) “Pressure Release” means the emission of materials resulting from system pressure being greater than set pressure of the pressure relief device. (o) “Quarter” means the following three-month periods: January through March, April through June, July through September, and October through December. (p) “Reference Method 21” shall mean Reference Method 21 of Appendix A of40 CFR 60, or the same as may be amended or revised. (q) “Repaired” means that equipment is adjusted, or otherwise altered, in order to eliminate a leak as indicated by one of the following: an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater, indication of liquids dripping, or indication by a sensor that a seal or barrier fluid 1 system has failed. (2) The provisions of this Rule shall apply to all equipment in voc service in a Ccbke By-Product Recovery Plant. (3) General Requirements. (a) Owners or operators of coke by-product recovery plants shall demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Sections 335-3-6-.47(4) to 335-3-6—.47(7). Compliance will be determined by review of records and reports, and inspection using the methods and procedures specified in Ref erence Method 21. (b) Equipment that is in vacuum service shall be controlled by means of aiclosed vent system, or determined to achieve emiss .on limitation at least equivalent to the requirements of Sections 335-3-6.47(4) to 335-3-6- 335—3—6—190 ------- Printed: Septewber 16, 1995 .47(7). (c) Each componenç subject to the requirements of Section 335-3-6-.47(3) shall be marked with weatherproof tags that will be eadily obvious to both plant personnel and the DirectEor, and have an identification number. (d) Any component in VOC service that appears to be leaking on the basis of sight, smell, or sound, shall be repaired with an initial attempt as soon as possible and final repair within 15 calendar days. (4) Pumps in Light Service. (a) Each pump in light liquid service shall be monitored each calendar quarter to detect leaks by the methods specified in eference Method 21. (b) Each pump in light liquid shall be checked by visual inspection each calendar week for indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal. (c) If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, or if there are indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal, a leak is detected. (d) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicabl , but no later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, except as provided in Section 335—3—6- . 47 (8) (5) Valves in Gas and Light Liquid Service. (a) Each valve in gas and light liquid service shall be monitored each calendar quarter to detect leaks by the methods specified in Reference Method 21, except as provided in Paragraph 335-3-6-.47(5). (b) If an instrument reading 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a l ak is detected. (c) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after the lea] is detected, except as provided in Section 335-3- -6-.47(8). (d) Valves in gas and light liquid service may be exempted from Section 335-3-6-.47(5) provided: 1. An owner or operator demonstrates that a valve 335—3-6—191 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 cannot be monitored without elevating the monitoring personnel more than 2 meters above a support surface. 2. A valve has no external actuating mechanism in contact the process fluid. (6) Pressure Relief Valves in Gas Service. (a) Each pressure relief valve in gas service shall be monitored each calendar quarter to detect leaks by the methods specified in Reference Method 21. (b) If an instrument reading 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a leak is detected. (C) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicabl , but no later than 15 calendar days after the leak is detected. (7) Open Ended Valves. (a) Each open ended valve shall be equipped with a cap, blind flange, plug, or a second valve, except during operations requiring fluid flow through the open ended valve. (b) Each open ended valve equipped with a second valve shall be oper ted in a manner that the valve on the process fluidiend is closed before the second valve is closed. Cc) Open ended valves which serve as a sampling connection shall be equipped with a closed purge system or closed vent system si ich that: 1. purged process fluid be returned to the process line with zero VOC emissions to atmosphere, or 2. collect and recycle the purged process fluid with zero VOC emissions to atmosphere. (8) Delay of Repair. (a) Delay of repair of equipment for which leaks have been detected will be allowed if repair is technically infeasible without process unit shutdown. Repair of this equipment shall occur before the end of the next process unit shutdown. 33 5—3-6—192 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 (b) Delay of repair of equipment will be allowed for equipment which is isolated from the process and which does not remain in VOC service. (C) Delay of repa r of equipment will be allowed if the owner or operator demonstrates that emissions of purged material resulting from immediate repair are greater than the fugitive emissions likely to result from delay of repair, and when repair procedures are effected, the purged material is collected and destroyed or recovered in a control device or collected and recycled with zero emissions to atmosphere. (9) Naphthalene Separation Unit Emissions. (a) Each owner or 1 operator of any open settling tank used in the separat .ion of naphthalene from final cooler aqueous effluent shall enclose and seal the tank to contain VOC exhissions. The cover may include the following items of equipment: 1. a vent equipped with a water leg seal or a conserva±ion vent; and 2. an access hatch which is equipped with a gasket. (b) The cover may be removed when required by process operations, but must be replaced at the completion of operations. 10. Recordkeeping Requirements. (a) Owners or operators of coke by-product recovery plants shall maintain monitoring records for all components subject to the requirements of this Rule. This log shall contain at a minimum the following data: 1. the type of component; 2. the location of the component; 3. the identification nuniber of the component; 4. the date on which a leaking component is discovered, initial repair attempter, and the componentE is repaired; 5. the date and instrument reading of the recheck monitoring after a leaking component is repaired; I 335—3—6—193 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 6. a record of the calibration of the monitoring instrument; and 7. the identification of components awaiting repair according to Section 335-3-6-.47(8). (b) Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of 2 years after the date on which the report prepared. Cc) Copies of the monitoring log shall immediately be made available to the Director or his representative upon verbal or written request, at any reasonable time. (11) Reporting Requirements. Owners or operator of coke by-product recovery plants shall submit reports forleach calendar quarter to the Director listing the following data: (a) the total nurn] er of components inspected; (b) the total number of components found leaking; and (C) the total number of components awaiting repair per delay of repair provisions of Section 335-3—6-.47(8). (12) The Director, upon written notice, may modify the monitoring, record1 eeping and reporting requirements. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A-5, 22—22A—6, and 22-22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. I mended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA’ by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—194 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 48 Emissions From Coke By-Product Recovery Plant Coke Oven Gas Bleeder . (1) For the purpose of this Rule, all terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in Section 335-3-6- .47(1) or in Rule 335-3-l-.02, and for the following term the specific definition given shall apply: (a) “Coke Oven Ga Bleeder” means that piece of equipment which vents surplus coke oven gas (gas not consumed in the process or supplied to other sources) directly to the atmosphere. (2) owners or operators of coke by-product recovery plants shall equip each coke gas bleeder with a closed vent system capable of capturing and transporting excess gas to a control device. All coke oven gas from the closed vent system shall be passed through the said control device which removes at least 95 percent of the VOC from such gas before it is discharged to the atmosphere. (3) Owners or operators of control devices used to comply with Rule 335-3-6-. 48 shall monitor these control devices to ensure that they are operated and maintained in conformance with their design specifications. (4) Closed vent system shall be monitored to determine compliance with nodetectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background,a nd, by visual insp ctions, quarterly and at other times requested by the D rector. (5) Control devices used to comply with the provisions of this Rule shall be operated at all times when emissions may be vented to them from the closed vent systems. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22-22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY A ’PROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA 1 by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3—6—195 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6- .49 Manufacture of Laminated Countertops . (1) Except as otherwise required by the context, terms used in this Rule are defined in Rule 335-3-1- .02 or in this Section as follows: (a) “Adhesive” means any substance that is capable of bonding surfaëe together by attachment. (b) “Adhesive Application System” means all operations and equipment whic h applies, conveys, and dries an adhesive, including, but not limited to, spray booths, flow coaters, flash off area, air dryers, and ovens. (c) “Elastometric Adhesive” means any adhesive containing natural or synthetic rubber. (d) “Flash-off Area” means the space between the application a e and the oven. (e) “Lamination of Countertops” means the bonding of a decorative matEerial such as vinyl, plastic, or linoleum, to particle board, composition board, plywood, or other similar materials to manufacture a cabinet or countertop using an adhesive. (2) This Rule shall apply to all facilities which have the potential to emit more than 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per year of VOCs from the manufacture of counter and cabinet tops by bonding decorative laminates to wood, particle board, composition board, or similar materials. (3) No owner or operator of a facility manufacturing laminated countertops subject to this Rule may cause, allow or permit the discharge into the atmosphere in excess of 0.06 kilogram of VOC per liter (0.5 lb/gal) of adhesive, excluding water, as delivered to the adhesive application system. (4) Compliance with this Rule shall be demonstrated via certification by the adhesive manufacturer as to the composition of theladhesive, if supported by actual batch formulation records. Sufficient data to determine as-applied formulation is different from the as-purchased adhesive. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22-22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. 1 mended: 335—3—6—196 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 ______THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19,1990 55 FR 10062 335—3—6—197 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 335-3-6-. 50 Paint Manufacture . (1) Except as otherwise requires by the context, terms used in this Rule 335-3—1— .02 or in this Section as follows: (a) “Bottom filling” shall mean the filling of a tank truck or stationary storage tank through an opening that is flush with the tank bottom. (b) “Conservation Vents” means a pressure vacuum valve installed on a naphthalene separation unit cover that prevents the keiease of vapors during small changes in temperatures, barometric pressure, or liquid level. Cc) “Enamel” means a glossy paint that forms a smooth hard coat after application and drying. Cd) “Equipment” means each pump, valve, pressure relief valve, sampling connection, open ended valve, and flange or connector in VOC service. Ce) “In VOC Service” means that the piece of equipment contains or contacts a fluid which is at lest 10% VOC by weight. Ct) “Paint” means a liquid suspension of finely divided pigment particles in a liquid composed of a resin or binder and volatile solvent. Paint includes water based, solvent based oil and alkyd paints. (g) “Repaired” means that equipment is adjusted or otherwise altered in order to eliminate indications of a leak. Ch) “Submerged Filling” means the filling of a tank through a pipe or hose whose discharge is under the surface level if the liquid in the tank being filled. Ci) “Varnish” meai is a homogeneous solution of natural or synthetic resins, dyes, and oils dispersed in organic solvents. The term varnish includes varnishes, resins, and lacquers. (2) This Rule shall apply to all facilities which have the potential to emit thore than 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per year of VOCs from the manufacture or processing of paints, varnishes, lacquers, enamels, and other allied surface coating products. (3) The owner or operator of a paint, varnish, lacquer, enamel, 33 5-3—6—198 ------- I Printed: September 16, 1995 and other allied urface coatings manufacturing or processing facility subject to this Rule shall meet the following equipment and operating requirements: (a) The owner or operator shall equip tanks storing VOC with vapor pressures greater than 10.0 kilo Pascals (1.5 psia) at 20°C (68°F), except where a more effective air pollution control is used. Stationary VOC storage containers with a capacity greater than 946 liters (250 g llons) shall be equipped with a submerged-f il4 pipe or bottom fill, except where a more effective air pollution control is used. (b) The owner or operator shall install covers on all open- top tanks used for the production of non-waterbase coating products. These covers shall remain closed except when production, sampling, maintenance or inspection procedures require operator access. Cc) The owner or operator shall install covers on all tanks containing VOC used for cleansing equipment. These covers shall ,! emain closed except when operator access is required. (d) The owner or operator shall operate and maintain all grinding mills according to the manufacturer’s specifications. The manufacturer’s specifications shall be kept on fi}e at the facility and made available to the director on request. (e) The owner or operator shall check each pump required by visual inspectlion each inspection each calendar week for indicatiolils of liquids dripping from the pump seal. If there are indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after it is detected. (f) If any equipment in VOC service appears to be leaking on the basis of sight, smell, or sound, the following requirements shall apply: 1. a readily visible identification shall be attached to the leaking equipment. The identification may be removed upon repair. 2. the leaking equipment shall be repaired with an initial attempt as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after it is detected. 335—3—6—199 ------- Printed: September 16, 1995 3. when a 1 ak is detected, the owners or operators shall record the date of detection and repair and the said record shall be retained at the facility in a readily accessible location for at least 2 years from the date of detection or each repair attempt. (4) All gases or vapors from varnish cooking (resin reactor) operations shall be collected and passed through a control device which removes at least 85 percent of the VOC from such gases or vapors before they are discharged to the atmosphere. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—5, 22—22A—6, and 22—22A—8. History: Effective date: June 9, 1987. Amended: 1990 IS THE FEDERALLY Date Submitted to EPA APPROVED Date REGULATION AS OF MARCH Approved Federal by EPA Register 19, Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 33 5—3—6—200 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-7 Carbon Monoxide Emissions. Table of Contents 335-3-7-.01 Metals Production. 335-3-7-.02 Petroleum Processes. 335-3-7-.O1 Metals Production . No person shall emit the carbon monoxide gases generated during the operation of a grey iron cupola, blast furnace, or basic oxygen steel furnace unless they are burned at 1300T for 0.3 seconds or greater in a direct flame afterburner or equivalent device equipped with an indicating pyrometer which is positioned in the working area at the operator’s eye level. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: 335-3-7-.02 Petroleum Processes . No person shall emit carbon monoxide waste gas stream from any catalyst regeneration of a petroleum cracking system, petroleum fluid coker, or other petroleum process into the atmosphere, unless the waste gas stream is burned at 1300°F for 0.3 seconds or greater in a direct-flame afterburner or boiler equipped with an indicating pyrometer which is positioned in the working area at the operator’s eye level. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: 335-3-7-I ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-7-2 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-8 Nitrogen Oxides Emissions. Table of Contents 335-3-8-.O1 New Combustion Sources. 335-3-8-.02 Nitric Acid Manufacturing. 335..3.8 . ..Ol New Combustion Sources . (1) No person shall cause or permit emissions of nitrogen oxides from a new gas-fiied boiler with a capacity of 250 million BTU/hr or more in excess of 0.20 pounds per million BTU of heat input per hour. (2) No person shall cause or permit emissions of nitrogen oxides from a new oil-fired boiler with a capacity of 250 million BTU/hr or more in excess of 0.30 pounds per million BTU of heat input per hour. (3) No person shall cause or permit emission of nitrogen oxides from a new coal-fired boiler with a capacity of 250 million BTU per hour or more in excess of 0.7 pounds per million BTtJ of heat input per hour. (4) For purposes Rule, the total heat input from all similar fuel combustion units at a plant or premises shall be used for determining the maximum allowable emission of nitrogen oxides that passes through a stack or stacks. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A.6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: 33S-3-8-.02 Nitric Acid Manufacturing . (1) Except as provided in Section 335-3-8-.02(2), no person shall cause or permit the emission of nitrogen oxides, calculated as nitrogen dioxide, from nitric acid manufacturing plants in excess of 5.5 pounds per ton of one hundred percent (100%) acid produced. (2) For nitric acid manufacturing plants within a designed capacity greater than one hundred and fifty (150) tons per day of one hundred percent (100%) acid, no person shall cause or permit the emission of nitrogen oxides, calculated as nitrogen dioxide, from such manufacturing plants in excess of twenty (20) pounds per ton of one hundred percent (100%) acid produced. 335-3-8-1 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 Author: James .W. Cooper and John E. Darnel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: January 18, 1972. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA - Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-8-2 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-9 Control of Emissions from Motor Vehicles Table of Contents 335-3-9-.01 Visible Emission Restriction for Motor Vehicles. 335-3-9-.02 Ignition System and Engine Speed. 335-3-9-.03 Crankcase Ventilation Systems. 335-3-9-1 )4 Exhaust Emission Control Systems. 335-3-9-.05 Evaporative Loss Control Systems. 335-3-9-.06 Other Prohibited Acts. 335-3-9-.07 Effective Date. 335-3-9-.O1 Visible Emission Restrictions for Motor Vehicles . (1) No persons shall cause or permit the emission of visible air contaminants from gasoline-powered motor vehicles, operated upon any street, highway, or other public place, for longer than five (5) consecutive seconds. (2) No person shall cause or pennit the emission of visible air contaminants from diesel-powered motor vehicles and other movable sources of a shade or density greater than twenty percent (20%) opacity for longer than five (5) consecutive seconds. (3) Uncombined Water. Where the presence of uncombined water is the only reason for failure of an emission to meet the requirements Rule, such section shall not apply. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. fl-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: September 24, 1972. Amended: 335-3-9-.02 Ignition System and Engine Speed . All 1968 and subsequent model year gasoline-powered motor vehicles shall be maintained so as to be in compliance with the following requirements: (1) The number of revolutions per minute of an engine while operating at idle speed shall be in accordance with the specifications and determined under conditions published by the manufacturer, but in no case shall the idle speed be less than the minimum speed specified in such published specifications. Revolutions per minute shall be tested for accuracy and precision at reasonable intervals. 335-3-9-1 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (2) Ignition timing of an engine shall comply with the published specifications of the manufacturer as determined in accordance with procedures and conditions specified by the manufacturer. (3) All cylinders shall be firing. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: September 24, 1972. Amended: 335-3-9-.03 Crankcase Ventilation Systems . The positive crankcase ventilation system on all 1968 and subsequent model year gasoline-powered motor vehicles, except motorcycles and motorcycles, and all 1969 and subsequent model year gasoline- powered motor vehicles, including motorcycles and motor tricycles, shall meet the following requirements: (1) The plumbing and connections shall be properly connected as installed by the manufacturer and free of obstructions and leakage. (2) There shall be a negative pressure (suction) at the inlet of the crankcase ventilation valve. (3) The crankcase ventilation valve shall be freely operative so as to regulate the flow of gases through the system. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: September 24, 1972. Amended: 335-3-9-.04 Exhaust Emission Control Systems , (1) Air Injection System. Exhaust emission control air injection systems on those gasoline-powered motor vehicles so equipped by the manufacturer shall operate so that: (a) The air delivery hoses, connections, and air distribution manifold shall be properly connected as installed by the manufacturer and free of obstructions and leakage. (b) The air compressor drive belt tension shall be within manufacturer’s specifications. (c) There is a positive air flow from the air pump to the air delivery distribution manifold. (d) The check valve prevents any reverse air flow from the air distribution manifold out through the - check valve inlet. 335-3-9-2 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (e) The anti-backfire valve, gulp-valve, air bypass valve, or other similar device with the same function permits the passage of air from the air pump to the exhaust manifold or manifolds, except when the carburetor throttle is closed rapidly from an open position as in deceleration. (2) Engine Modification System. All vacuum control valves, vacuum lines, mechanical linkage, electrical circuits and switches peculiar to certain engine modification systems shall be properly connected as installed on all 1968 and subsequent model year gasoline-powered motor vehicles so equipped by the manufacturer. (3) Other Exhaust Emission Control Systems. Any other exhaust emission control system, other than air injection or engine modification which is installed or incorporated in a motor vehicle in compliance with Federal motor vehicle pollution control regulations shall be maintained in good operable conditions as specified by the manufacturer and shall be used at all times that the motor vehicle is operated. (4) The requirements Rule shall apply to all gasoline-powered motor vehicles with the following exceptions: (a) Vehicles of 1967 or earlier model year. (b) Vehicles not equipped by the manufacturer with exhaust emission control injection systems. (c) Motor vehicles with an engine displacement of less than 50 cubic inches (819.35 cubic centimeters). Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. fl-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: September 24, 1972. Amended: 335-3-9-.OS Evaporative Loss Control Systems . The evaporative loss control systems or devices designed and installed on 1972 and subsequent model year gasoline-powered motor vehicles shall be maintained in an operable condition such that the system or device continues to reduce or prevent the emission to the atmosphere of the vapors of the hydrocarbon fuel contained in the fuel tank, carburetor and br fuel pump of the motor vehicle. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: September 24, 1972. Amended: 335-3-9-.06 Other Prohibited Acts . In addition to the other strictures contained in this Chapter, no person shall cause, suffer, allow, or pennit the removal, disconnection, and/or disabling of a positive loss control system which has been installed on a motor vehicle; nor shall any person defeat the design purpose of any such motor vehicle pollution control device by installing therein or thereto any part or component which is not a comparable replacement part or component of the device. Provided that 335-3-9-3 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (1) The components or parts of emission control systems on motor vehicles may be disassembled or reassembled for the purpose of repair and maintenance in proper working order. (2) Components or parts of emission control systems may be removed and replaced with like components and parts intended by the manufacturer for such replacement. (3) The provisions Rule shall not apply to salvage operations on wrecked motor vehicles when thq engine is so damaged that it will not be used again for the purpose of powering a motor vehicle on a highway. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: September 24, 1972. Amended: 335-3-9-.07 Effective Date . The provisions of this Chapter shall become effective sixty (60) days from the date of its adoption and promulgation. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-nA-S. 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: September 24, 1972. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg . FEB 15, 1973 APR 23, 1974 39 FR 14338 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-9-4 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-10 Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources Table of Contents 335-3-lO-.0l General. 335-3-10-.02 Designated Standards of Performance. 335-3-10-.03 Appendices. 335-3-10-.04 Word or Phrase Substitutions. 335-3-1O-.OI General (1) The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, and the Appendices applicable thereto, governing Standards of Performance for New Stationary Source (40 CFR 60 and Appendices) designated in Rules 335-3-10-.02 and .03 are incorporated by reference as they exist in 40 CFR 60 (1990), 56 FR 12299 (March 22, 1991), and 56 FR 20497 (May 3, 1991), as amended by the word or phrase substitutions given in Rule 335-3-l0-.04. References for specific documents containing the complete text of subject regulations are given in Appendix C to these Regulations. The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 30 cents a page) and inspection at the Department’s offices at 1751 Cong. W.L. Dickinson Drive, Montgomery Alabama 36109. (2) Chapters 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 shall not apply to source categories subject to this Chapter for the specific pollutants to which a standard under this chapter applies. (3) Definitions. For purposes of this Chapter, the definitions listed in 40 CFR 60.2 will apply. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: May 25, 1976. Amended: February 13, 1985; June 9, 1987; June 16, 1988, September 21, 1989; March 28, 1991; July 31 1991; September 19, 1991; 335-3-10-1 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1O-.02 Desi2nated Standards of Performance . (1) Subpart D - Fossil Fuel-Fired Steam Generators for which construction is commenced after August 17, 1971. (a) Subpart Da- Electric Utility Steam Generating Units for which construction is commenced after September 18, 1978. (b) Subpart Db- Industrial-Commercial Institutional Steam Generating Units. (2) Reserved. (3) Subpart E - Incinerators. (4) Subpart F - Portland Cement Plants. (5) Subpart G - Nitric Acid Plants. (6) Subpart H - Sulfuric Acid Plants. (7) Subpart I - Hot Mix Asphalt Facilities. (8) Subpart J - Petroleum Refineries. (9) Subpart K - Storage Vessels for Petroleum Liquids constructed after June 11, 1973 and prior to May 19, 1978. (a) Subpart Ka- Storage Vessels for Petroleum Liquids constructed after May 18, 1978. (Adopted June 23, 1981) (b) Subpart Kb- Volatile Organic Liquid Storage Vessels (Including Petroleum Liquid Storage Vessels) for which Construction, Reconstruction, or Modification Commenced after 12, 1984. (10) Reserved. (11) Reserved. (12) Subpart L - Secondary Lead Smelters (13) Subpart M - Secondary Brass and Bronze Ingot Production Plants. (14) Subpart N - Iron and Steel Plants. (a) Subpart Na - Standards of Performance for Secondary Emissions from Basic Oxygen Process Steelmaking Facilities for which construction is commenced after January 20, 1983. (15) Subpart 0 - Sewage Treatment Plants. (16) Subpart P - Primary Copper Smelters. 335-3-10-2 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (17) Subpart Q - Primary Zinc Smelters. (18) Subpart R - Primary Lead Smelters. (19) Subpart S - Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants. (20) Subpart T - Wet Process Phosphoric Acid Plants. (21) Subpart U - Superphosphoric Acid Plants. (22) Subpart V - Diammonium Phosphate Plants. (23) Subpart W - Triple Superphosphate Plants. (24) Subpart X - Granular Superphosphate Plants. (25) Subpart Y - Coal Preparation Plants. (26) Subpart Z - Ferralloy Production Facilities. (27) Subpart AA - Steel Plants (electric arc furnaces and dust-handling equipment). (a) Subpart AAa- Steel Plants: Electric Arc Furnaces and Argon Oxygen - Decarburization Vessels. (28) Subpart RB - Kraft Pulp Mills. (Adopted June 23, 1981) (29) Subpart CC - Standards of Performance for Glass Manufacturing Plants. (30) Subpart DD - Grain Elevators. (Adopted June 23, 1981) (31) Subpart EE - Surface Coating of Metal Furniture (adopted February 13, 1985) (32) Subpart FF - Reserved. (33) Subpart GG - Stationary Gas Turbines. (adopted June 23, 1981) (34) Subpart HH - Lime Manufacturing Plants. (35) Subpart II - Reserved. (36) Subpart JJ - Reserved. (37) Subpart KK -Lead-acid Battery Manufacture (adopted February 13, 1985) (38) Subpart LL - Metallic Mineral Processing Plants (adopted February 13, 1985) (39) Subpart MM - Automobile and Light-Duty Truck Surface Coating Operations. (Adopted June 23, 1981) (40) Subpart NN - Phosphate Rock Plants (adopted Feb.13, 1985) 335-3-10-3 ------- Pnnted: June 27, 1995 (41) Subpart 00 - Reserved. (42) Subpart PP. Ammonium Sulfate Manufacturing (adopted June 23, 1981) (43) Subpart QQ - Graphic Arts Industry: Publication Rotogravure Printing (adopted Feb.13, 1985) (44) Subpart RR - Pressure Sensitive Tape and Label Surface Coating Industry (adopted Feb. 13, 1985) (45) Subpart SS - Industrial Surface Coating - Large Appliances. (adopted February 13, 1985) (46) Subpart TI’ - Metal Coil Surface Coating Operations. (adopted February 13, 1985) (47) Subpart UU- Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing Manufacture. (adopted Feb. 13, 1985) (48) Subpart VV - Reserved. (49) Subpart WW - Beverage Can Surface Coating Industry. (adopted February 13, 1985) (50) Subpart XX - Reserved. (51) SubpartYY-Reserved. (52) Subpart ZZ - Reserved. (53) Subpart AAA - Reserved. (54) Subpart BBB - Rubber Tire Manufacturing Industry. (55) Subpart CCC . Reserved. (56) Subpart DDD - Reserved. (57) Subpart EEE - Reserved. (58) Subpart FFF - Flexible Vinyl and Urethane Coating and Printing. (59) Subpart GGG - VOC Fugitive Emission Sources - Petroleum Refineries (adopted Feb. 13, 1985) (60) Subpart IIHH - Synthetic Fiber Production Facilities (adopted Feb. 13, 1985) (61) Subpart III - Reserved (62) Subpart JJJ - Petroleum Dry Cleaners (adopted Feb.13,1985 (63) Subpart KKK - Equipment Leaks of VOC from Onshore natural Gas Processing Plants. (64) Subpart LLL - Standards of Performance for Onshore Natural Gas Processing: SO 2 Emissions. (65) Subpart MMM - Reserved. 335 -3-10-4 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (66) Subpart NNN - Reserved. (67) Subpart 000 - Nonmetallic Mineral Processing Plants. (68) Subpart PPP - Wool Fiberglass Insulation Manufacturing Plants. (69) Subpart QQQ - VOC Emissions from Petroleum Refmery Wastewater Systems (70) Subpart RRR - Reserved. (71) Subpart SSS - Magnetic Tape Manufacturing Industry. (72) Subpart TTT - Industrial Surface Coating; Plastic Parts for Business Machines. (73) Subpart UUU - Reserved. (74) Subpart VVV - Polymeric Coating of Supporting Substrates. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: May 25, 1976. Amended: June 23, 1981; February 13, 1985; April 15, 1987; June 16, 1988; September 21, 1989 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JUN 30, 1976 SEP 02, 1977 42 FR 44234 1st Revision JUN 26, 1981 DEC 22, 1981 46 FR 62060 2nd Revision MAR 25, 1985 JUN 10, 1985 50 FR 24196 3rd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 4th Revision OCT 22, 1990 JUN 09, 1992 57 FR 24368 5th Revision OCT 04, 1991 SEP 27, 1993 58 FR 50262 335-3-10-5 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1O-.03 Appendices . (1) Appendix A - Reference Method. (2) Appendix B - Performance Specifications. (3) Appendix F - Quality Assurance Procedures. Author: Robert Cowne Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, fl.22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: June 16, 1988 Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-10-6 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-1O-.04 Word or Phrase Substitution . In all the standards designated in Rule 335-3-1O-.02 substitute: (1) Director for Administrator. (2) Department for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (except in references) Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: May 25, 1976. Amended: February 13, 1985; June 16, 1988. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JUN 30, 1976 SEP 02, 1977 42 FR 44234 1st Revision JUN 26, 1981 DEC 22, 1981 46 FR 62060 2nd Revision MAR 25, 1985 JUN 10, 1985 50 FR 24196 3rd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-10-7 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-11 National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants Table of Contents 335-3-1 i-.01 General. 33 5-3-1 1-.02 Designated Emission Standards. 335-3-1 1-.03 Appendices. 335-3-11-.04 Word or Phrase Substitutions. 335-3-1 1-.05 Certification of Asbestos Abatement Contractors 335-3-11-.O1 General . (1) The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, and the Appendices applicable thereto, governing Hazardous Air Pollutants (40 CFR, Part 61 and Appendices) designated in Rule 335-3-1 1-.02 are incorporated by reference as they exist in 40 CFR 61(1991); and 56 FR 47404 (September 19, 1991) and 57 FR 8012 (March 5, 1992), as amended by the word or phrase substitutions given in Rule 335-3- I 1-.03. References for specific documents containing the complete text of subject regulations are given in Appendix C to these Regulations. The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 30 cents a page) and inspection at the Department’s offices at 1751 Cong. WL. Dickinson Drive, Montgomery Alabama 36109. (2) In the event of any conflict between the regulations contained in this Chapter and regulations contained in other chapters, the more stringent regulations will take precedence. (3) Definitions. For purposes of this Chapter, the definitions listed in 40 CFR 61.02, Subpart A will apply. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: May 25. 1976. Amended: February 13, 1985; June 9, 1987; June 16, 1988; November 1, 1990; March 28, 1991; July 31, 1991; September 19, 1991 335-3-li-i ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3- 11-.02 Designated Emission Standards . (1) Subpart B - Radon- 222 Emission from Underground Uranium Mines. (2) Subpart C - Beryllium (3) Subpart D - Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing. (4) Subpart E - Mercury. (5) Subpart F - Vinyl Chloride. (adopted June 23, 1981) (6) Reserved. (7) Reserved. (8) Reserved. (9) Subpart J - Benzene Equipment Leaks (adopted Feb.13,1985) (10) Reserved. (11) Subpart L - Benzene Emissions from Coke By-Product Recovery Plants. (12) Subpart M - Asbestos (adopted Feb. 13, 1985) (13) Subpart N- Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emissions from Glass Manufacturing Plants. (14) Subpart 0- Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emissions from Primary Copper Smelters. (15) Subpart P- Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emissions from Arsenic Trioxide and Metallic Arsenic Production Facilities. (16) Reserved. (17) Reserved. (18) Reserved. (19) Reserved. (20) Reserved (21) Subpart V - Equipment Leaks (Fugitive Emission Sources). (22) Subpart W - Radon-222 Emissions form Licensed Uranium Mill Tailings (23) Reserved. (24) Subpart Y - Benzene Emissions from Benzene Storage Vessels. 335-3-11-2 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (25) Reserved. (26) Reserved. (27) Subpart BB - Benzene Emissions from Benzene Transfer Operations (28) Reserved. (29) Reserved. (30) Reserved. (31) Subpart FF - Benzene Emissions from Benzene Waste Operations. Author: Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: May 25, 1976. Amended: June 23, 1981; February 13, 1985; June 9, 1987. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JUN 30, 1976 SEP 02, 1977 42 FR 44234 1st Revision JUN 26, 1981 DEC 22, 1981 46 FR 62060 2nd Revision MAR 25, 1985 JUN 10, 1985 50 FR 24196 3rd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR. 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 4th Revision OCT 22, 1990 JUN 09, 1992 57 FR 24368 5th Revision NOV 10, 1992 AUG 30, 1993 58 FR 45440 335-3-11-3 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-11-.03 Appendices to 40 CFR 61 . Appendix B - Test Methods. Author: Robert Cowne Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: June 16, 1988 Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-11-4 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-11-.04 Word or Phrase Substitutions . In all of the standards designated in Rule 33 5-3-1 1-.02 substitute: (1) Director for Administrator. (2) Department for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (except in references). Author: Robert Cowne Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective Date: May 25, 1976 Amended: Effective Date: June 16, 1988 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JUN 30, 1976 SEP 02, 1977 42 FR 44234 1st Revision JUN 26, 1981 DEC 22, 1981 46 FR 62060 2nd Revision MAR 25, 1985 JUN 10, 1985 50 FR 24196 3rd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-11-5 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-12 Continuous Monitoring Requirements for Existing Sources. Table of Contents 335-3-12-.O1 General. 335-3-12-.02 Emission Monitoring and Reporting Requirements. 335-3-12-.03 Monitoring System Malfunction. 335-3-12-.04 Alternate Monitoring and Reporting Requirements. 335-3-12-.05 Exemptions and Extensions. 335-3-12-.O1 Defmitions . For the purposes of this Chapter, the following terms will h*ve the meanings ascribed in this Rule: (a) “Emission Standard” shall mean a regulation (or portion thereof) setting forth an allowable rate of emissions, level of opacity, or prescribing equipment or fuel specifications that result in control of air pollution emissions. (b) “Capacity Factor” shall mean the ratio of the average load on a machine or equipment for the period of time considered to the capacity rating of the machine or equipment. (c) “Excess Emissions” shall mean emissions of an air pollutant in excess of an emission standar (d) “Sulfuric Acid Plant” shall mean any facility producing sulfuric acid by the contact process by burning elemental sulfur, alkylation acid, hydrogen suffide, or acid sludge, but does not include facilities where conversion to sulfuric acid is utilized primarily as a means of preventing emissions to the atmosphere of sulfur dioxide or other sulfur compounds. (e) “Fossil-Fired Steam Generator” shall mean a furnace or boiler used in the process of burning fossil fuel for the primary purpose of producing steam by heat transfer. Author: Ronald W. Gore Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History Effective date: October 26, 1976. Amended: 335-3-12-1 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 335-3-12-.02 Emission Monitoring and Reporting Requirements . (1) Sources in the following categories which initiated construction prior to August 17, 1971, are subject to the requirements of this Chapter: (a) Fossil-fuel fired steam generators (b) Sulfuric acid plants Sources in these categories which are constructed Aug.17, 1971, are subject to the emission monitoring requirements of Chapter 12. This Chapter is intended to supplement existing regulations, and no Rule thereof shall be construed to interfere with the enforcement of other provisions of the Alabama Air Pollution Control Rules and Regulations. (2) The Director shall require the owner or operator of an emission source listed in Section 335-3-l2-.02(1) to install, calibrate, operate, and maintain all monitoring equipment necessary for continuously monitoring the pollutants specified in Sections 335-3-12-.02(3) and 335-3-12-.02(4). The specific source categories listed in Section 335-3-12-.02(1) must complete the installation and peiformance testing of monitoring equipment and begin monitoring and recording within eighteen months from the date of the Environmental Protection Agency’s approval of these regulations. Within six (6) months of such approval, all affected sources must present a detailed plan for complying with the requirements of this Chapter to the Director. The Director shall condition written approval of such plan upon the requirement that the plan will meet the minimum reporting requirements set forth in Divisions 4 and 5 of Appendix P of 40 CFR 51. More stringent reporting procedures may be required in the Director’s discretion. (3) Fossil fuel-fired steam generators, as defined in this Chapter, with an annual average capacity factor of greater than thirty percent (30%), as reported to the Federal Power Commission for calendar year 1974, or was otherwise demonstrated to the Director by the owner or operator, shall conform with the following monitoring requirements when such facility is subject to an emission standard for the pollutant in question: (a) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of opacity shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated by the owner or operator of any such steam generator of greater than 250 million BTU per hour heat input except were [ sic?]: 1. gaseous fuel is the only fuel burned, or 2. oil or a mixture of gas and oil are the only fuels burned and the source is able to comply with the applicable particulate matter and opacity regulations without utilization of particulate matter collection equipment, and where the source has never been found, through any administrative or judicial proceedings, to be in violation of any visible emission standard of the applicable plan. (b) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of sulfur dioxide shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated on any fossil fuel-fired steam generator of greater than 250 million BUT per hour heat input which has installed equipment designed for the desulfurization of flue gas. 335-3-12-2 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (c) A Continuous monitoring system for the measurement of the percent oxygen or carbon dioxide in stack gases shall be in installed, calibrated, operated, and maintained on fossil fuel- fired steam generators where measurement of oxygen or carbon dioxide in the flue gas are required to convert sulfur dioxide continuous emission monitoring data, to units of the emission standard in 335-3-5. (4) Sulfuric acid plants, as defined in the Chapter, with greater than 300 tons per day production capacity, the production being expressed as 100 percent (100%) acid, shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system for the measurement of sulfur dioxide for each sulfuric acid producing facility within such plant. (5) All monitoring equipment specified in this Chapter shall meet the performance specifications described in Appendix B of 40 CFR 60, except that the Director may from time to time specify different data averaging times and sampling intervals to permit accurate determinations of compliance with specific Air Pollution Control Rules and Regulations. The monitoring equipment shall also be installed, calibrated, operated, and maintained in accordance with the procedures in Appendix B of 40 CFR 60 and the minimum specifications of Division 3 in Appendix P of 40 CFR 51. Author: Ronald W. Gore Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: October 26, 1976. Amended: 335-3-12-.03 Monitoring System Malfunction . (1) Malfunctions of a monitoring system required in this Chapter which last more than forty-eight (48) hours must be reported as expeditiously as possible to the Director in a written repoit This report should include statements as to the time the monitor malfunctioned, the nature of the malfunction, the corrective action being taken, the estimated repair time, and any other information needed to demonstrate to the Director that the malfunction was unavoidable. The Director shall be informed of the time at which the monitor again becomes operational. (2) The Director may temporarily exempt an owner or operator from the monitoring and reporting requirements of this Chapter if it is demonstrated to the Director’s satisfaction that the malfunction was unavoidable and is being repaired as expeditiously as possible. Author: Ronald W. Gore Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date; October 26, 1976. Amended: 335-3-12-.04 Alternate Monitoring and Reporting Reunirements . (1) Alternative monitoring and reporting requirements may be approved by the Director on a case-by-case basis, provided the following statements and explanations are contained in a written request to the Directoc 335-3-12-3 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 (a) the basis or reason that alternative monitoring and reporting requirements are desirable and necessary; (b) a proposal of alternative monitoring and reporting requirements; (c) any other information needed by the Director to make a determination of the desirability of alternative requirements. (2) Request for alternative monitoring and reporting requirements may be made in certain situations, including, but not limited to, the following: (a) when installation of a continuous monitoring system or device required by this Chapter would not provide accurate determinations of emissions; (b) when the affected facility is operated less than thirty (30) days per year; (c) when effluents from two (2) or more sources of significantly different design and operating characteristics are combined before release to the atmosphere or when the effluent from one source is released to the atmosphere through more than one (1) point; (d) when the Director determines that the requirements prescribed by this Chapter would impose an extreme economic burden on the source owner or operator. The determination of an extreme economic burden shall be made on the basis of whether meeting the requirements prescribed by this Chapter would produce serious hardship without equal or greater benefit to the public; (e) when the monitoring systems prescribed by this Chapter cannot be installed due to physical limitations at the t1 cility. The determination of such limitations shall be made on the basis of whether meeting the requirements prescribed by this Chapter would necessitate significant reconstniction of the facility. (3) The Director may require the submission of additional information as he deems appropriate to evaluate the request for alternative requirements. Upon making a determination that the source should be subject to alternative monitoring and reporting requirements, the Director may approve either the proposed alternative monitoring and reporting requirements or any other monitoring and reporting requirements that deems appropriate and feasible. Author: Ronald W. Gore Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1973, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: October 26, 1976. Amended: 335-3-12-4 ------- Printed: June 27, 1995 33S-3-12-.OS Exemptions and Extensions . (1) The Director may exempt any source from the requirements of this Chapter if such source is scheduled for permanent shutdown by October 6, 1980 provided that adequate evidence and guarantees are provided to clearly show that the source will cease operations prior to such date. (2) The Director may grant reasonable extensions of the time provided for installation of monitors for facilities unable to meet the prescribed eighteen (18) month time frame, provided that the owner or operator of such facility demonstrates that good faith efforts have been made to obtain and install such devices within the prescribed time frame. (3) If, prior to September 11, 1974, an affected source purchased an emission monitor which does not conform to the requirements of Appendix B of 40 CFR 60, then the source may be granted a five (5) year period from the date of the Environmental Protection Agency’s approval of this revision, during which time the monitor installed on that source is exempt from applicable performance specifications. Author: Ronald W. Gore Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. fl-28-14, 22 .22A-5, 22-22A-5, fl-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: October 26, 1976. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg OCT 28, 1975 SEP 02, 1977 42 FR 44234 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-12-5 ------- Printed: June 28, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-13 Control of Fluoride Emissions Table of Contents 335-3-13-.Ol General. 335-3-13-.02 Superphosphoric Acid Plants. 335-3-13-.03 Diammonium Phosphate Plants. 335-3-13-.04 Triple Superphosphate Plants. 335-3-13-.05 Granular Triple Superphosphate Storage Facilities. 335-3-13-.06 Wet Process Phosphoric Acid Plants. 335-3-13-.O1 Definitions . Meaning of Terms. As used in these rules and regulations, terms referenced in Sections 60.201, 60.211, 60.221, 60.231, 60.241, Rule 60, Title 40 shall have the meaning ascribed in this Rule. Author: Marilyn G. Elliott Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: February 28, 1978. Amended: 335-3-13-.02 Superphosphoric Acid Plants . (1) Applicability. For the purpose of this Rule, the affected facility includes any combination of existing evaporators, hotwells, acid sumps, and cooling tanks. (2) Superphosphoric Acid Plants. No owner or operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 5.0 g/metric ton of equivalent P 2 0 5 feed (0.010 lb/ton). (3) Test Methods and Procedures. Reference methods described in Section 40 CFR 60.214 shall be used to determine compliance with Section 335-3-13-.02(2). Author: Marilyn G. Elliott Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Sees. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: February 28, 1978. Amended: 335-3-13-1 ------- Printed: June 28, 1995 335-3-13-.03 Diammonium Phosphate Plants . (1) Applicability. For the purpose of this Rule, the affected facility includes any combination of existing reactors, granulators, dryers, coolers, screens, and mills. (2) Diammonium Phosphate Plants. No owner or operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 30 g/metric ton of equivalent P 2 0 5 feed (0.060 lb/ton). (3) Test Methods and Procedures. Reference methods described in 40 CFR 60.224 shall be used to determine compliance with Section 335-3-13-.03(2). Author: Marilyn 0. Elliott Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22.28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: February 28, 1978. Amended: 335-3-13-.04 Triple Superphosphate Plants . (I) Applicability. For the purpose of this Rule, the affected facility includes any combination of existing mixers, curing belts (dens), reactors, granulators, dryers, coolers, screens, mills, and facilities which store run-of-pile triple Superphosphate. (2) Triple Superphosphate Plants. No owner operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 100 g/metric ton of equivalent P 2 0 5 feed (0.20 lb/ton). (3) Test Methods and Procedures. Reference Methods described in 40 CFR 60.234 shall be used to determine compliance with Section 335-3-13-.04(2). Author: Marilyn 0. Elliott Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: February 28, 1978. Amended: 335-3-13 .O5 Granular Triple Superphosphate Storage Facilities . (1) Applicability. For the purpose of this Rule, the affected facility includes any combination of existing storage or curing piles, conveyors, elevators, screens, and mills. (2) Granular Triple Superphosphate Storage Facilities. No owner or operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 0.25 g/hr/metric ton of equivalent P 2 0 5 stored (5.0 x 10 lb/hr/ton of equivalent P 2 0, stored). (3) Test Methods and Procedures. Reference methods described in 40 CFR 60.244 shall be used to determine compliance with Section 335-3-13-.05(2). 335-3-13-2 ------- Printed: June 28, 1995 Author: Marilyn G. Elliott Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: February 28, 1978. Amended: 335-3-13-.06 Wet Process Phosphoric Acid Plants . (I) Applicability. For the purpose of this Rule, the affected facility includes any combination of existing reactors, filters, evaporators, and hotwells. (2) Wet Process Phosphoric Acid Plants. No owner or operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 10.0 g/metric ton of equivalent P 2 0 5 feed (0.020 lb/ton). (3) Test Methods and Procedures. Reference methods described in 40 CFR 60.204 shall be used to determine compliance with Section 335-3-13-.06(2). Author: Marilyn G. Elliott Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, Secs. 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective date: February 28, 1978. Amended: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg APR 10, 1978 FEB 22, 1982 47 FR 7666 1st Revision MAY 18, 1978 FEB 22, 1982 47 FR 7666 2nd Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 335-3-13-3 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-14 Permits Table of Contents 334-3-14-.01 General Provisions 335-3-14-.02 Permit Procedure 335-3-14-.03 Standards for Granting Permits 335-3-14-.04 Air Permits Authorizing Construction in Clean Air Areas (Prevention of Significant Deterioration Permitting (PSD)) 335-3-14-.05 Air Permits Authorizing Construction in or Near Non- Attainment Areas. 335-3-14-.O1 General Provisions (1) Air Permit. (a) Any person building, erecting, altering, or replacing any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance, the use of which may cause the issuance of or an increase in the issuance of air contaminants or the use of which may eliminate or reduce or control the issuance of air contaminates, shall submit an application for an Air Permit at least 10 days prior to construction. (b) Before any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Paragraph 335-3-14- .01 (I)(a) may be operated or used, authorization shall be obtained from the Director in the form of an Air Permit. No permit shall be granted for any article, machine, equipment or contrivance described in Paragraph 335-3-14-.01(1)(a), constructed or installed without notification as required by Paragraph 335-3-14.01(1)(a), until the information required is presented to the Director and such article, machine, equipment or contrivance is altered, if necessary, and made to conform to the standards established by the Department. (c) Any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Paragraph 335-3-14-.01(1) (a) which is presently operating (or which is not presently operating but which is capable of being operated) without an Air Permit may continue to operate (or may restart) only if its owner or operator obtains an Air Permit prior to a date to be set by the Director (or prior to restarting). (d) Display of Air Permit. A person who has been granted an Air Permit for any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance shall keep such permit under file or on display at all times at the site where the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance is located and will make such a permit readily available for inspection by any and all persons who may request to see it. 335-3-14-I ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (e) The Director shall have the authority to decide cases where an article, machme, equipment, or other contrivance is not clearly subject to nor exempt from the application of this Part. In addition, the Director may rule that a particular article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance is subject to the application of this equipment, or other contrivance is subject to the application of this Part even though it is exempt from the system according to Paragraph 335-3- 14-.01(1)(a) and Section 335-3-14-.01(5) of this Part. The operator or builder of such an article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance may appeal the Director’s classification to the Commission, which shall overrule the Director only if it is shown that he acted arbitrarily and contrary to the purposes of the Act. (1) Upon completion of construction by a new facility, the Director shall, within a reasonable period of time, dispatch an inspector to the facility in question. If the inspector determines that the facility has been constructed according to the specifications as set forth under the Air Permit or that any changes to the facility would reduce or affect to an unsubstantial degree that quantity of air contaminants emitted by the facility, and if a reviewing officer of the Division agrees with this conclusion, then the Director shall authorize initial operation of the facility until an official inspection of the facility under actual operating conditions can be made and the results reviewed or until the Air Permit is suspended or revoked by the Director. The Director may authorize initial operation of the facility without an inspection if upon completion of the construction, an owner or operator familiar with the application for an Air Permit submits a letter to the Director, testifying that the construction under application has been completed and is in accordance with the specification as set down in the Air Permit. The Director is empowered to reject that testimony if the Director decides that the owner or operator’s qualifications are insufficient to allow him to accurately and complete assess the equipment in question. A owner or operator may appeal any such judgment to the Commission. (g) The Director may issue an Air Permit subject to conditions which will bring the operation of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance within the standards of Section 335-3-14- .03(1) in which case the conditions shall be specified in writing. Commencing construction or operation under such an Air Permit shall be deemed acceptance of all the conditions specified. The Director shall issue an Air Permit with revised conditions upon receipt of a new application if the applicant demonstrates that the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance can operate within the standards of Section 335-3-14-03(1) under the revised conditions. (h) Reserved. (i) Reserved. (j) Reserved. (k) An existing facility which holds a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit issued under ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-15 or an Operating Permit issued under ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3- 16 is exempt from the requirements of this chapter provided that: I. the Synthetic Minor Operating Permit is modified as required by ADEM Admin Code R. 335-3-15 prior to the initial operation of any new or modified sources, or 335-3-14-2 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 2. the Operating Permit is modified as required by ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-16 and any modifications are not subject to the requirements of ADEM Admin. Code R. 335- 3-14-.04, or 3. for a modification which is subject to the requirements of ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-14-.04, the Operating Permit is issued prior to commencement of construction of the modification, and the Operating Permit fulfills all requirements of ADEM Admin. Cede R. 335-3-14-.04, or 4. the Operating Permit is modified as required by ADEM Admin Cede R. 335-3-16 and any modifications are not subject to the requirements of ADEM Adinin Code R. 335- 3-14-.05,or 5. for a modification which is subject to the requirements of ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-14-.05, the Operating Permit is issued prior to commencement of construction of the modification, and the Operating Permit fulfills all requirements of ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-14-.05 (2) Provision of Sampling and Testing Facilities. A person operation or using any article, machine, equipment or other contrivance for which these rules and regulations require a permit shall provide and maintain such sampling and testing facilities as specified in the Air Permit (3) The holder of the Permit under this Part shall comply with conditions contained in such Permit as well as all applicable provisions of these rules and regulations. (4) Transfer. An Air Permit shall not be transferable whether by operation of law or otherwise, either from one location to another, from one piece of equipment to another, or from one person to another. (5) Exemptions. From time to time the Director may specify certain classes or sizes of articles, machines, equipment, or other contrivances which would normally be subject to the requirements to apply for an Air Permit as being exempt from the requirement to apply for such permits. Exempt sources are subject in every other way to these rules and regulations. (6) Delegation of Air Permit requirements to Local Air Pollution Control Programs. (Adopted March 13, 1985) (a) Local air pollution control programs may receive delegation of authority from the Director to administer the general Air Permit requirements of Section 335-3-14-.O1(1) within their jurisdiction provided the local air pollution program: (1) adopts regulations insuring applicants are required to satisfy the same requirements as contained in the Department’s regulations; and (2) adopts regulations which require the Director to be provided with an opportunity to review the permit application, the analysis of the permit, and proposed permit conditions at least 10 days prior to issuance of an Air Permit. (b) Local air pollution control programs may receive delegation of authority from the Director to administer the Air Permit requirements of Section 335-3-14.05 within their jurisdiction provided: 335-3-14-3 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (1) the requirements of Subparagraph 335-3-14-.0l(6)(a)(1) are met; and (2) the local air pollution control program demonstrates that it has the necessary manpower and technical expertise to implement the requirements of said regulations; and (3) the local air pollution control program adopts regulations which require that the local air pollution control program shall provide the Director a copy of preliminary determinations and public comment notices for all permits issued pursuant to Section 335-3-14-.05 and Rule 335-3-14-02(4) at the same time the notice is forwarded for publication in the newspaper. (c) If the Director of ADEM determines that local program procedures for implementing all the portions of Section 335-3.14-.01(1), Section 335-3-14-.05, and Rule 335-3-14-.01(1) are inadequate, or are not being effectively administer section 335-3-14-.01(1), Section 335-3-14- .05 and Rule 335-3-14-.04 may be revoked in whole or in part. Any such revocation shall be effective as of the date specified in a Notice of Revocation to the local air pollution control program. (d) The Director reserves the authority contained in Section 16.2.4, to revoke any Air Permit issued pursuant to this Section. (e) Any permit issued by a local air pollution control program, including all conditions contained therein, is enforceable by the ADEM. (7) Public Participation (a) Notice shall be given by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the area where the source is located or in a State publication designed to give general public notice and also to persons on a mailing list developed by the Department for persons who have requested in writing to be on such a list, under the following circumstances: I. Construction at a Greenfield Site. (i) For the purposes of this paragraph, a “Greenfield Site” shall mean a new development or the initial operation of a new facility. 2. The Director, at his discretion, may require Public Notification for any application received in accordance with Paragraph 335-3-14.01(1)(a). (b) Public comments will be received by the Department for a period of 15 days following the publication of the public notice. (C) Public Notice will he held in accordance with the requirements of 335-3-14-.04 and 335-3-14- .05 for any application which is subject to the requirements of 335-3-14-.04 or 335-3-14-.05. (d) Construction of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance as described in Paragraph 335-3-14-.01(l)(a) shall not commence until after an Air Permit is issued if a public notice is required under this Section. 335-3-14-4 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 3rd Revision FEB 19, 1985 JUN 10, 1985 50 FR 24196 4th Revision MAR 28, 1985 AUG 28, 1985 50 FR 34804 5th Revision DEC 20, 1993 OCT 20, 1994 59 FR 52916 335-3-14-5 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 335-3-14..02 Permit Procedure . (a) Applications. Every application for an Air Permit required under Section 16.1.1 shall be filed in the manner and form prescribed by the Director and shall give all the information necessary to enable the Director to make the determination required by Part 16.3. (b) Cancellation of Applications. An Air Permit authorizing construction shall expire and the application shall be canceled two years from the date of issuance of the Air Permit if the construction has not begun. (2) Action on Application. The Director shall act, within a reasonable lime, on an application for an Air Permit and shall notify the applicant in writing of its approval, conditional approval, or denial. (3) Denial of Application. In the event of a denial of an Air Permit, the Director shall notify the applicant in writing of the reason therefor. Service of this notification may be made in person or by mail, and such service may be proved by the written acknowledgment of the persons served or affidavit of the person making the service. The Director shall not accept a further application unless the applicant has complied with the objections specified by the Director as its reasons for denial of the Air Permit. (4) Revocation of Air Permits. Any Air Permit granted by the Director may be revoked for any of the following causes: (a) failure to comply with any conditions of the permit; (b) failure to notify the Director prior to intended use or operation of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Paragraph 335-3-14-.O(1)(a); (c) failure to establish and maintain such records, make such reports, install, use and maintain such monitoring equipment or methods; and sample such emissions in accordance with such methods at such locations, intervals and procedures as the Director may prescribe in accordance with Section 1.7.2; (d) failure to comply with any provisions of any Departmental administrative order issued concerning the permitted source or facility. (e) failure to allow employees of the Department upon proper identification: (1) to enter any premises where any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Section 335-3-14-.O1(1) is located or in which any records are required to be kept under provisions of the permit and/or the rules and regulations; (2) to have access to and copy any records required to be kept under provisions of the permit and/or the rules and regulations; (3) to inspect any monitoring equipment or practices being maintained pursuant to the permit and/or rules and regulations; and (4) to have access to and sample any discharge of air contaminants, resulting directly or indirectly from the operation of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Section 335.3-14..O1(1) 335-3-14-6 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (t) failure to comply with the rules and regulations of the Department. (g) for any other cause, after a hearing which establishes, in the judgment of the Department, that continuance of the pennit is not consistent with the purpose of this Act or regulations under it. (5) Expiration of Air Permits. Air Permits shall expire immediately following: (a) the issuance of a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit required by ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3- 15 or an Operating Permit required by ADEM Admin Code R. 335-3-16 which pertains to the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance regulated by the Air Permit. (b) the final denial of a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit required by ADEM Admin Code R. 335-3-15 or an Operating Permit required by ADEM Admin. code R. 335-3-16 which pertains to the article, machine equipment, or other contrivance regulated by the Air Permit. (c) the failure of a facility to apply for a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit or modification to an existing Synthetic Minor Operating Permit as required by ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-15 or the failure of a facility to apply for an Operating Permit or modification to an existing Operating Permit as required by ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3- 16. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision FEB 191 1985 JUN 10, 1985 50 FR 24196 2nd Revision DEC 20, 1993 OCT 20, 1994 59 FR 52916 335-3-14-7 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 335-3-14-.03 Standards for Granting Permits . (1) General Standards. (a) The Director shall deny a pennit if the applicant does not show that every article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance, the use of which may cause the issuance of air contaminants, is so designed, controlled, or equipped with such air pollution control equipment, that it may be expected to operate without emitting or without causing to be emitted air contaminants in violation of these rules and regulations. (b) The Director shall deny a permit if the applicant does not present, in writing, a plan whereby the emission of air contaminants by every article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in the permit application, will be reduced during periods of an Air Pollution Alert, Air Pollution Warning, and Air Pollution Emergency in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 335-3-2, where such a plan is required. (c) Before an Air Permit is granted, the Director may require the applicant to provide and maintain such facilities as are necessary for sampling and testing purposes in order to secure information that will disclose the nature, extent, quantity or degree of air contaminants discharged into the atmosphere from the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in the Air Permit. In the eyent of such a requirement, the Director shall notify the applicant in writing of the required size, number and location of the sampling platform; the access to the sampling platform; and the utilities for operating and sampling and testing equipment. (d) The Director may also require the applicant to install, use, and maintain such monitoring equipment or methods; sample such emissions in accordance with such methods, at such locations, intervals, and procedures as may be specified; and provide such information as the Director may require. (e) Before acting on an application for an Air Permit, the Director may require the applicant to furnish further information or further plans or specifications. (Revised Feb. 13, 1985) (f) If the Director finds that the article, machine, or other contrivance has been constructed not in accordance with the Air Permit, and if the changes noted are of a substantial nature in that the amount of air contaminants emitted by the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance may be increased, or in that the effect is unknown, then he shall revoke the Air Permit. The Director shall not accept any further application for an Air Permit until the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance has been reconstructed in accordance with said Air Permit or until the applicant has proven to the satisfaction of the Director that the change will not cause an increase in the emission of air contaminants. (g) 1. The Director shall deny an Air Permit where he determines that the construction and operation of such source will interfere with attaining or maintaining any primary or secondary standard established by Section 335-3-14-.03(1). A new source or modification will be considered to interfere with attaining or maintaining a standard when such source or modification would, at a minimum, exceed the following significance levels at any locality that does not or would not meet the NAAQS: 335-3-14-8 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 POLLUTANT AVERAGING TIME Annual 24 hours 8 hours 3 hours 1 hours SO 2 1.0 pg/rn 3 5 pg/rn 3 25 pg/rn 3 PM 10 1.0 pg/rn 3 5 pg/rn 3 NO 2 1.0 pg/rn 3 CO 0.5 mg/rn 3 2 mg/rn 3 2. A proposed major source or major modification subject to this Paragraph may reduce the impact of its emissions upon air quality by obtaining sufficient emissions reductions to, at a minimum, compensate for its adverse ambient impact where this impact would otherwise cause or contribute to a violation of any national ambient air quality standard or exceed the significance levels of Subparagraph 335-3-14-.03(1)(g)1. above. In the absence of such emission reductions, the Director shall deny the proposed construction. 3. The requirements of Paragraph 335-3-14.03(lXg) shall not apply to a major stationary source or major modification which respect to a particular pollutant if the owner or operator demonstrates that, as to that pollutant, the surce or modification is located in an area designated as nonallainment pursuant to Section 107 of the federal Clean Air Act. (h) Exceptions to violations of emissions limits. The Director may, in the Air Permit, exempt on a case by case basis any exceedances of emission limits which cannot reasonably be avoided, such as during periods of start- up, shut-down or load change. 2. Emergency provision. (i) An “emergency” means any situation arising form sudden and reasonably unforeseeable events beyond the control of the facility, including acts of God, which situation require immediate corrective action to restore normal operation, and that causes the facility to exceed a technology based emission limitation under the permit, due to unavoidable increases in emissions attributable to the emergency. An emergency shall not include noncompliance to the extent caused by improperly designed equipment, lack of preventative maintenance, careless or improper operation, or operator error. (ii) Exceedances of emission limitations during emergencies (as defined above) at a facility may be exempted as being violations provided tac (1) the permittee can identify the cause(s) of the emergency; (II) the permitted facility was at the time being properly operated; 335-3-14-9 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (III) during the period of the emergency, the permittee took all reasonable steps to minimize levels of emissions that exceeded the emission standards, or other requirements of the permit; ( IV) the permittee submitted notice of the emergency to the Department within 2 working days of the time when the emissions limitations were exceeded due to the emergency; and (V) the permittee immediately documented the emergency exceedance in an “Emergency Log”, which shall be maintained for 5 years in a form suitable for inspection upon request by a representative of the Department. (iii) The Director shall be the sole determiner of whether an emergency has occurred. (iv) This provision is in addition to any emergency or upset provision contained in any applicable requirement. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision APR 19, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 2nd Revision AUG 10, 1979 NOV 26, 1979 44 FR 67375 3rd Revision FEB 20, 1980 JUN 03, 1980 45 FR 37430 4th Revision MAR 31, 1981 MAR 09, 1983 48 FR 9859 5th Revision FEB 19, 1985 JUN 10, 1985 50 FR 24196 6th Revision NOV 20, 1985 FEB 10, 1986 51 FR 4908 7th Revision APR 17, 1987 DEC 28, 1988 55 FR 39404 8th Revision NOV 10, 1992 AUG 30, 1993 58 FR 45440 9th Revision DEC 20, 1993 OCT 20, 1994 59 FR 52916 335-3-14-10 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (2) Stack Heights (a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meanings: (1) “Emission limitation” and “emission standard” mean a requirement, established by ADEM or the EPA Administrator, which limits the quantity, rate, or concentration of emissions of air pollutants on a continuous basis, including any requirements which limit the level of opacity, prescribe equipment, set fuel specifications, or prescribe operation or maintenance procedures for a source to assure continuous emission reduction. (2) “Stack” means any point in a source designed to emit solids, liquids, or gases into the air, including a pipe or duct but not including flares. (3) “A stack in existence” means that the owner or operator had (1) begun, or caused to begin, a continuous program of physical on-site construction of the stack or (2) entered into binding agreements or contractual obligations, which could not be canceled or modified without substantial loss to the owner or operator, to undertake a program of construction of the stack to be completed in a reasonable time. (4) “Dispersion technique” means any technique which attempts to affect the concentration of a pollutant in the ambient air by: (i) Using that portion of a stack which exceeds good engineering practice stack height; (ii) Varying the rate of emission of a pollutant according to atmospheric conditions or ambient concentrations of that pollutant; or (iii) Increasing final exhaust gas plume rise by manipulating source-process parameters, exhaust gas parameters, stack parameters, or combining exhaust gases from several existing stacks into one stack; or other selective handling of exhaust streams so as to increase the exhaust gas plume rise. (iv) The preceding sentence does not include: (I) The reheating of a gas stream, following use of a pollution control system, for the purpose of returning the gas to the temperature at which it was originally discharged from the facility generating the gas stream: (II) The merging of exhaust gas streams where: I. The source owner or operator demonstrates that the facility was originally designed and constructed with such merged gas streams: 335-3-14-11 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 II. After July 8, 1985, such merging was pan of a change in operation at the facility that included the installation of emissions control equipment or was carried Out for sound economic or engineering reasons. Where there was an increase in the emission limitation or, in the event that no emission limitation was in existence prior to the merging, an increase in the quantity of pollutants actually emitted prior to the merging, the Director shall presume that merging was significantly motivated by an intent to gain emissions credit for greater dispersion. Absent a demonstration by the source owner or operator that merging was not significantly motivated by such intent, the Director shall deny credit for the effects of such merging in calculating the allowable emissions for the source: Ill. Before July 8, 1985, such merfing was part of a change in operation at the facility that included the installation of emissions control equipment or was carried out for sound economic or engineering rasons. Where there was an increase in the emission limitation or, in the event that no emission limitation was in existence prior to the merging, an increase in the quantity of pollutants actually emitted prior to the merging, the Director shall presume that merging was significantly motivated by an intent to gain emissions credit for greater dispersion. Absent a demonstration by the source owner or operator that merging was not significantly motivated by such intent, the Director shal deny credit for the effects of such merging in calculating the allowable emissions for the source: (Ill) Smoke management in agricultural or silvicultural prescribed burning programs: ( IV) Episodic restrictions on residential woodburning and open burning; or (V) Techniques under Subdivision 335-3-14-.03(2)(a)(4)(iii) which increase final exhaust gas plume rise where the resulting allowable emissions of sulfur dioxide from the facility do not exceed 5,000 tons per year. (5) “Good engineering practice” (GEP) stack height means the greater of: (i) 65 meters, measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack: (ii) (A) For stacks in existence on January 12, 1979, and for which the owner or operator had obtained all applicable permits or approvals required under 40 CFR Parts 51 and 52. Hg = 2.5H. provided the owner or operator produces evidence that this equation was actually relied on in establishing an emission limitation: 335-3-14- 12 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (B) For all other stacks, Hg = H + 1.5 L where: H 8 = good engineering practice stack height measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack. H = height of nearby structure(s) measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack. L = less dimension, height or projected width of nearby structure(s) provided that the Director may require the use of a field study or fluid model to verify GEP stack height for the source; or (iii) The height demonstrated by a fluid model or a field study approved by the Director, which ensures that the emissions from a stack do not result in excessive concentrations of any air pollutant as a result of atmospheric downwash, wakes, or eddy effects created by the source itself, nearby structures, or nearby terrain features. (6) “Nearby” as used in Subparagraph 335-3-14-.03(2)(a)5 of this Paragraph is defined for a specific structure or terrain feature and (i) for purposes of applying the formulae provided in Subdivision 335-3-14- .03(2)(a)(5)(iii) means that distance up to five times the lesser of the height or the width dimension of a structure, but not greater than 0.8 km (1/2 mile), and (ii) for conducting demonstrations under Subdivision 335-3-14-.03(3)(a)(5)(iii) means not greater than 0.8 km (1/2 mile), except that the portion of a terrain feature may he considered to be nearby which falls within a distance of up to 10 times the maximum height (ht) of the feature, not to exceed 2 miles if such feature achieves a height (ht) 0.8 km from the stack that is at least 40 percent of the GEP stack height determined by the formulae provided in Subdivision 335-3-14-.03(2)(a)(5)(ii)(B) of this Section or 26 meters, whichever is greater, as measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack. The height of the structure or terrain feature is measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack. (7) (a) “Excessive concentration” is defined for the purpose of determining GEP stack height under Subdivision 335-3-14-.03(2)(a)(5)(iii) and means: (i) for sources seeking credit for stack height exceeding that established under Subdivision 335-3-14-.03(2)(a)(5)(ii), a maximum ground-level concentration due to emissions from a stack due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, and eddy effects produced by nearby structures or nearby terrain features which individually is at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, or eddy effects 335-3-14-13 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 and which contributes to a total concentration due to emissions from all sources that is greater than a NAAQS. For sources subject to the PSD program (Rule 335-3-14-.04), an excessive concentration alternatively means a maximum ground-level concentration due to emissions from a stack due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, or eddy effects produced by nearby structures or nearby terrain features which individually is at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, or eddy effects and greater than a prevention of significant deterioration increment. The allowable emissions rate to be used in making demonstrations under this part shall be prescribed by the new source performance standard that is applicable to the source category unless the owner or operator demonstrates that this emission rate is infeasible. Where such demonstrations are approved by the Director, an alternative emission rate shall be established in consultation with the source owner or operator; (ii) for sources seeking credit after October 11, 1983, for increases in existing stack heights up to the heights established under Subdivision 335-3-14- .03(2)(a)(5)(ii), either: (A) a maximum ground-level concentration due in whole or part to downwash, wakes or eddy effects as provided in Subdivision 335-3- 14-.03(2)(a)(7)(i) of this Section, except that the emission rate specified elsewhere in these regulations (or, in the absence of such a limit, the actual emission rate) shall be used, or (B) the actual presence of a local nuisance caused by the existing stack, as determined by the Director; and (iii) for sources seeking credit after January 12, 1979, for a stack height determined under Subdivision 335-3-14-.03(2)(a)(5)(ii) to verify GE? stack height, for sources seeking stack height credit after November 4, 1984, based on the aerodynamic influence of cooling towers, and for sources seeking stack height credit after December 31, 1970, based on the aerodynamic influence of structures not adequately represented by the equations in Subdivision 335-3-14-.03(2)(a)(5)(ii), a maximum ground-level concentration due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, or eddy effects that is at least 40 percent in excess of maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, and eddy effects. (b) Before acting on any Air Permit, the Director shall require that the degree of emission limitation required of any source for control of any air pollutants shall not be affected by so much of any source’s stack height that exceeds GEP or by any other dispersion technique, except as provided in Paragraph 335-3-14-.03(2)(c). (c) The provisions of Paragraph 335-3-14-.03(2)(b) shall not apply to stack heights in existence, or dispersion techniques implemented, prior to December 31, 1970, except where pollutants are being emitted from such stacks or using such dispersion techniques by sources, as defined in Section 11 1(a)(3) of the Clean Air Act, which were constructed, or reconstructed or for which major modifications, as defmed 335-3-14-14 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 pursuant to Subparagraphs 3335-3-14-.05(2)(d) and 35-3-14-.04(2)(b)(1), were carried out after December 31, 1970. (d) If any existing source, after appropriate application of the preceding limitations and provisions, is found to exceed or potentially exceed a NAAQS or PSD increment, when operating within previously established emission limitations, the emission limitations applicable to that source shall be modified so as to eliminate and prevent the exceedance. (e) If any new source or source modification, after appropriate application of the preceding limitations and provisions, is predicted to exceed a NAAQS or PSD increment when evaluated under emission limitations consistent with other applicable rules and regulations, the emission limitations considered shall be deemed inadequate and different emission limits, based on air quality considerations, shall be made applicable. (f) If any source provides a field study or fluid modeling demonstration proposing a GEP stack height greater than that allowed by Subdivision 335-3-14-.03(2)(a)(5)(i) and 335- 3-14-.03(2)(1)5.Qi), then the public will be notified of the availability of the study and provided the opportunity for a public hearing before any new or revised emission limitation or permit is approved. (g) The actual stack height used or proposed by a source shall not be restricted in any manner by requirements of this Section. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg SEP 26, 1986 JUL 29, 1986 51 FR 28253 1st Revision DEC 20, 1993 OCT 20, 1994 59 FR 52916 335-3-14-15 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 33S-3-14-.04 Air Permits Authorizing Construction in Clean Air Areas (Prevention of Significant Deterioration Permittintt (PSD)) . (1) Effective Date. The requirements of this Part shall be effective upon approval by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (2) Definitions. For the purposes of this Part only, the following tenns will have meaning ascribed in this Section: (a)(I) “Major Stationary Source” shall mean: (i) Any of the following stationary sources (see Paragraph 335-3-14-.04(2)(e)) of air pollutants which emits, or has the potential to emit (see Paragraph 335-3-14-.04(2)(d)), 100 tons per year or more of any pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA, as amended, 42 U.S.C.7401, ET SEQ.: fossil-fired steam electric plants of more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input; coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers); kraft pulp mills; portland cement plants; primary zinc smelters; iron and steel mill plants; primary aluminum ore reduction plants; primary copper smelters; municipal incinerators capable of charging more than 250 tons of refuse per day; hydrofluoric, sulfuric and nitric acid plants; petroleum refineries; lime plants;phosphate rock processing plants; coke oven batteries; sulfur recovery plants; carbon black plants (furnace process); primary lead smelters; fuel conversion plants; sintering plants; secondary metal production plant’s; chemical process plants; fossil fuel boilers (or combinations thereof) totaling more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input; petroleum storage and transfer units with a total storage capacity exceeding 300,000 barrels; taconite ore processing plants; glass fiber processing plants; and charcoal production plants; (ii) Notwithstanding the stationary source size specified in Subdivision (a)(1)(i) of this Section, any stationary source which emits, or has the potential to emit, 250 tons per year or more of any air pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA; or (iii) Any physical change that would occur at a stationary source not otherwise qualif ring under Paragraph (a) as a major stationary source, if the changes would constitute a major stationary source by itself. (iii) Any physical change that would occur at a stationary source not otherwise qualifying under Rule (a) as a major stationary source, if the changes would Constitute a major stationary source by itself. (2) A stationary source that is considered major for VOC shall be considered major for ozone. (b)(l) “Major Modification” shall mean any physical change in or change in the method of operation of a major stationary source that would result in a significant (see Paragraph 16.4.2(w)) net emissions increase (see Paragraph 16.4.2(c) of any pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA. (2) Any net emissions increase that is significant for VOC shall be considered significant for ozone. 335-3-14-16 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (3) A physical change or change in the method of operation shall not include: (i) Routine maintenance, repair and replacement; (ii) Use of an alternative fuel or raw material by reason of an order under Sections 2(a) and (b) of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-319, 15 U.S.C. 791 note) or any superseding legislation, or by reason of a natural gas curtailment plan pursuant to the Federal Power Act (June 10, 1920, P.L. 280, 16 U.S.C. 791a); (iii) Use of an alternative fuel by reason of an order or rule under Section 125 of the CAA; (iv) Use of an alternative fuel at a stem generating unit to the extent that the fuel is generated from municipal solid waste; (v) Use of an alternative fuel or raw material by a stationary source which: (I) The source was capable of accommothting before January 6, 1975, unless such change would be prohibited under any enforceable permit condition which was established after January 6, 1975. (II) The source is approved to’ use under any permit issued under the Federal Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSDI1) regulations (40 CFR 52.21) or under regulations of this Part; (vi) A.n increase in the hours of operation or in the production rate, unless such change would be prohibited under any enforceable permit condition which was established after January 6, 1975. (vii) Any change in ownership at a stationary source. (c)(1) “Net Emissions Increase” shall mean the amount by which the sum of the following exceeds zero: (i) Any increase in actual emissions (see Paragraph 335-3-14-.04(2)(u)) from a particular physical change or change in method of operation at a stationary source; and (ii) Any other increases and decreases in actual emissions at the source that are contemporaneous with the particular change and are otherwise creditable. (2) An increase or decrease in actual emissions is contemporaneous with the increase from the particular change only if it occurs between: (i) the date five (5) years before construction (see Paragraph 335-3- 14-.04(2)(h)) on the particular change commences (see Paragraph 335-3-14-.04(1)(i)); and (ii) The date that the increase from the particular change occurs. 335-3-14-17 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (3) An increase or decrease in actual emissions is creditable only if the Director has not relied on it in issuing a permit for the source under this Part, which is in effect when the increase in actual emissions from the particular change occurs. (4) An increase or decrease in actual emissions of sulfur dioxide, particulate matter, or nitrogen oxides which occurs before the applicable minor source baseline date (see Paragraph 16335-3-14-.04(2)(n)2.) is creditable only if it is required to be considered in calculating the amount of maximum allowable increases remaining available. (5) An increase in actual emissions is creditable only to the extent that the new level of actual emissions exceeds the old level, (6) A decrease in actual emissions is creditable only to the extent that: (i) The old level of actual emissions or the old level of allowable emissions (see Paragraph 335 - 3 -l 4 -.O 4 ( 2 )(p)), whichever is lower, exceeds the new level of actual emissions; (ii) It is enforceable (see Paragraph 335-3-14-.04(2)(q)) at and after the time that actual construction on the particular change begins; and (iii) It has approximately the same qualitative significance for public health and welfare as that attributed to the increase from the particular change. (7) An increase that results from a physical change at a source occurs when the emissions unit on which construction occurred becomes operational and begins to emit a particular pollutant. Any replacement unit that requires shakedown becomes operational only after a reasonable shakedown period, not to exceed 180 days. (d) “Potential to Emit” shall mean the maximum capacity of a stationary source to emit a pollutant under its physical and operational design. Any physical or operational limitation on the capacity of the source to emit a pollutant, including air pollution control equipment and restrictions on hours of operation or on the type or amount of material combusted, stored, or processed, shall be treated as part of its design if the limitation or the effect it would have on emissions is enforceable. Secondary emissions (see Paragraph 16.4.2(r)) do not count in determining the potential to emit of a stationary source. (e) “Stationary source” shall mean any building, structure, facility, or installation which emits or may emit any air pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA. (f) “Building, Structure, Facility, or Installation” shall mean all of the pollutant-emitting activities which belong to the same industrial grouping, are located on one or more contiguous or adjacent properties, and are under the control of the same person (or persons under common control). Pollutant-emitting activities shall be considered as part of the same industrial grouping if they belong to the same “Major Group” (i.e., which have the same first two digit code) as described in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual, 1972, as amended by the 1977 Supplement (U.S. Government Printing Office stock numbers 4106-0066 and 003-005-00176,0, respectively). 335-3-14-18 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995’ (g) “Emissions Unit” shall mean any part of a stationary source which emits or would have the potential to emit any pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA. (h) “Construction” shall mean any physical change or change in the method of operation (including fabrication, erection, installation, demolition, or modification of an emissions unit) which would result in a change in actual emissions. (i) “Commence” as applied to construction of a major stationary source or major modification shall mean that the owner or operator has all necessary preconstniction approvals or permits (see Paragraph 335-3-14-.04(2)(j)) and either has: (1) Begun, or caused to begin, a continuous program of actual onsite construction (see Paragraph 335-3- 14-.04(2)(k)) of the source, to be completed within a reasonable time; or (2) Entered into binding agreements or contractual obligations which cannot be canceled or modified without substantial loss to the owner or operator, to undertake a program of actual construction of the source to be completed within a reasonable time. (j) “Necessary Preconstruction Approvals or Permits” shall mean those permits or approvals required under Alabama air quality control laws and regulations which are part of the State Implementation Plan (SIP). (k) “Begin Actual Construction” shall mean, in general, initiation of physical on-site construction activities on an emissions unit which are of a pennanent nature. Such activities include, but are not limited to, installation of building supports and foundations, laying underground pipework and construction of a permanent storage structures. With respect to a change in method of operations, this term refers to those on-site activities other than preparatory activities which mark the initiation of the change. (I) “Best Available Control Technology (BACT)” shall mean an emission limitation (including a visible emission standard) based on the maximum degree of reduction for each pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA which would be emitted from any proposed major stationary source or major modification which the Director, on a case-by-case basis, taking into account energy, environmental, and source of modification through application of production processes or available methods, systems and techniques, including fuel cleaning or treatment or innovative fuel combustion techniques for control of such pollutant. In no event shall application of BACT result in emissions of any pollutant which would exceed the emissions allowed by any applicable standard under 40 CFR 60 and 61. If the Director determines that technological or economic limitations on the application of measurement methodology to a particular emissions unit would make the imposition of an emissions standard infeasible, a design, equipment, work practice, operational standard, or combination thereof may be prescribed instead to satisfy the requirement for the application of BACT. Such standard shall, to the degree possible, set forth the emissions reduction achievable by implementation of such design, equipment, work practice, or operation and shall provide for compliance by means which achieve equivalent results. 335-3-14-19 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (m)(1) “Baseline Concentration” shall mean that ambient concentration level which exists in the baseline area (see Paragraph 335-3-14-.04(2)(o)) at the time of the applicable minor source baseline date. A baseline concentration is determined for each pollutant for which a minor source baseline date is established and shall include: (i) The actual emissions representative of sources in existence on the applicable minor source baseline date, except as provided in Subparagraph (m) (2).; (ii) The allowable emissions of major stationary sources which commenced construction before the major source baseline date, but were not in operation by the applicable minor source baseline date. (2) The following will not be included in the baseline concentration and will affect the applicable maximum allowable increase(s): (i) Actual emissions fmm any major stationary source on which construction commenced after the major source baseline date; and (ii) Actual emission increases and decreases at any stationary source occurring after the minor source baseline date. (n)(1) “Major Source Baseline Date” means: (i) In the cace of particulate matter and sulfur’dioxide, January 6, 1975, and (ii) In the case of nitrogen dioxide, February 8, 1988. (2) “Minor Source Baseline Date” means the earliest date after the trigger date on which the first complete (see Paragraph 335-3-14.04(2)(v)) application is submitted by a major stationary source or major modification, subject to the requirements of Federal PSD regulations or this Part. The trigger date is: (i) In the case of particulate matter and sulfur dioxides, August 7, 1977, and (ii) In the case of nitrogen dioxide, February 8, 1988. (3) The baseline date is established for each pollutant for which increments or other equivalent measures have been established if: (i) The area in which the proposed source or modification would construct is designated as attainment or unclassifiable under Section 107(l)(D) or (E) of the CAA for the pollutant on the date of its complete application under Federal PSD regulations or this Part: (ii) In the case of a major stationary source, the pollutant would be emitted in significant amounts or, in the case of a major modification, there would be a significant net emissions increase of the pollutant. 335-3-14-20 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (o) “Baseline Area” shall mean any intrastate area (and every part thereof) designated as attainment or unclassifiable under Section 107(d)(1) (D) or (E) of the CAA in which the major source or majoi modification establishing the baseline date would construct or would have, an air quality impact equal to or greater than one (1) microgram per cubit meter (annual average) of the pollutant for which the baseline is established. (p) “Allowable Emissions” shall mean the emissions rate of a stationaiy source calculated using the maximum rated capacity of the source (unless the source is subject to enforceable limits which restrict the operating rate, or hours of operation, or both) and the most stringent of the following: (1) The applicable standards as set forth in 40 CFR 60 and 61; (2) The applicable State Implementation Plan emissions limitation, including those with a future compliance date; or (3) The emissions rate specified as an enforceable permit condition, including those with a future compliance date. (q) “Enforceable” shall mean all limitations and conditions which are enforceable, including those requirements developed pursuant to 40 CFR 60 and 61, requirements within the State Implementation Plan and any permit requirements established pursuant to 40 CFR 51.18, 40 CFR 52.21 or this Chapter. (r) “Secondary emissions” shall mean emissions which would occur as a result of the construction or operation of a major stationary source or major modification, but do not come from the major stationary source or major modification itself. For the purpose of this Part, secondary emissions must be specific, well defined, quantifiable, and impact the same general area as the stationary source or modification which causes the secondary emissions. secondary emissions may include, but are not limited to: (1) Emissions from ships or trains coming to or fmm the new or modified stationary source; and (2) Emissions from any offsite support facility which would not otherwise be construàted or increase its emissions as a result of the construction or operation of the major stationary source or major modification. (s) “Innovative Control Technology” shall mean any system of air pollution control that has not been adequately demonstrated in practice, would have a substantial likelihood of achieving greater continuous’ emissions reduction than any control system in current practice or of achieving at least comparable reduction than any control system in current practice or of achieving at least comparable reductions at lower cost in terms of energy, economics, or non-air quality environmental impacts. Ct) “Fugitive Emissions” shall mean those emissions which could not reasonably pass through a stack, chimney, vent, roof monitor, or other functionally equivalent opening. (u)(1) “Actual Emissions” shall mean the actual rate of emission of a pollutant from an emissions unit, as determined in accordance with Subparagraphs (u)(2) through (4) below. 335-3-14-21 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (2) In general, actual emissions as of any given date shall equal the average rate, in tons per year, at which the unit actually emitted the pollutant during a two-year period which precedes the given data and which is representative of normal source operation. The Director shall allow the use of a different time period upon a determination that it is more representative of a normal source operation. Actual emissions shall be calculated using the unit’s actual operating hours, production rates, and types of materials processed, stored, or combusted during the selected time period. (3) The Director may presume that source-specific allowable emissions for the unit are equivalent to the actual emissions of the unit. (4) For any emissions unit which has not begun normal operations on the given date as determined in Subparagraph (u)(2), actual emissions shall equal the potential to emit of the unit on that date. (v) “Complete” shall mean, in reference to an application for a permit, that the application contains all of the information necessary for pmcessing the application. (w)(l) “Significant” shall mean, in reference to a net emissions increase or the potential of a source to emit any of the following pollutants, a rate of emissions that would equal or exceed any of the following rates: Pollutant and Emissions Rate (tons per year) Carbon monoxide 100 Nitrogen oxides 40 Sulfur dioxide 40 Particulate matter 25 Ozone 40 (of VOC) Lead 0.6 Fluorides 3 Hydrogen sulfide (H2s) 10 Total reduced sulfur (including H.2s) 10 (2) “Significant” shall mean, in reference to a net emissions increase or the potential of a source to emit a pollutant subject to regulation under CAA, any emissions rate not listed in Subparagraph (w)(1) of this Section. (3) Notwithstanding Subparagraph(w)(I) of this Section, significant shall mean any emissions rate or any net emissions increase associated with a major stationary source or major modification which would construct within ten (10) kilometers of a Class I area and have an impact on such area equal to or greater than one) microgram per cubic meter (24-hour average). (x) “Federal Land Manager” shall mean, with respect to any lands in the United States, the Secretary of the Department with authority over such lands. 335-3-14-22 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (y) “High Terrain” shall mean any area having an elevation 900 feet or more above the base of the stack of a source. (z) “Low Terrain” shall mean any area other than high terrain. (an) “Indian Governing Body” shall mean the governing body of any tribe, band, or group of Indians subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and recognized by the United States as possessing power of self-government. (bb) “Indian Reservation” shall mean any Federally recognized reservation established by Treaty, Agreement, Executive Order, or Act of Congress. (cc) “Adverse Impact on Visibility” means visibility impairment which interferes with the management, protection, preservation or enjoyment of the visitor’s visual experience of the Federal Class I area. This determination must be made on a case-by-case basis taking into account the geographic extent, intensity, duration, frequency and time of visibility impairments, and how these factors correlate with (1) times of visitor use of the Federal Class I area, and (2) the frequency and timing of natural conditions that reduce visibility. (dd) “Visibility impairment” means any humanly perceptible change in visibility (visual range, contrast, coloration) from that which would have existed under natural conditions. (ee) “Natural conditions” includes naturally occurring phenomena that reduce visibility as measured in terms of visual range, contrast, or coloration. 335-3-14-23 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (3) Ambient Air Increments. In areas designated as Class I, II or III, increases in pollutant concentration over the baseline concentration shall be limited to the following: Maximum Allowable Increase (micrograms per cubic meter) Class I Pollutant Total Suspended Particulates: Annual geometric mean 5 24-hour maximum 10 Sulfur dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean 2 24-hour maximum 5 3-hour maximum 25 Nitrogen dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean 2.5 Class II Total Suspended Particulates: Annual geometric mean 19 24-hour maximum 37 Sulfur dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean 20 24-hour maximum 91 3-hour maximum 512 Nitrogen dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean 25 Class III Total Suspended Particulates: Annual geometric mean 37 24-hour maximum 75 Sulfur dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean 40 24-hour maximum 182 3-hour maximum 700 Nitrogen dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean 50 For any period other than an annual period, the applicable maximum allowable increase may be exceeded during one such period per year at any one location. 335-3-14-24 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (4) Ambient Air Ceilings. No concentration of a pollutant shall exceed: (a) The concentration permitted under the National Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standard, or (b) The concentration permitted under the National Primary Ambient Air Quality Standard, whichever concentration is lowest for the pollutant for a period of exposure. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 1st Revision FEB 19, 1985 JUN 10, 1985 50 FR 24196 2nd Revision NOV 20, 1985 FEB 10, 1986 51 FR 4908 335-3-14-25 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (5) Area Classifications. (a) The following area, which was in existence on August 7, 1977, shall be a Class I area and may not be redesignated: The Sipsey Wilderness Area, located in Franklin, Winston, and Lawrence counties, Alabama. (b) Any other area is initially designated Class II: THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 1st Revision OCT 22, 1990 JUN 09, 1992 57 FR 24368 2nd Revision DEC 20, 1993 OCT 20, 1994 59 FR 52916 335-3-14-26 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (6) Exclusions from Increment Consumption. (a) The following concentrations shall be excluded in determining compliance with a maximum allowable increase: I. Concentrations attributable to the increase in emissions from stationary sources which have converted from the use of petroleum products, natural gas, or both by reason of an order in effect under Section 2(a) and (b) of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (or any superseding legislation) over the emissions from such sources before the effective date of such an order, 2. Concentrations attributable to the increase in emissions from sources which have converted from using natural gas by reason of a natural gas curtailment plan in effect pursuant to the Federal Power Act over the emissions from such sources before the effective date of such plan; 3. Concentrations of particulate matter attributable to the increase in emissions from construction or other temporary emission-related activities of new or modified sources; 4. The increase in concentrations attributable to new sources outside the United States over the concentrations attributable to existing sources which are included in the baseline concentration; and 5. Concentrations attributable to the temporary increase in emissions of sulfur dioxide, particulate matter, or nitrogen oxides from stationary source which are affected by plan revisions approved by the EPA as being exempt from increment consumption. (b) No exclusion of such concentrations shall apply for more than five (5) years after the effective date of the order to which Subparagraph(a)(l) or the plan to which Subparagraph(a)(2) refers, whichever is applicable. If both such order and plan are applicable, no such exclusion shall apply for more than five (5) years after the later of such effective dates. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 1st Revision OCT 22, 1990 JUN 09, 1992 57 FR 24368 335-3-14-27 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (7) Reserved. (b) Paragraph (b) of this Section shall not apply with respect to stack heights in existence before December 31, 1970, or to dispersion techniques implemented prior to this date. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 1st Revision SEP 26, 1986 JUL 29, 1986 51 FR 28253 335-3-14-28 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (8) Review of Major Stationary Sources and major Modification Source Applicability and Exemptions. (a) No major stationary source or major modification shall begin actual construction unless, as a minimum, requirements contained in Sections 335-3-14-.04(9) through 335-3-14-.04(17) of this Part have been met. (b) The requirements contained in Sections 335-3-14-.04(9) through 335-3-14-.04(17) shall apply to any major stationary source and any major modification with respect to each pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA that it would emit, except as this Section would otherwise allow. (c) The requirements contained in Section 335-3-14-.04(9) through 335-3-14-.04(17) apply only to any major stationary source or major modification that would be constructed in an area designated as attainment or unclassified under Section 107(d)(1)(D) or (E) of the CAA. (d) The requirements contained in Section 335-3-14-.04(9) through 335-3-14-04(17) shall not apply to a major stationary source or major modification, if: (1) Reserved. (2) Reserved. (3) Reserved. (4) Reserved. (5) Reserved. (6) The source or modification would be a nonprofit health or nonprofit educational institution, or a major modification would occur at such an institution; or (7) The source or modification would be a major stationary source or major modification only if fugitive emissions, to the extent quantifiable, are considered in calculating the potential to emit of the stationary source or modification, and the source does not belong to any of the following categories: (i) Coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers); (ii) Kraft pulp mills; (iii) Portland cement plants; (iv) Primary ainc smelters; (v) Iron and steel mills; (vi) Primary aluminum ore reduction plants; (vii) Primary copper smelters; 335-3-14-29 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (viii) municipal incinerators capable of charging morn than 250 tons of refuse per day; (ix) Hydrofluoric, sulfuric or nitric acid plants; (x) Petroleum refineries: (xi) Lime plants; (xii) Phosphate rock processing plants; (xiii) Coke oven batteries; (xiv) Sulfur recovery plants; (xv) Carbon black plants (furnace process); (xvi) Piimary lead smelters; (xvii) Fuel conversion plants; (xviii) sintering plants; (xix) Secondary metal production plants; (xx) Chemical process plants; (xxi) Fossil-fuel boilers (or combination thereof) totaling more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input; (xxii) Petroleum storage and transfer units with a total storage capacity exceeding 300,000 barrels; (xxiii) Taconite ore processing plants; (xxiv) Glass fiber processing plants; (xxv) Charcoal production plants; (xxvi) Fossil fuel-fired steam electric plants of more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input; (xxvii) Any other stationary source category which, as of August 7, 1980, is being regulated under Section 111 or 112 of the CAA; or (8) The source is a portable stationary source which has previously received a permit under this Part; and (i) The owner or operator proposes to relocate the source and emissions of the source at the new location would be temporary; and 335-3-14-30 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (ii) The emissions from the source would not exceed its allowable emissions; and (iii) The emissions from the source would impact no Class I area and no area where an applicable increment is known to be violated; and (iv) Reasonable notice is given to the Director prior to the relocation identifying the proposed new location and the probable duration of operation at the new location. Such notice shall be given to the Director not less than ten (10) days in advance of the proposed relocation unless a different time duration is previously approved by the Director. (e) The requirements of Sections 335-3-14-.04(9) through 335-3-14-.04(17) shall not apply to a major stationary source or ma]or modification with respect to a particular pollutant if the owner or operator demonstrates that, as to that pollutant, the source or modification is located in an area designated as nonattainment under Section 107 of the CAA. (0 The requirements of Sections 335-3-14-4(10), 335-3-14-.04(12), and 335-3-14-.04(14) shall not apply to a major stationary source or major modification with respect to a particular pollutant if the allowable emissions of that pollutant from the source or the net emissions increase of that pollulant from the modification: (1) Would impact no Class I area and no area where an applicable increment is known to be violated, and (2) Would be temporary. (g) The requirements of Sections 335-3-14-.04(l0), 335-3-14-.04(12) and 335-14-.04(14) as they relate to any maximum allowable increase for a Class II area shall not apply to a major modification at a stationary source that was in existence on March 1, 1978, if the netincrease in allowable emissions of each pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA from the modification after the application of BACT would be less than 50 tons per year. (h) The Director may exempt a stationary source or modification from the requirements of a Section 335-3-14-.04(12) with respect to monitoring for a particular pollutant if: (1) The emissions increase of the pollutant from the new source or the net emissions increase of the pollutant from the modification would cause, in any area, air quality impacts which are less than the following amounts: Carbon monoxide 575 uglm3, 8-hour average; Nitrogen dioxide 14 uglm3, annual average; Total suspended particulate - 10 ug/m3, 24-hr.average; Sulfur dioxide - 13 ug/m3, 24-hr. average; Ozone; Lead - 0.1 ug/m 3 , 3-month average; Fluorides - 0.25 ug/m , @4-hr. average; Total reduced sulfur - 10 ug/m3, 1-hr. average; Hydrogen suffide - 0.04 ug/m-), 1-hr. average; or 335-3-14-31 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (2) The concentrations of the pollutant in the area that the source or modification would affect are less than the concentrations listed in Subparagraph (h)(I) of this Section, or the pollutant is not listed in Subparagraph (h)(1) of this Section; or (3) The owner or operator of the stationary source or modication submits an application under this section that the Director determines is complete, except with respect to the requirements for monitoring PM 10 in Section 335-3-14-.04(12), on or before June 1, 1988. If a complete permit application is received after June 1, 1988, but not later than December 1, 1988, the requirement for PM 10 monitoring under Section 335-3-14- .04(12) apply in that data shall have been gathered over at least the period from February 1, 1988 to the date the complete application is received, exôept that if the Director determines that complete and adequate analysis can be accomplished with monitoring data over a shorter period (not to be less than four months) then the shorter period of data gathering will suffice to meet the requirements of Section 335-3- 14.04(12). (i) Reserved U) Reserved (k) At the discretion of the Director, the requirements for air quality monitoring of PM 10 in Subparagraphs 335-3-14-.04(12)(a)(1) through (4) of this Part may not apply to a particular source or modification when the owner or operator of the source or modification submits an application for permit under this Part on or before June 1, 1988 and the Director subsequently determines that the application as submitted before that date was complete, except with respect to the e requirements for monitoring PM 10 in Subparagraph 335-3-14-.04(12) (aXi) through (4). (I) The requirements for air quality monitoring of PM 10 in Subparagraphs 335-3-14-.04(12)(a)(2) and (4) and 335-3-14-.04(12)(c) of this part shall apply to a particular source or modification submits an application for a permit under this part after June 1,1988 and no later than December 1, 1988. The data shall have been gathered over at least the period from February 1, 1988 to the date the application becomes otherwise complete in accordance with the provision set forth under Subparagraph 335-3- 14-.04(12)(a)(8) of this Part, except that if the Director determines that a complete and adequate analysis can be accomplished with monitoring data over a shorter period (not to be less than 4 months), the data that Subparagraph 335-3-14- .04(12)(a)(3) requires shall have been gather over that shorter period. 1. No de minimis air quality level is provided for ozone. However, any net increase of 100 tons per year or more of VOC subject to Part 16.4 would be required to perform an ambient impact analysis including the gathering of ambient air quality data. 335-3-14-32 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19. 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 1st Revision SEP 11, 1988 FEB 9, 1990 55 FR 38994 2nd Revision DEC 20, 1993 OCT 20, 1994 59 FR 52916 335-3-14-33 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (9) Control Technology Review. (a) A major stationary source or major modification shall meet applicable emissions limitation under the State Implementation Plan and each applicable limitation standard and standard of performance under 40 CFR 60 and 61. (b) A new major stationary source shall apply BACT for each pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA that it would have the potential to emit in significant amounts. (c) A major modification shall apply BACT for each pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA for which it would result in a significant net emissions increase at the source. This requirement applies to each proposed emissions unit at which a net emissions increase in the pollutant would occur as a result of a physical change or change in the method of operation in the unit. (d) For phased construction projects, the determination of BACT shall be reviewed and modified as appropriate in the latest reasonable time which occurs no later than eighteen (18) months prior to commencement of construction of each independent phase of the project. At such time, the owner or operator of the applicable stationary source may be required to demonstrate the adequacy of any previous determination of BACT for the source. (10) Source Impact Analysis. The owner or operator of the proposed source or modification shall demonstrate that allowable emission increases from the proposed source or modification, in conjunction with all other applicable emissions i’ncrease or reductions (including secondary emissions) would not cause or contribute to air pollution in violation of: (a) Any National Ambient Air Quality Standard in any air quality control region; or (b) Any applicable maximum allowable increase over the baseline concentration in any area. (11) Air Quality Models. (a) All estimates of ambient concentrations required under this Section shall be based on the applicable air quality models, data bases, and other requirements specified in the “Guideline on Air Quality Models”. (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711) THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 1st Revision AUG 17, 1989 FEB 09, 1990 55 FR 38994 335-3-14-34 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (12) Air Quality Analysis. (a) Preapplication Analysis. (1) Any application for a permit under this Part shall contain an analysis of ambient air quality in the area that the major stationary source or major modification would affect for each of the following pollutants: (i) For the source, each pollutant that it would have the potential to emit in a significant amount (ii) For the modification, each pollutant for which it would result in a significant net emissions increase. (2) With respect to any such pollutant for which no NAAQS exists, the analysis shall contain such air quality monitoring data as the Director determines is necessary to assess ambient air quality for that pollutant in any area that the emissions of that pollutant affect. (3) With respect to any such pollutant (other than nonmethane hydrocarbons) for which such a standard does exist, the analysis shall contain continuous air quality monitoring data gathered for purposes of determining whether emissions of that pollutant would cause or contribute to a violation of the standard or any maximum allowable increase. (4) In general, the continuous air quality monitoring data that is required shall have been gathered over a period of at least one (1) year and shall represent the year preceding receipt of the application, except that, if the Director determines that a complete and adequate analysis can be accomplished with monitoring data gathered over a period shorter than one (1) year (but not to be less than four (4) months), the data that is required shall have been gathered over at least that shorter period. (5) Reserved (6) The owner or operator of a proposed stationary source or modification of VOC who satisfies all conditions of Section 335-3-14-.05 may provide post-approval monitoring data for ozone in lieu of providing preconstruclion data as required under Paragraph (a) of this Section. (7) For any application that becomes complete, except as to the requirements of subparagraph 335-3-14-.04(12)(a)(3) and (4) pertaining to PM 10 , after December 1, 1988 and no later 335-3-14-.04(12)(a)(3) requires shall have been gathered over at least the period from August 1, 1988 to the date the application becomes otherwise complete, except that if the Director determines that a complete and adequate analysis can be accomplished with monitoring data over a shorter period (not to be less than 4 months), the data that subparagraph 335-3-14-.04(12)(a)(3) requires shall have been gathered over that shorter period. (Adopted 1988) 33 5-3- 14-3 5 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (8) With respect to any requirements for air quality monitoring of PM 10 under paragraphs 335-3-14-.04(8)(k) and (1) of this part, the owner or operator of the source or modification shall use a monitoring method approved by the director and shall estimate the ambient concentrations of PM 10 using the data collected by such approved monitoring method in accordance with estimating procedures approved by the Director. (b) Post-construction Monitoring. The owner or operator of a major stationary source or major modification shall, after construction of the stationary source or modification shall, after construction of the stationary source or modification, conduct such ambient monitoring as the Director determines is necessary to determine the impact for said source or modification may have, or is having, on air quality in any area. (c) Operations of Monitoring Stations. The owner or operator of a major stationary source or major modification shall meet Federal monitoring quality assurance requirements during the operation of monitoring stations for purposes of satisfying section 335-3-14-.04(12). (d) Visibility monitoring. The Director may require monitoring of visibility in any Federal Class I area near the proposed new stationary source or major modification for such purposes and by such means as the Director deems necessary and appropriate. (Adopted Nov. 13, 1985) THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 1st Revision NOV 20, 1985 FEB 10, 1986 51 FR 4908 2nd Revision SEP 11, 1989 FEB 09, 1990 55 FR 38994 3rd Revision DEC 20, 1993 OCT 20, 1994 59 FR 52916 335-3-14-36 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (13) Source Information. The owner or operator of a proposed source or modification shall submit all information necessary to perform any analysis or to make any determination required under this Part. (a) With respect to a source or modification to which Sections 335-3-14-.04(9), 335-3-14-.04(10), 335-3-14-.04(12), and 335-3-14-.04(14) apply, such information shall include: (1) A description of the nature, location, design capacity, and typical operating schedule of the source or modification, including specifications and drawings showing its design and plant layout; (2) A detailed schedule for construction of the source or modification; (3) A detailed description as to what system of continuous emission reduction is planned for the source or modification, emission estimates and any other information necessary to determine that BACT would be applied. (b) Upon request of the Director, the owner or operator shall also provide information on: (1) The air quality impact of the source or modification, including meteorological and topographical data necessary to estimate such impact; and (2) The air quality impacts and the nature and extent of any or all general commercial, residential, industrial, and other growth which has occurred since Aug. 7, 1977, in the area the source or modification would affect. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 335-3-14-37 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (14) Additional Impact Analyses. (a) The owner or operator shall provide an analysis of the impact on visibility, soils and vegetation that would occur as a result of the source or modification and general commercial.,residential, industrial, and other growth associated with the source or modification. The owner or operator need not provide an analysis of the impact on vegetation having no significant commercial or recreational value. (b) The owner or operator shall provide an analysis of the air quality impact projected for the area as a result of general commercial, residential, industrial, and other growth associated with the source or modification. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 335-3-14-38 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (15) Sources Impacting Federal Class I Areas - Additional Requirements. (a) Notice to Federal Land Managers and to EPA. The Director shall provide notice of any permit application for a proposed major stationary source or major modification in the emissions from which would affect a Class I area to EPA, the Federal Land Manager and the Federal official charged with direct responsibility for management of any lands within any such area. The Director shall provide such notice promptly after receiving the application. The Director shall also provide EPA, the Federal Land Manager and such Federal officials with notice of every action related to the consideration of such permit. (b) The Director shall notify all affected Federal Land Managers within 30 days of receipt of an advance notification of any permit application for a proposed major stationary source or modification, the emissions from which may affect a Class I Area. The Director shall provide written notification to all affected Federal Land Managers within 30 days of receiving the permit application. At least 30 days prior to the publication of the notice for public comment on the application,the Director shall provide the Federal Land Manager with a copy of all information relevant to the permit application including an analysis provided by the source of the potential impact of the proposed source on visibility. (adopted Nov. 13 1985) (c) Visibility analysis. The Director shall consider any analysis performed by the Federal Land Manager concerning visibility impairment if the analysis is received within 30 days of being provided the permit application information and analysis required by Paragraph 335-3-14- .04(15)(b) of this Part. Where the Director finds that such an analysis does not demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Director that an adverse impact on visibility will result in the Federal Class I area, the Director must, in the notice of public comment on the permit application, either explain his decision or give notice as to where the explanation can be obtained. (d) Denial - Impact on Air Quality Related Values. The Federal Land Manager of any such lands may demonstrate to the Director that the emissions from a proposed source or modification would have an adverse impact on the air quality related values (including visibility) of those lands, notwithstanding that the change in air quality resulting from emissions such source or modification would not cause or contribute to concentrations which would exceed the maximum allowable increases for a Class I area. If the Director concurs with such demonstration, then he shall not issue the permit. (Recodified Nov. 13, 1985) (e) Class I Variances. The owner or operator of a proposed source or modification may demonstrate to the Federal Land Manager that the emissions from such source or modification would have no adverse impact on the air quality related values of any such lands (including visibility), notwithstanding that the change in air quality resulting from emissions from such source or modification would cause or contribute to concentrations which would exceed the maximum allowable increases for a Class I area. If the Federal Land Manager concurs with such demonstration and he so certifies, the Director may issue the permit with such emission limitations as may be necessary to assure that emissions of sulfur dioxide and particulate matter would not exceed the following maximum allowable increases over baseline concentration for such pollutants: 335-3-14-39 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 Maximum Allowable Increase (micrograms per cubic meter) Total Suspended Particulates: Annual geometric mean 19 24-hour maximum 37 Sulfur dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean 20 24-hour maximum 91 3-hour maximum 325 Nitrogen dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean 25 provided, that the applicable requirements of this Part are otherwise met. (f) Sulfur Dioxide Variance by Governor with Federal Land Manager’s Concurrence. The owner or operator of a proposed source or modification which cannot be approved under Paragraph (c) of this Section may demonstrate to the Governor that the source or modification cannot be constnicted by reason of any maximum allowable increase for sulfur dioxide for a period of twenty-four (24) hours or less applicable to any Class I area and in the case of Federal mandatory Class I areas, that a variance under this clause would not adversely affect the air quality related values of the area (including visibility). The Governor, after consideration of the Federal Land Manager’s recommendation (if any) and subject to his concurrence, may, after notice and public hearing, grant a variance from such maximum allowable notice and public hearing, grant a variance from such maximum allowable increase. If such variance is granted, the Director shall issue a permit to such source or modification pursuant to the requirements of Paragraph (t) of this Section provided, that the applicable requirements of this Part are otherwise met. (Recodified Nov. 13, 1985) (g) Variance by the Governor with the President’s Concurrence. In any case where the Governor recommends a variance in which the Federal Land Manager does not concur, the recommendations of the Governor and Federal Land Manager shall be transmitted to the President. The President may approve the Governor’s recommendation if he finds that the variance is in the national interest. If the variance is approved, the Director shall issue a permit pursuant to the requirements of Paragraph (f) of this Section: provided, that the applicable requirements of this Part are otherwise met. 335-3-14-40 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (h) Emission Limitation for Presidential or Gubernatorial Variance. In the case of a permit issued pursuant to Paragraph (d) or (e) of this Section, the source or modification shall comply with such emission limitations as may be necessary to assure that emissions of sulfur dioxide from the source or modification would not (during any day on which the otherwise applicable maximum allowable increases are exceeded) cause or contribute to concentrations which would exceed the following maximum allowable increases over the baseline concentration and to assure that such emissions would not cause or contribute to concentrations which exceed the otherwise applicable maximum allowable increases for periods of exposure of twenty-four (24) hours or less for more than eighteen (18) days, not necessarily consecutive, during any annual period: Maximum Allowable Increase (micrograms per cubic meter) Terrain areas Period of exposure Low High 24-hour maximum 36 62 3-hour maximum 130 221 THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 1st Revision NOV 20, 1985 FEB 10, 1986 51 FR 4908 2nd Revision OCT 22, 1990 JUN 09, 1992 57 FR 24368 335-3-14-41 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (16) Public Participation. (a) After receipt of an application for an Air Permit or any addition to such application, the Director shall advise the applicant of any deficiency in the application or in the information submitted. In the event of such a deficiency, the date of receipt of the application shall be, for the purpose of this Part, the date on which the Director received all required information. (b) Within one (1) year after receipt of a complete application, the Director shall make a final determination of the application. This involves performing the following actions in a timely manner: (1) Make a preliminary determination whether construction should be approved, approved with conditions or disapproved. (2) Make available in at least one location in each region in which the proposed source or modification would be constructed a copy of all materials the applicant submitted, a copy of the preliminary determination and a copy or summary of other materials, if any, considered in making the preliminary determination. (3) Notify the public, by advertisement in a newspaper or general circulation in each region in which the proposed source or modification would be constructed, of the application, the preliminary determination, the degree of increment consumption that is expected from the source or modification, and the opportunity for written public comment, as well as comment at a public hearing. (4) Send a copy of the notice of public comment to the applicant, to EPA and to officials and agencies having cognizance over the location where the proposed construction would occur as follows: any other State or local air pollution control agencies, the chief executives of the city and county where the source or modification would be located, any comprehensive regional land use planning agency and any State, Federal Land Manager, or Indian Governing Body whose lands may be affected by emissions from the source or modification. (5) Provide opportunity for a public hearing for interested persons to appear and submit written or oral comments on the air quality impact of the source or modification, alternatives to the source or modification, the control technology required, and other appropriate considerations. (6) Consider all written comments submitted within a time specified in the notice of public comment and all comments received at any public hearing(s) in making a final decision on the approvabiity of the application. No later than ten (10) days after the close of the public comment period, the applicant may submit a written response to any comments submitted to the public. The Director shall consider the applicant’s response in making a final decision. The Director shall make all comments available for public inspection in the same locations where the Director made available preconstruction information relating to the proposed source or modification. (7) Make a final determination whether construction should be approved, approved with conditions or disapproved pursuant to this Pan. 335-3-14-42 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (8) Notify the applicant in writing of the final determination and make such notification available for public inspection at the same location where the Director made available preconstrucdon information and public comments relating to the source or modification. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 1st Revision FEB 19, 1985 JUN 10, 1985 50 FR 24196 335-3-14-43 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (17) Source Obligation. (a) An Air Permit authorizing construction shall become invalid if construction is not commenced within twenty-four (24) months after receipt of such approval, if construction is discontinued for a period of twenty-four (24) months or more, or if construction is not completed within a reasonable time. The Director may extend the twenty-four (24) month period upon satisfactory showing that an extension is justified. This provision does not apply to the time period between construction of the approved phases of a phased construction project; each phase must commence construction within twenty-four (24) months of the projected and approved commencement date. (b) An Air Permit authorizing construction shall not relieve any owner or operator of the responsibility to comply fully with applicable provisions of the State Implementation Plan and any other requirements under local, State or Federal law. (c) At such time that a particular source or modification becomes a major stationary source or major modification solely by virtue of a relaxation in any enforceable limitation which was established after August 7, 1980, on the capacity of the source or modification otherwise to emit a pollutant, such as a restriction on hours of operation, then the requirements of Sections 335-3-14-.04(9) through 335-3-14-.04(17) shall apply to the source or modification as though construction had not yet commenced on the source or modification. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 1st Revision FEB 19, 1985 JUN 10, 1985 50 FR 24196 335-3-14-44 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (18) Innovative Control Technology. (a) As owner or operator of a proposed major stationary source or major modification may request t the Director in writing no later than the close of the comment period under Section 335-3-14- .04(16) to approve a system of innovative control technology. (b) The Director shall determine that the source or modification may employ a system of innovative control technology, if: (1) The proposed control system would not cause or contribute to an unreasonable risk to - public health, welfare or safety in its operation or function; (2) The owner or operator agrees to achieve a level of continuous emissions reduction equivalent to that which would have been required under Paragraph 335-3-14-.04(9)(b) by a date specified by the Director. Such date shall not be later than four (4) years from the time of startup or seven (7) years from permit issuance; (3) The source or modification would meet the requirements of Sections 335-3. 14-.04(9) and 335-3-14-.04(10) based on the emissions rate that the stationary source employing the system of innovative control technology would be required to meet on the date specified by the Director; (4) The source or modification would not before the date specified by the Director (i) cause or contribute to a violation of an application National Ambient Air Quality Standard; or (ii) Impact any Class I area; or (iii) Impact any area where an applicable increment is known to be violated; and (5) The consent of the Governor of any other affected date is secured; (6) All other applicable requirements including those for public participation have been met. (c) The Director shall withdraw any approval to employ a system of innovative control technology made under this section, if: (1) The proposed system fails by the specified date to achieve the required continuous emissions reduction rate; or (2) The proposed system fails before the specified date so as to contribute to an unreasonable risk to public health, welf re or safety; or (3) The Director decides at any time that the proposed system is unlikely to achieve the required level of control or to protect the public health, welfare or safety. 335-3-14-45 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (d) If a source or modification fails to meet the required level of continuous emission reduction within the specified dine period or the approval is withdrawn accordance with Paragraph (c) of this Section, the Director may allow the source or modification up to an additional three (3) years to meet the requirement for the application of BACT through use of a demonstrated system of control. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 335-3-14-46 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (19) Permit Rescission. (a) Any owner or operator of a stationary source or modification who holds a permit for the source or modification which was issued under Part 335-3-14-.04 as in effect on July 30, 1987 or any earlier version of this Part may request that the Director rescind the permit or a particular portion of the permit. (b) The Director shall grant an application for rescission if the application shows that this Part would not apply for the source or modification. (c) If the Director rescinds a permit under this Section, the public shall be given adequate notice of the rescission. Publication of an announcement of rescission in a newspaper of general circulation in the affected region within sixty (60) days of the rescission shall be considered adequate notice. Author: Marilyn G. Elliot Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, § 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective Date: December 10, 1981. Amended: February 13, 1985; November 13, 1985; November 1, 1990. TillS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA . by EPA Register Original Reg JAN 29, 1981 NOV 10, 1981 46 FR 55517 335-3-14-47 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 335.3.14..OS Air Permits authorizing construction in or near Nonattainment Areas . (1) Effective Date. The requirements of this Rule shall be effective upon approval by EPA. (2) Definitions. For purposes of this Rule, the following terms will have the meanings ascribed in this Paragraph: (a) “Source” shall mean any building structure, installation, article, machine, equipment, device or other contrivance which emits or may emit any air contaminant. A t tcility is composed of one or more pollutant-emitting sources. (b) “Potential to Emit” shall mean the maximum capacity to emit a pollutant under physical and operational design conditions. Any physical or operational limitation on the capacity to emit a pollutant, including air pollution control equipment and restrictions on hours of operation or o@-the type or amount of material combusted, stored or processed, shall be treated as a part of the design only if the limitation or the effect it would have on emissions is enforceable. Secondary emissions are not calculated in determining the potential to emit. (c) (1) “Major Facility” shall mean: (i) Any source or facility for which the potential emission rate is equal to or greater than 100 tons per year of any pollutant subject to regulation under the Federal Clean Air Act (CAA); or (ii) Any physical change-that would occur at a facility not qualifying under Subdivision 335-3-14.05(2)(c)(1)(i) as a major facility, if the change would constitute a major facility by itself. (2) A major facility that is major for volatile organic compounds shall be major for ozone. (d) “Major Modification” shall mean any physical change in, change in the method of operation of, or addition to a major facility which would result in a significant net emissions increase at the facility of any pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA. (1) A physical change or a change in method of operation shall not include: (i) Routine maintenance, repair, and replacement; (ii) Use of an alternative fuel or raw material by reason of an order in effect under Sections 2(a) and (b) of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (or any superseding legislation) or by reason of a natural gas curtailment plan in effect pursuant to the Federal Power Act; (iii) Use of an alternative fuel by reason of an order or rule under Section 125 of the CAA; (iv) Change in ownership of a source; (v) Use of refuse derived fuel generated from municipal solid waste. 335-3-14-48 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (2) A change in the method of operation, unless limited by previous pennit conditions, shall not include: (i) An increase in the production rate, if such increase does not exceed the operating design capacity of the source; (ii) An increase in the hours of operation; Use of an alternative fuel or raw material, if on December 21, 1976, the source was capable of accommodating such fuel or material. (e) “Allowable Emissions” shall mean the emission rate calculated using the maximum rated capacity of the source (unless the source is subject to enforceable permit conditions which limit the operating rate, or hours of operation, or both) and the most stringent of the following: (1) Applicable New Source Performance Standards set forth in 40 CFR 60, (2) Applicable National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants set forth in 40 CFR61, (3) Applicable State Implementation Plan emission limitation, or (4) The emission rate specified as an enforceable permit condition. (1) “Lowest Achievable Emission Rate” (LAER) shall mean, for any source, that rate of emissions based on whichever of the following.is more stringent: (1) The most stringent emission limitation which is contained in the implementation plan of any state for such class or category of source, unless the owner or operator of the proposed source demonstrates that such limitations are not achievable, or (2) The most stringent emission limitation which is achieved in practice or can reasonably be expected to occur in practice by such class or category of sources taking into consideration the pollutant which must be controlled, (3) This term, applied to a modification, means the lowest achievable emission rate for the new or modified source within the facility. In no event shall the application of this term permit a proposed new or modified source to emit any pollutant in excess of the Amount allowable under applicable new source standards of performance. (g) Reserved. (h) Reserved. (i) “Significant Impact” shall mean: (1) For particulate matter and sulfur dioxide,the following significant levels would be exceeded in the portion of the designated nonauainment area where the ambient air quality standards are actually violated. 335-3-14-49 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 Annual 24-Hour 3-Hour Particulate Matter 1 ug/m 3 5 ug/m 3 Sulfur Dioxide 1 ug/m 3 5 ug/m 3 25 ug/m 3 (2) For volatile organic compounds, any source locating outside the boundaries of a nonattainment area shall not be considered to have a significant impact on the nonattainment area. (j) “Net Emissions Increase” shall mean, (1) The amount by which the sum of the following exceeds zero: (i) Any increase in actual emissions from a particular physical change or change in the method of operation, and (ii) Any other increases and decreases in actual emissions that are contemporaneous with the particular change and are otherwise creditable. (2) An increase or decrease in actual emissions is contemporaneous with the increase from the particular change only if it occurs between: (i) The date five (5) years before construction on the particular change commences, and (ii) The date that the increase from the particular change occurs. (3) An increase or decrease n actual emissions is creditable only if: (i) It has not been relied on in issuing a permit to the facility which -‘is in effect when the increase in actual emissions from the particular change occurs, and (ii) It occurs after the effective date of this Section. (4) An increase in actual emissions is creditable only to the extent that the new level of actual emissions exceeds the old level. (5) A decrease in actual emissions is creditable only to the extent that: (i) The old level of actual emissions or the old level of allowable emissions, whichever is lower, exceeds the new level of actual emissions; (ii) It is enforceable at and after the time that actual construction on the particular change begins; (iii) It has not been relied on in issuing any permit under the State Implementation Plan or in demonstrating attainment or reasonable further progress; and 335-3-14-50 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (iv) It has approximately the same qualitative significance for public health and welfare as that attributed to the increase from the particular change. (6) An increase that results from a physical change occurs when the source on which construction occurred becomes operational and begins to emit a particular pollutant. Any replacement unit that requires shakedown becomes operational only after a reasonable shakedown period, not to exceed 180 days. (k) “Significant” shall mean, in reference to a net emissions increase or the potential of a source or facility to emit any of the following pollutants, a rate of emissions that would equal or exceed any of the following rates: Pollutant and Emissions Rate (tons per year) Carbon monoxide: 100 Nitrogen oxides: 40 Sulfur dioxide: 40 Ozone (volatile organic compounds): 40 Lead: 0.6 (I) (1) “Actual Emissions” shall mean the actual rate of emissions of a pollutant from a source as determined by Subdivisions (1)2. through 4. (2) In genera], actual emissions as of any given date shall equal the average rate in tons per year at which the source actually emitted the pollutant during a two-year period which precedes the given date and which is representative of normal source operation. The use of a different time shall be allowed upon a determination that it is more representative of normal source operation. Actual emissions shall be calculated using the sources’s actual operating hours, production rates, and types of materials processed, stored or combusted during the selected time period. (3) The reviewing authority may presume that source specific allowable emissions for the source are equivalent to the actual emissions of the source. (4) For any source which has not begun normal operations on the given date, actual emissions shall equal the potential to emit of the source on that date. (m) “Construction” shall mean any physical change or change in the method of operation (including fabrication, erection, installation, demolition, or modification of a source) which would result in a change in actual emissions. (n) “Commence”, as applied to construction of a major facility or major modification, shall mean that the owner or operator has all necessary preconstruction approvals or permits and has either: (1) Begun, or caused to begin, a continuous program of actual on-site construction of the source, to be completed within a reasonable time; or (2) Entered into binding agreements or contractual obligations, which cannot be canceled or modified without substantial loss to the owner or operator, to undertake a program of actual construction of the source to be completed within a reasonable time. 335-3-14-51 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (o) “Necessary Preconstruction Approvals or Permits” shall mean those permits or approvals required under the State Implementation Plan. (p) “Begin Actual Construction” shall mean, in general, initiation of physical on-site construction activities including, but not limited to, installation of building supports and foundations, laying of underground pipework, and construction of permanent storage structures. With respect to a change in method of operating, this term refers to those on-site activities other than preparatoiy activities which mark the initiation of the change. (q) “Adverse Impact on Visibility” shall mean -risibility impairment which, interferes with the management, protection, preservation or enjoyment of the visitor’s visual experience of the Federal Class I area. This determination must be made on a case-by-case basis taking into account the geographic extent, intensity, duration, frequency and time of visibility impairments, and how these factors correlate with (1) times of visitor use of the Federal Class I area, and (2) the frequency and timing of natural conditions that reduce visibility. (r) “Visibility Impairment” shall mean any humanly perceptible change in visibility (visual range, contrast, coloration) from that which would have existed under natural conditions. (s) “Natural Conditions” includes naturally occurring phenomena that reduce visibility as measured in terms of visual range, contrast or coloration. (t) “Offset ratio” shall mean the ratio of total actual emissions reductions to total allowable emissions increases of such pollutant from the new source. (3) Applicability. Except as provided in Paragraphs 335-3-14-.05(4), (5), and (6), no Air Permit shall be issued to a person proposing to construct or make a major modification to a major facility (for the pollutant for which the area has been designated nonattainment) in a nonattainment area or which will have a significant impact if located outside the nonattainment area unless: (a) The person demonstrates that the new source or the major modification will meet an emission limitation, said emission limitation to be the lowest achievable emission rate (LAER) for that source or facility; (b) The person certifies that all existing major sources owned or operated by that person (or any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with that person) within Alabama are in compliance with applicable emission limits or are on an acceptable schedule; (c) The person demonstrates that emission reductions from existing source(s) in the area of the proposed source/major modification (whether or not under the same ownership) meet-- the offset requirements of Paragraph 335-314-.05(6); (d) Reserved. (4) Exceptions. (a) Reserved. 335-3-14-52 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (b) Reserved. (c) (I) A person proposing to construct or make a major modification to a major facility subject to the provisions of this Section, located in a nonurban nonauainment area (less than 200,000 population), shall be required to install LAER but shall not be required to obtain emission offsets as specified herein. (2) The provisions of Subdivision 335-3-14-.05(4)(c)l. are applicable to volatile organic compound sources only. (d) Construction of or modification to a major source locating in a nonanainment area which is projected to be attainment as of the startup date of such source shall be exempt from the requirements of this Section. (e) Reserved. (5) Temporary Emissions. The requirements of Subparagraph 335-@-14-.05(3)(c) shall not apply to emissions of a particular pollutant if the person applying for an Air Permit under this Section can demonstrate that the emissions of the pollutant are of a temporary nature including but not limited to those from a pilot plant, a portable facility, construction, or exploration; and notice is given to the Director at least thirty (30) days prior to relocation of such source identifying the proposed new location and the probable duration of operation at such location. (6) When a facility or modification subject to this Section may impair the visibility of a Federal Class I area, the following procedures shall be followed: (a) The facility shall provide an analysis of the impairment to visibility that would occur as a result of the facility or modification and general commercial, industrial and other growth associated with the facility or modification. (b) The Director shall notify all affected Federal Land Managers within 30 days of receipt of any advance notification of a permit application for a proposed major stationary facility or modification, the emissions from which may affect a Class I Area. The Director shall provide written notification to all affected Federal Land Managers within 30 days of receiving the permit application. At least 30 days prior to the publication of the notice for public comment on the application, the Director shall provide the Federal Land Manager with a copy of all information relevant to the permit application including an analysis provided by the facility of the potential impact of the proposed facility on visibility. (c) The Director shall consider any analysis concerning visibility impairment performed by the Federal Land Manager if the analysis is received within 30 days of being provided the permit application information and analysis required in Subparagraph 335-3-14-.05(6) (b) If the Director finds that the analysis of the Federal Land Manager fails to demonstrate to his satisfaction that an adverae intact on visibility will- result in the Federal Class I area, the Director shall provide in the notice for public comment on the application, an explanation of his decision or notice as to where the explanation can be obtained. 335-3-14-53 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (d) The Director may require monitoring of visibility in any Class I area near the proposed new facility or modification. (e) The requirements of this Paragraph shall not apply to a particular major stationary facility or major modification, if the facility or modification would be a nonprofit health or nonprofit educational institution, or a major modification would occur,.at such an institution, and the Governor of Alabama requests that it be exempt from those requirements. (7) Offset Standards. (a) Increased emissions by a source or facility subject to this Section must be offset by a reduction in the emissions of that pollutant by the source itself or by other sources in the area to the extent necessary to prevent interference with reasonable further progress toward attainment. (1) The offset ratio for ozone (marginal) nonattainment areas shall be at least 1.1 to 1. (2) The offset ratio for all other nonattainment areas shall be at least 1.0 to 1. (b) When a major source or modification, which is otherwise subject to the requirements of this Paragraph, will result in a specific and well defined increase in secondary emissions, which can be accurately quantified and which will impact the same nonattainment area, these emissions shall be offset in accordance with the requirements of this Paragraph. (C)° The baseline for determining credit for emission offsets of any source shall be the allowable emissions of said source or the existing emissions of said source, not 4-including any malfunctions, whichever is less. (d) Reduced allowable emissions from an existing source due to a change to a cleaner fuel may be used to offset emissions from the new source or alteration so long as the change will occur at some future date. Emission reductions from a change of fuel shall not be used to offset emissions if there are not adequate supplies of the new fuel available. (e) Offsets shall be made on a tons-per-year basis when all facilities involved in the emission offset calculations are operating at their maximum expected production rate. However, a source may be credited with emission reductions achieved by the shutdown of a source or the curtailment of production of a source below that which existed at the time the application was submitted, provided that the work force to be affected has been notified of the proposed shutdown or curtailment. (f) All emission reductions used for offsets must be legally enforceable in a manner approved by the Director. (8) Reserved. (9) Banking of Emission Offsets. Offsets approved after January 16, 1979, which exceed the requirement of reasonable further progress may be “banked” for future use; likewise, reductions in emissions from existing sources which exceed the requirement of reasonable further progress may be “banked” for future use. The banking is subject to the following requirements: 335-3-14-54 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (a) (1) Application shall be made in writing to the Director, describing the emission offsets to be banked, such description to include location, source, and type of emissions. (2) Emission offsets cannot be banked beyond the allowable emissions of said source or the existing emission of said source, not including any malfunctions, whichever is less. (b) Upon approval by the Director of said application, the banked emissions shall be credited to the facility submitting such application. (c) (1) No emission offsets banked in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph shall be used unless written notice is provided to the Director thirty (30) days prior to submission of the necessary permit applications, to provide opportunity for review of the Proposed use of the banked emission offsets. (2) In the event that a detennination is made that the banked emission offsets may not be used for the proposed construction, written notice shall be afforded the applicant, as provided in Section 335-3-14-.02(3), herein. (d) In the event that a determination under Subdivision 335-3-14-.05(9)(c)2. is made by the Director, construction may proceed if, and only if, emission offsets are obtained sufficient to satisfy the requirements of Paragraph 335- -14-. (e) Nothing contained in this Paragraph shall prohibit the transfer, assignment, sale, or otherwise complete disposition of said banked emission offsets, provided that written notice is provided to the Director, thirty (30) days prior to such disposition, describing in detail the recipient of the banked emissions. (10) Reserved. (11) At such time that a particular source or facility or modification becomes a major facility or major modification solely by virtue of a relaxation in any enforceable limitation established after August 7, 1980, on the capacity of the source, facility or modification otherwise to emit a pollutant, then the requirements of this Section shall apply as though construction had not yet commenced. (12) The requirements of this Rule shall not apply to a particular major stationary facility or major modification if: (a) The major facility or major modification was not subject to this Section as in effect on November 26, 1979, or to the Federal Emission Offset Interpretative Ruling as in effect January 18, 1979, if the owner or operator: (1) Obtained all necessary preconstruction approval before August 7, 1980; (2) Commenced construction within 18 months from August 7, 1980; and (3) Did not discontinue construction for a period of (18) eighteen months or more and completed construction within a reasonable time or 335-3-14-55 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 (b) The facility or modification would be a major stationary facility or major modification only if fugitive emissions, to the extent quantifiable, are considered in calculating the potential to emit of the stationary facility or modification and the facility; does not belong to any of the following categories: 1. Coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers); 2. Kraft pulp mills; 3. Portland cement plants; 4. Primary zinc smelters; 5. hon and steel mills; 6. Primary aluminum ore reduction plants; 7. Primary copper smelters; 8. Municipal incinerators capable of charging more than 250 tons of refuse per day; 9. Hydrofluoric, sulfuric or nitric acid plants; 10. Petroleum refineries; 11. Lime plants; 12. Phosphate rock processing plants; 13. Coke oven batteries; 14. Sulfur recovery plants; 15. Carbon black plants (fi mace process) 16. Primary lead smelters; 17. Fuel conversion plants: 18. Sintering plants; 19. Secondary metal production plants; 20. Chemical process plants; 21. Fossil-fuel boilers (or combination thereof) totaling more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input 22. Petroleum storage and transfer units with a total storage capacity exceeding 300,000 barrels; 335-3-14-56 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 23. Taconite ore processing plants; 24. Glass fiber processing plants; 25. Charcoal production plants; 26. Any other stationary category which, as of August 7, 1980 is being regulated under Sections 111 or 112 of the Clean Air Act; (13) Public Participation. (a) After receipt of an application to construct or any addition to such application, the Director shall advise the applicant of any deficiency in the application or in the information submitted. In the event of such a deficiency, the date of receipt of the application shall_be, for the purpose of this Rule the date on which the Director received all required information. (b) Within one (1) year after receipt of a complete application, the Director shall make a final determination of the application. This involves performing the following actions in a timely manner 1. Make a preliminary determination whether construction should be approved, approved with conditions or disapproved. 2. Make available in at least one location in each region in which the proposed facility or modification would be constructed a copy of all materials the applicant submitted, a copy of the preliminary detennination and a copy or summary of other materials, if any, considered in making the preliminary determination. 3. Notify the public, by advertisement in a newspaper of general circulation in each region in which the proposed facility or modification would be constructed, of the application, the preliminary determination, and the opportunity for written public comment, as well as comment at a public hearing. 4. Send a copy of the notice of public comment to the applicant, to EPA and to officials and agencies having cognizance over the location where the proposed construction would occur as follows: any other state or local air pollution control agencies, the chief executives of the city and county where the source or modification would be located, any comprehensive regional land use planning agency and any State, Federal Land Manager, or Indian Governing Body whose lands may be affected by emissions from the facility or modification. 5. Provide opportunity for a public hearing for interested persons to appear and submit written or oral comments on the air quality impact of the facility or modification, the control technology required, and other appropriate considerations. 6. Consider all written comments submitted within a time specified in the notice of public comment and all comments received at any public hearing(s) in making a final decision on the approvabiity of the application. No later than ten (10) days after the close of the public comment period, the applicant may submit a written response to 335-3-14-57 ------- Printed: July 3, 1995 any comments submitted by the public. The Director shall consider the applicant’s response in making a final decision. The Director shall make all comments available for public inspection in the same locations where the Director made available preconstruction information relating to the proposed facility or modification. 7. Make a final determination whether construction should be approved, approved with conditions or disapproved pursuant to this Section. 8. Notify the applicant in writing of the final determination and make such notification available for public inspection at the same location where the Director made available preconsiruction information and public comments relating to the facility or modification. Author: James W. Cooper and John E. Daniel Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, 11 22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: April 3, 1979; February 13, 1980; March 24, 1981; March 23, 1982; February 13, 1985; November 13, 1985; September 18, 1986; June 9, 1987; May 4, 1988; September 21, 1989; November 1, 1990; October 30, 1992, December 28, 1993. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19. 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg 1st Revision DEC 20, 1993 OCT 20, 1994 59 FR 52916 335-3-14-58 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Air Division Chapter 335-3-15 Synthetic Minor Operating Permits Table of Contents 335-3-15-.01 Definitions 335-3-15-.02 General Provisions 335-3-15-.03 Applicability 335-3-15-.04 Permit Requirements 335-3-1 5..05 Public Participation 335-3-15-.O1 Defialtions . For the purposes of this Chapter only, the following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the content, shall have the following meanings. (a) “Act” shall mean the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq. (b) “Air Permit” shall mean any permit issued pursuant to the regulations in ADEM Admin. Code It 335-3-14. (c) “Department” shall mean the Alabama Department of Environmental Management. (d) “Operating Permit” shall mean any permit issued pursuant to the regulations in ADEM Admin. Code- R. 335-3-16. (e) “Potential Major Source” shall mean any major source as defined in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3- 16-.01 whose actual emissions are less than the major source thresholds. (f) “Stationary Source” shall mean any building, structure, facility, or installation that emits or may emit any regulated air pollutant as defined in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-16-.01 or any pollutant listed in Appendix G of this Administrative Code. (g) “Synthetic Minor Operating Permit” shall mean a permit which restricts a source’s potential to emit so that it is a Synthetic Minor Source. (h) “Synthetic Minor Source” shall mean a source whose potential to emit is restricted to less than a major source thresholds defined in ADEM AdITlin. Code R. 335-3-16-.O1. 335-3-15-1 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 Author: Richard E. Grusnick Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, §* 22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective Date: December 28, 1993. TillS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg DEC 20, 1993 OCT 20, 1994 59 FR 52916 335-3-15-2 r ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 335-3-15-.O2 General Provisions (1) Any Potential Major Source operating without an Air Permit, an Operating Permit or a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit may continue to operate (or may restart) only ii’ its owner or operator obtains a Synthetic minor Operating Permit or an Operating Permit prior to a date to be set by the Director (or prior to restarting). (2) Display of Synthetic Minor Operating Permit. A person who has been granted a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit for any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance shall keep such permit under file or on display at all times at the site where the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance is located and will make such a permit readily available for inspection by any and all persons who may request to see it. (3) The Director shall have the authority to decide cases where an article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance is not clearly subject to nor exempt from the application of this Rule. In addition, the Director may rule that a particular article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance is subject to the application of this Rule even though it is exempt from the system according to Paragraph 335-3-15- .03(1) and Paragraph 335-3-15-.02(7) of this Rule. The operator or builder of such an article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance may appeal the Director’s classification to the Commission, which shall overrule the Director only if it is shown that he acted arbitrarily and contrary to the purposes of the Act. (4) The Department may issue a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit subject to conditions which will bring the operation of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance within the standards of Subparagraph 335-3-15-.02(8)(a) of this.Rule in which case the conditions shall be specified in writing. Commencing construction or operation under such a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit shall be deemed acceptance of all the conditions specified. The Department shall issue a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit with revised conditions upon receipt of a new application, if the applicant demonstrates that the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance can operate within the standards of Subparagraph 335-3-15-.02(8)(a) of this Rule under the revised conditions. (5) Provision of Sampling and Testing Facilities. A person operating or using any article, machine, equipment or other contrivance for which these rules and regulations require a permit shall provide and maintain such sampling and testing facilities as specified in the Synthetic Minor Operating Permit. (6) Transfer. A Synthetic Minor Operating Permit shall not be transferable whether by operation of law or otherwise, either from one location to another, from one piece of equipment to another, or from one person to another. (7) Delegation of Synthetic Minor Operating Permit requirements to Local Air Pollution Control Programs. (a) Local air pollution control programs may receive delegation of authority from the Director to administer the requirements of Chapter 335-3-15 within their jurisdiction provided the local air pollution control program: 1. Adopts regulations which will insure that applicants are required to satis1 the same requirements contained in the Department’s regulations; and 335-3-15-3 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 2. Adopts regulations which will require that the Department be provided with an opportunity to review the permit application, the analysis of the permit, and proposed permit conditions at least 10 days prior to issuance of a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit. (b) If the Director of the Department determines that local program procedures for implementing all the portions of Chapter 335-3-15 are inadequate, or are not being effectively carried out, any authority delegated to the local programs to administer Chapter 335-3-15 may be revoked in whole or in part. Any such revocation shall be effective as of the date specified in a Notice of Revocation to the local air pollution control program. (c) The Department reserves the authority contained in Subparagraph 335-3-15-.02(8)(h), to revoke any Synthetic Minor Operating Permit issued pursuant to this Chapter. (d) Any Synthetic Minor Operating Permit issued by a local air pollution control program, including all conditions contained therein, is enforceable by the Department. (8) General Standards for Granting Synthetic Minor Operating Permits. (a) The Department shall deny a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit if the applicant does not show that every article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance, the use of which may cause the issuance of air contaminants, is so designed, controlled, or equipped with such air pollution control equipment, that it may be expected to operate without emitting or without causing to be emitted air contaminants in violation of this Administrative Code. Issuance of a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit shall not relieve the permittee from complying with any other applicable requirements not contained in this Administrative Code. (b) The Department shall deny a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit if the applicant does not present, in writing, a plan whereby the emission of air contaminants by every article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in the permit application, will be reduced during periods of an Air Pollution Alert, Air Pollution Warning, and Air Pollution Emergency in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 335-3-2, where such a plan is required. (c) Before A Synthetic Minor Operating Permit is granted, the Director may require the applicant to provide and maintain such facilities as are necessaly for sampling and testing purposes in order to secure information that will disclose the nature, extent, quantity or degree of air contaminants discharged into the atmosphere from the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in the Synthetic Minor Operating Permit. In the event of such a requirement, the Department shall noti1 r the applicant in writing of the required size, number, and location of the sampling platform; the access to the sampling platform; and the utilities for operating and sampling and testing equipment. The Department may also require the applicant to install, use, and maintain such monitoring equipment or methods; sample such emissions in accordance with such methods, at such locations, intervals, and procedures as may be specified; and provide such information as the Department may require. (d) Before acting on an application for a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit, the Department may require the applicant to furnish further information or further plans or specifications. 335-3-15-4 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 II (e) If the Department finds that the article, machine, or other contrivance has been constructed not in accordance with the Synthetic Minor Operating Permit application, and if the changes noted are of a substantial nature in that the amount of air contaminants emitted by the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance may be increased, or in that the effect is unknown, then it shall revoke the Synthetic Minor Operating Permit. The Department shall not accept any further application for a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit until the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance has been reconstructed in accordance with said Synthetic Minor Operating Permit or until the applicant has proven to the satisfaction of the Department that the change will not cause an increase in the emission of air contaminants. (t) The Department shall deny a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit where it determines that the construction and operation of such Stationary Source will interfere with attaining or maintaining any primary or secondary standard established by Subparagraph 335-3-1-.04(I). A new Stationary Source or modification will be considered to interfere with attaining or maintaining a standard when such Stationary Source or modification would, at a minimum, exceed the following significance levels at any locality that does not or would not meet the National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards, as defmed in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-1.03: POLLUTANT AVERAGING TIME Annual 24 hours 8 hours 3 hours 1 hour 1.0 pg/rn 3 5 pg/rn 3 25 pgfm 3 M 10 1.0 pg/rn 3 5 pg/rn 3 NO 2 1.0 pg/rn 3 CO 0.5 mg/rn 3 2 mg/rn 3 (g) A determination may be made by the Director to deny a permit application if the applicant operates other permitted facilities or Stationary Sources within the state which are in substantial noncompliance as determined by the Director, until such noncompliance is corrected or if the Director determines that a permit that results in compliance with applicable air pollution control standards could not be issued, or if issued, could not be complied with. (h) Revocation of Synthetic Minor Operating Permits. Any Synthetic Minor Operating Permit granted by the Department may be revoked for any of the following causes: 1. failure to comply with any conditions of the permit; 2. failure to establish and maintain such records, make such reports, install, use and maintain such monitoring equipment or methods; and sample such emissions in accordance with such methods at such locations, intervals and procedures as the Department may prescribe in accordance with Subparagraph 335-3-1-.04(2); 335-3-15-5 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 3. failure to comply with any provisions of any Departmental administrative order issued concerning the permitted Stationary Source or facility. 4. failure to allow employees of the Department upon proper identification to: (I) enter any premises, at reasonable times, where any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Subparagraph 335-3-15-.03(l) is located or in which any records are required to be kept under provisions of the permit and/or this Administrative Code; (ii) have access to and copy any records required to be kept under provisions of the permit and/or this Administrative Code; (iii) inspect any monitoring equipment or practices being maintained pursuant to the permit and/or rules and regulations; and (iv) have access to and sample any discharge of air contaminants resulting directly or indirectly from the operation of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Subparagraph 335-3-15-.03(l). 5. failure to comply with the Department’s Administrative Codes. 6. for any other cause, after a hearing which establishes, in the judgment of the Department, that continuance of the permit is not consistent with the purpose of this Act or regulations adopted pursuant thereto. (9) Stack Heights. (a) Definitions. For purposes of this Subparagraph, the following terms will have the meanings ascribed in this Paragraph. 1. “Emission limitation and “emission standard” mean a requirement, established by ADEM or the EPA Administrator, which limits the quantity, rate, or concentration of emissions of air pollutants on a continuous basis, including any requirements which limit the level of opacity, prescribe equipment, set fuel specifications, or prescribe operation or maintenance procedures for a source to assure continuous emission reduction. 2. “Stack” means any point in a source designed to emit solids, liquids, or gases into the air, including a pipe or duct pollutant; but not including flares. 3. “A stack in existence” means that the owner or operator had (1) begun, or caused to begin, a continuous program of physical on-site construction of the stack or (2) entered into binding agreements or contractual obligations, which could not be canceled or modified without substantial loss to the owner or operator to undertake a program of construction of the stack to be completed in a reasonable time. 335-3-15-6 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 4. “Dispersion technique” means any technique which attempts to affect the concentration of a pollutant in the ambient air by: (i) Using that portion of a stack which exceeds good engineering practice stack height; (ii) Varying the rate of emission of a pollutant according to atmospheric conditions or ambient concentrations of that pollutant; or (iii) Increasing final exhaust gas plume rise by manipulating source-process parameters, exhaust gas parameters, stack parameters, or combining exhaust gases from several existing stacks into one stack; or other selective handling of exhaust gas streams so as to increase the exhaust gas plume rise. (iv) The preceding sentence does not include: (1) The reheating of a gas stream, following use of a pollution control system, for the purpose of returning the gas to the temperature at which it was originally discharged from the facility generating the gas stream; (II) The merging of exhaust streams where: A. The source owner or operator demonstrates that the facility was originally designed and constructed with such merged gas streams; B. After July 8, 1985, such merging is part of a change in operation at the facility that includes the installation of pollution controls and is accompanied by a net reduction in the allowable emissions of a pollutant. This exclusion from the definition of “dispersion techniques” shall apply only to the emission limitation for the pollutant affected by such change in operation; or C. Before July 8, 1985, such merging was part of a change in operation at the facility that included the installation of emissions control equipment or was carried out for sound economic or engineering reasons. Where there was an increase in the emission limitation or, in the event that no emission limitation was in existence prior to the merging, an increase in the quantity of pollutants actually emitted prior to the merging, the Director shall presume that merging was 335-3-15-7 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 significantly motivated by an intent to gain emissions credit for greater dispersion. Absent a demonstration by the source owner or operator that merging was not significantly motivated by such intent, the Director shall deny credit for the effects of such merging in calculating the allowable emissions for the source; (ifi) Smoke management in agricultural or silvicultural prescribed burning programs; ( IV) Episodic restrictions on residential wood burning and open burning; or (V) Techniques under Subparagraph 335-3-15.02(9)(a)4.(iii) which increase final exhaust gas plume rise where the resulting allowable emissions of sulfur dioxide from the facility do not exceed 5,000 tons per year. 5. “Good engineering practice” (GEP) stack height means the greater of: (i) 65 meters, measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack: (ii) (I) For stacks in existence on January 12, 1979, and for which the owner or operator had obtained all applicable permits or approvals required under 40 CFR 51 and 52, provided the owner or operator produces evidence that this equation was actually relied on in establishing an emission limitation; Hg = 2. SH. (II) For all other stacks, Hg = H + 1.5 L, where: Hg = good engineering practice stack height measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack, H = height of nearby structure (a) measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack, L = lesser dimension, height or projected width of nearby structures), provided that the Director may require the use of a field study or fluid model to verify GEP stack height for the source; or 335-3-15-8 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 (iii) The height demonstrated by a fluid model or a field study approved by the Director, which ensures that the emissions from a stack do not result in excessive concentrations of any air pollutant as a result of atmospheric downwash, wakes, or eddy effects created by the source itself, nearby structures, or nearby terrain features. 6. “Nearby” as used in Subparagraph 335-3-15.02(9)(a)5. of this Paragraph is defined for a specific structure or terrain feature and (i) for purposes of applying the formulas provided in Subparagraph 335-3 -15- .02(9)(a)5.(ii) means that distance up to five times the lesser of the height or the width dimension of a structure, but not greater than 0.8 km (1/2 mile), and (ii) for conducting demonstrations under Subparagraph 335-3-15-.02(9)(a)5.(iii) means not greater than 0.8 km (1/2 mile), except that the portion of a terrain feature may be considered to be nearby which falls within a distance of up to 10 times the maximum height (ht) of the feature, not to exceed 2 miles if such feature achieves a height (ht) 0.8 kin from the stack that is at least-40 percent of the GEP stack height determined by the formula provided in Subparagraph 3353-15-.02(9)(a)5.(ii)(fl) or 26 meters, whichever is greater, as measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack. The height of the structure or terrain feature is measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack. 7. “Excessive concentration” is defined for the purpose of determining GEP stack height under Subparagraph 335-3-15.02(9)(a)(5)(iii) and means: (1) for sources seeking credit for stack height exceeding that established under Subparagraph 335-3-15.02(9)(a)5.(ii), a maximum ground-level concentration due to emissions from a stack due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, and eddy effects produced by nearby structures or nearby terrain features which individually is at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, or eddy effects and which contributes to a total concentration due to emissions from all sources that is greater than a NAAQS. For sources subject to the PSD program (Rule 335-3-14-.04), an excessive concentration alternatively means a maximum ground-level concentration due to emissions from a stack due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, or eddy effects produced by nearby structures or nearby terrain features which individually is at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, or eddy effects and greater than a prevention of significant deterioration increment. The allowable emissions rate to be used in making demonstrations under this Rule shall be prescribed by the new source performance standard that is applicable to the source category unless the owner or operator demonstrates that this emission rate is infeasible. Where such demonstrations are approved by the Director, an alternative emission rate shall be established in consultation with the source owner or operator; 335-3-15-9 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 (ii) for sources seeking credit after October 11, 1983, for increases in existing stack heights up to the heights established under Subparagraph 335-3-15- .02(9)(a)5.(ii), either: (1) a maximum ground-level concentration due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, or eddy effects as provided in Subparagraph 335- 3-15-.02(9)(a)7.(i), except that the emission rate specified elsewhere in these regulations (or, in the absence of such a limit, the actual emission rate) shall be used, or (LI) the actual presence of a local nuisance caused by the existing stack, as determined by the Director; and (iii) for sources seeking credit after Januaiy 12, 1979, for a stack height determined under Subparagraph 335-3-15.02(9)(a)5.(ii) where the Director requires that use of a field study or fluid model to veri1 i GEP stack height, for sources seeking stack height credit after November 9, 1984, based on the aerodynamic influence of cooling towers, and for sources seeking stack height credit after December 31, 1970, based on the aerodynamic influence of structures not adequately represented by the equations in Subparagraph 335-3- 15-.02(9)(a)5.(ii), a maximum ground-level concentration due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, or eddy effects that is at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, or eddy effects. (b) Before acting on any Synthetic Minor Operating Permit, the Director shall require that the degree of emission limitation required of any source for control of any air pollutants shall not be affected by so much of any source’s stack height that exceeds GEP or by any other dispersion technique, except as provided in Paragraph 335-3-15-.02(9)(c). (c) The provisions of Paragraph 335-3-15-.02(9)(b) shall not apply to stack heights in existence, or dispersion techniques implemented, prior to December 31, 1970, except where pollutants are being emitted from such stacks or using such dispersion techniques by sources, as defined in Section 11 1(a)(3) of the Clean Air Act, which were constructed, or reconstructed or for which major modifications, as defined pursuant to Subparagraphs 335-3-14-.05(2)(d) and 335-3-14- .04(2)(b)l., were carried out after December 31, 1970. (d) If any existing source, after appropriate application of the preceding limitations and provisions, is found to exceed or potentially exceed a NAAQS or PSD increment, when operating within previously established emission limitations, the emissions limitations applicable to that source shall be modified so as to eliminate and prevent the exceedance. (e) If any new source or source modification, after appropriate application of the preceding limitations and provisions, is predicted to exceed a NAAQS or PSD increment when evaluated under emission limitations consistent with other applicable rules and regulations, the emission limitations considered shall be deemed inadequate and different emission limits, based on air quality considerations, shall be made applicable. 335-3-15-10 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 (f) If any source provides a field study or fluid modeling demonstration proposing a GEP stack height greater than that allowed by Subparagraphs 335-3-15-.02(9)(a)5.(i) and 335-3-15- .02(9)(a)5.(ii), then the public will be notified of the availability of the study and provided the opportunity for a public hearing before any new or revised emission limitation or permit is approved. (g) The actual stack height used or proposed by a source shall not be restricted in any manner by requirements of this Section. Author: Richard E. Grusnick Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, § 22-22A-4, 22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective Date: December 28, 1993. THiS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg DEC 20, 1993 OCT 20, 1994 59 FR 52916 335-3-15-11 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 335-3-15-.03 ApDlicability The provisions of this Chapter shall apply only to Potential Major Sources, except for those Stationary Sources which are applying for, will apply for, or have obtained operating Permits. Author: Richard E. Grusnick Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, §* 22-22A-4, 2222A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective Date: December 28, 1993 335-3-15-12 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 335-3-1S-.04 Synthetic Minor Oneratin Permit Requirements (1) General Provisions. (a) The Synthetic Minor Operating Permit shall include specific conditions that restrict the facility’s potential to emit and are federally enforceable. (b) Any Stationary Source requesting a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit must undergo the public participation procedures prescribed in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-15- .05. (c) A Potential Major Source that does not obtain a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit shall apply for an Operating Permit. (d) The Department shall act, within a reasonable time, on an application for a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit and shall notify the applicant in writing of its approval, conditional approval, or denial. (e) In the event of a denial of a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit, the Department shall notify the applicant in writing of the reason therefor. Service of this notification may be made in person or by mail, and such service may be proved by the written acknowledgment of the persons served or affidavit of the person making the service. The Department shall not accept a further application unless the applicant has complied with the objections specified by the Department as its reasons for denial of Synthetic Minor Operating Permit. (f) The facility shall obtain a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit prior to beginning operation of the new or modified Stationary Source and shall notify the Department at least ten (10) days prior to beginning such operation. (g) The holder of a Sy thetic Minor Operating Permit shall comply with all conditions contained in such permit, as well as all applicable provisions of this Administrative Code. Such conditions shall be permanent, quantifiable and otherwise enforceable as a practical matter. Synthetic Minor Operating Permits which do not conform to the provision in this Chapter and the requirements of EPA’s underlying regulations may be deemed not “federally enforceable” by EPA. (2) Existing Potential Major Sources. (a) Any facility that would request a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit shall apply to the Department within one year after approval by EPA of the Operating Permit regulations in Chapter 16. (b) Any facility possessing an Operating Permit or whose potential emissions require it to obtain an Operating Permit may, at any time, accept federally enforceable permit restrictions which would allow it to obtain a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit. 335-3-15-13 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 (3) New Potential Major Sources. (a) Any new Potential Major Source which commences construction after November 15, 1995, may apply to the Department for a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit. This application shall be accurately completed and submitted to the Department prior to such construction. (b) A Synthetic Minor Operating Permit for a new Potential Major Source shall expire and the application shall be canceled two years from the date of issuance of the Synthetic Minor operating Permit if construction has not begun. (4) Modifications to Synthetic Minor Sources (a) Any Stationary Source subject to the regulations in this Chapter that is modified so that it becomes a major source as defined in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-16-.Ol(15) shall apply for an Operating Permit within twelve (12) months of beginning operation. (b) Any modification which would require a change to existing permit conditions that restrict the facility’s potential to emit or require new conditions that restrict the facility’s potential to emit, as required in Subparagraph 3353-15-.04(l)(a) of this Rule, must undergo the public participation procedures prescribed in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-15- .05. (5) Exceptions to Violations of Emission Limits. (a) The Director may, in the Synthetic Minor Operating Permit, exempt on a case by case basis any exceedances of emission limits or permit conditions which cannot reasonably be avoided, such as during periods of start-up and shut-down or load change. (b) The Director may exempt on a case by case basis exceedances of emission limits and permit conditions which cannot reasonably be avoided as a result of an “emergency” situation. 1. An “emergency” means any situation arising from sudden and reasonably unforeseeable events beyond the control of the facility, including acts of God. These are situations that require immediate corrective action (a) to restore normal operation, and that cause the facility to exceed a technology based emission limitation set by the permit, due to unavoidable increases in emissions attributable to the emergency. An emergency shall not include exceedances of the permit emission limitations caused by improperly designed equipment, lack of preventive maintenance, careless or improper operation, or operator error. 2. Exceedances of emissions limitations during emergencies at a fitcility may be exempted as being violations provided that: - (1) the permittee identifies the cause (s) of the emergency; (ii) the permitted facility was being properly operated until such a time as the emergency occurred; 335-3-15-14 ------- Printed: July 6, 1995 (iii) during the period of which the emergency occurred, the permittee took all reasonable steps to minimize levels of emissions that exceeded the standards, or other requirements of the permit; and (iv) the permittee submitted notice of the emergency to the Department within two (2) working days of the time when the emissions limitations were exceeded as a result of the emergency. Such notice shall include those deviations attributable to upset conditions as defined in the permit, the probable cause of said deviations, and any corrective actions or preventive measures that were taken. Within 5 working days of the emergency, a written documentation of what was reported in the notice of the emergency shall be submitted to the Department. 3. The Director shall be-the sole determiner of whether an emergency has occurred. 4. This provision is in addition to any emergency or upset provision contained in any applicable requirement of the permit or the regulations. Author: Richard E. Grusnick Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, § 22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8. History: Effective Date: December 28, 1993. THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990. Date Submitted Date Approved Federal to EPA by EPA Register Original Reg DEC 20, 1993 OCT 20, 1994 59 FR 52916 335-3-15-15 ------- APPENDIX A CLASS I COUNTIES January 18, 1972 Justification % Urban Ambient Urban Secondary National County Population Ambient Air Quality Population Air Ex ceeded 50% Standard Is Exceeded (I) Quality (2) Autauga x 53.6 * Calhoun x x 64.1 94 Coffee x 58.0 * Colbert x x 58.1 130 Covington x 56.6 46 Cuilman x 87 Dale x 62.3 * Etowah x x 72.1 142 Houston x x 64.9 76 Jackson x 127 Jefferson x x 68.4 170 Lauderdale x x 50.0 114 Lee x 68.2 * Madison x x 78.6 60 Mobile x x 82.1 110 Montgomery x x 82.8 124 Morgan x x 58.7 74 Pike x x 56.7 70 Russell x x 55.7 70 St. Clair x 74 Shelby x 82 Talladega x x 53.2 115 Tuscaloosa x x 74.0 94 Walker x 103 (1) % Urban Population As Defined By The U. S. Department of Commerce Census Bureau for 1970. (2) Air Quality Measured As Micrograms of Suspended Particulates Per Cubic Meter of Ambient Air (ug/m 3 ) in 1971. (National Ambient Air Quality Secondary Standard for particulate is 60 ug/m 3 annual geometric mean) * NoData THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MARCH 19, 1990 Date Submitted Date Approved Federal ------- to EPA by EPA Register ÷Original Reg JAN 25, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842 1st Revision OCT 31, 1989 MAR 19, 1990 55 FR 10062 ------- APPENDIX B Sulfur Dioxide Priority Classifications of Counties May 29, 1973 Category I Counties 1.8 lbs. SO 2 per 106 BTU Jackson Jefferson Mobile Category II Counties 4.0 Lbs. SO 2 per 106 BTU Autauga H ale Baldwin’ Henry Barbour Houston Bibb Lamar Blount Lauderdale’ Bullock Lawrence’ Butler Lee CaThoun Limestone’ Chambers Lowndes Cherokee Macon Chilton Madison’ Choctaw Marengo Clarke Marion Clay Marshall’ Cleburne Monroe Coffee Morgan’ Colbert ’ Montgomery Conecuh Perry Coosa Pickens Covington Pike Crenshaw Randolph Cuilman ’ Russell Dale St 1 C Iair Dallas Shelby DeKalb ’ S jmter Talladega Elmore Tallapoosa Escambia ’ Tuscaloosa Etowah Walker Fayette Washington Franklin’ Wilcox Geneva Winston Greene ‘Reclassified from Category I, September 30, 1975 B-i ------- APPENDIX C ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY REGULATIONS REFERENCE DOCUMENTS CROSS REFERENCED TO AD M RULES AND REGULATIONS NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS The complete text of all finalized EPA regulations incorporated into these regulations is located in the documents listed below. Amendments, revisions, or clarifications of EPA regulations which have been codified in the CFR, as well as of finalized regulations which have not yet been codified, are not included in this listing and interested parties are advised to consult the Federal Register for such amendments or revisions. ADEM 40 CFR Chapter 335-3-3-10 Part 60 335-3-10-.02(1) Subpart D Subpart D 335-3-10-.02(1)(a)Subpart Da Subpart Da 335.3-10-.02(1)(b)Subpart Db Subpart Db 335-3-l0-.02(3) Subpart E Subpart E 335-3-10-.02(4) Subpart F Subpart F 335-3-10-.02(5) Subpart G Subpart G 335-3-I0-.02(6) Subpart H Subpart H 335-3-10-.02(7) Subpart I Subpart I 335-3-10-.02(8) Subpart J Subpart F 335-3-10-.02(9) Subpart K Subpart K 335-3-10-.02(9)(a)Subpart Ka Subpart Ka 335-3-10-.02(9)(b)Subpart Kb Subpart Kb 335-3-10-.02(12) Subpart L Subpart L 335-3-10-.02(13) Subpart M Subpart M 335-3-10-.02(14) Subpart N Subpart N 335-3-10-.02(14)a Subpart Na Subpart Na 335-3-10-.02(15) Subpart 0 Subpart 0 335-3-10-.02(16) Subpart P Subpart P 335-3-10-.02(17) Subpart Q Subpart Q 335-3-10-.02(18) SubpartR SubpartR 335-3-10-.02(19) Subpart S Subpart S 335-3-1O-.02(20) Subpart T Subpart T 335-3-10-.02(21) Subpart U Subpart U 335-3-10-.02(22) Subpart V Subpart V 335-3-10-.02(23) Subpart W Subpart W 335-3-10-.02(24) Subpart X Subpart X 335-3-10-.02(25) Subpart Y Subpart Y 335-3-I0-.02(26) Subpart Z Subpart Z C-i ------- ADEM 40 CFR 335-3-10 Part 60 335-3-10-.02(27) Subpart AA Subpart AA 335-3-10-.02(27)a Subpart AAa Subpart AAa 335-3-10-.02(28) Subpart BB Subpart BB 335-3-i0-.02(29) Subpart CC Subpart CC 335-3-1O-.02(30) Subpart DD Subpart DD 335-3-10-.02(31) Subpart ER Subpart RE 335-3-10-.02(32) Subpart FF Subpart FF 335-3-10-.02(33) Subpart GO Subpart GG 335-3-10-.02(34) Subpart HI! Subpart FIR 335-3-10-.02(35) Subpart II Subpart II 335-3-10-.02(36) Subpart ii Subpart JJ 335-3-10-.02(37) Subpart KK Subpart KK 335-3-10-.02(38) Subpart LL Subpart LL 335-3-10-.02(39) Subpart MM Subpart MM 335-3-10-.02(40) Subpart NN Subpart NN 335-3-10-.02(41) Subpart 00 Subpart 00 335-3-10-.02(42) Subpart PP Subpart PP 335-3-10-.02(43) Subpart QQ Subpart QQ 335.3-10-.02(44) SubpartRR SubpartRR 335-3-i0-.02(45) Subpart SS Subpart SS 335-3-10-.02(46) Subpart TI’ Subpart ‘fT 335-3-10-.02(47) Subpart UU Subpart UU 335-3-10-.02(48) Subpart VV Subpart VV 335-3-10-.02(49) Subpart WW Subpart WW 335-3-10-.02(50) Subpart XX Subpart XX 335-3-10-.02(51) Subpart YY Subpart YY 335-3-10-.02(52) SubpartZZ SubpartZZ 335-3-10-.02(53) Subpart AAA Subpart AAA 335-3-10-.02(54) Subpart BBB Subpart BBB 335-3-10-.02(55) Subpart CCC Subpart CCC 335-3-10-.02(56) Subpart DDD Subpart DDD 335-3-10-.02(57) Subpart EEE Subpart EEE 335-3-10-.02(58) Subpart FFF Subpart FFF 335-3-10-.02(59) Subpart GGG. Subpart GGG 335-3-10-.02(60) Subpart HHH Subpart HHH 335-3-10-.02(61) Subpart III Subpart III 335-3-10-.02(62) Subpart JJJ Subpart JJJ 335-3-10-.02(63) Subpart KKK Subpart KICK 335-3-10-02(64) Subpart LLL Subpart LLL 335-3-10-.02(65) Subpart MMM Subpart MMM 335-3-10-.02(66) Subpart NNN Subpart NNN 335-3-10-.02(67) Subpart 000 Subpart 000 335-3-10-.02(68) Subpart PPP Subpart PPP 335-3-10-.02(69) Subpart QQQ Subpart QQQ 335-3-10-.02(70) Subpart RRR Subpart RRR 335-3-10-.02(71) Subpart SSS Subpart SSS 335-3-10-.02(72) Subpart TFT Subpart 1’TT 335-3-10-.02(73) Subpart UUU Subpart UIJU 335-3-i0-.02(74) Subpart VVV Subpart VVV C-i ------- ADEM I 40 CFR 335-3-10 Part 60 335-3-10-.03(1) Appendix A Appendix A 335-3-10-.03(2) Appendix B Appendix B 335-3-10-.03(3) Appendix F Appendix F — ADEM 40 CFR 335-3-11 Part 60 335-3-11-.02(1) Subpart B I Subpart B 335-3-11-.02(2) Subpart C Subpart C 335-3-11-.02(3) Subpart D Subpart D 335.3-11-.02(4) SubpartE SubpartE 335..3-11-.02(5) Subpart F Subpart F 335-3-11-.02(9) Subpart J Subpart J 335-3-1 1-.02(12) Subpart M Subpart M 335-3-11-.02(13) Subpart N Subpart N 335-3-11-.02(14) Subpart 0 Subpart 0 335-3-1 1-.02(15) Subpart P Subpart P 335-3-11-.02(21) Subpart V Subpart V 335-3-11-.02(22) Subpart W Subpart W 335-3-11-.02(23) Reserved 335-3-1I-.02(24) Subpart Y Subpart Y 335-3-11-.02(25) Reserved 335-3-11-.02(26) Reserved 335-3-11-.02(27) Subpart BB Subpart BB 335-3-1 1-.02(28) Reserved 335-3-1 1-.02(29) Reserved 335.3-11-.02(30) Reserved 335-3-11-.02(31) Subpart PP Subpart PP 335-3-1 1-.02(1) Appendix B Appendix B C-2 ------- APPENDIX D NONATFAINMENT AREAS Mio (Sub-County Designations) None Ozone (Marginal ) (County-Wide Designations) Jefferson County Shelby County I D- 1 ------- APPENDIX E AUAINMENT AREAS - OZONE Autauga County 1 ederal Register , Vol. 47, No. 169, August 31, 1982) Bibb County ( Federal Register , Vol. 47, No. 169, August 31, 1982) Conecuh County ( Federal Register , Vol. 47, No. 169, August 31, 1982) DeKaIb County ( Federal Register , Vol. 47, No. 103, May 27, 1982) Elinore County ( Federal Register , Vol. 47, No. 169, August 31, 1982) Esambia County ( Federal Register , Vol. 47, No. 169, August 31, 1982) Fayette County ( Federal Register . Vol. 46, No. 209, October 29, 1981) Jackson County ( Federal Register , Vol. ‘ 7, No. 103, May 27, 1982) Lamar County ( Federal Register , Vol. 46, No. 209, October 29, 1981) Limestone County ( Federal Register , Vol. 46, No. 184, September 23, 1982) Lowndes County ( Federal Register , Vol. 47, No. 169, August 31, 1982) Madison County ( Federal Register , Vol. 46, No. 184, September 23, 1981) Marion County ( Federal Register . Vol. 46, No. 209, October 29, 1981) Marshall County ( Federal Register , Vol. 46, No. 184, September 23, 1981) Montgomery County ( Federal Register , Vol. 47, No. 169, August 31, 1982) Monroe County ( Federal Register , Vol. 47, No. 169, August 31, 1982) Morgan County ( Federal Register , Vol. 46, No. 184, September 23, 1981) Tuscaloosa County ( Federal Register , Vol. 47, No. 169, August 31, 1982) NOTE : Ozone nonauainment areas listed in Appendix D. All counties in the State not included in Appendices D and E are designated as Unclassified. E-1 ------- Appendix 11.1 Small Business Assistance Program Section 507 of the Clean Air Ac Amendments of 1990 requires the State to submit a revision to its SIP by November 15, 1992 to establish a small business stationary source technical and environmental assistance program. The program should be operational when the Title V operating permit program becomes effective (November 15, 1994). Funds for the activities of this Program may be provided from any of the Air Division’s funding sources. There are three major componei ts to this program. One is the establishment of a group to provide technical and environmental assistance to small stationary sources of air pollution. Another is a designated office in the Department of Environmental Management to serve as Ombudsman. The other is a seven member compliance advisory panel. Technical and environmental assistance will be provided to any small business stationary source impacted by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 that meets the following qualifications contained in the Amendments: 1. operates in Alabama 2. owned or operated by a Persjn that employs 100 or fewer individuals; 3. meets definition of small business as defined by the Small Business Act; 4. is not a major stationary source as defined in Titles I and ifi of the 1990 Amendments to the Clean Air Act which means the potential to emit for the source is less than; a. 100 tons per year of any criteria air pollutant, b. 10 tons per year of any toxic pollutant, or c. 25 tons per year of ill toxic pollutants; 5. does not emit 50 tons or more of any regulated pollutant; AND 6. emits less than 75 tons of all regulated pollutants. Small businesses that may be impacted by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 include large dry cleaners, paint and body shops, print shops, furniture manufacturers and refinishing shops, and service stations. Small businesses who request information regarding pollution prevention, but do not meet these qualifications may be directed to the Alabama Waste Reduction and Technology Transfer (WRATT) Program for further assistance. An implementation schedule for this program is included on Page 11.1.7. TECHNICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASSISTANCE GROUP 1. ORGANIZATION a. The Chief of the Non-1ndust ial SectioWUnit in the Engineering Branch of the Air Division will be designated the coordinator of the Technical and Environmental Assistance Group by the Chief of the Air E-l ------- Division. b. The coordinator of the Technical and Environmental Assistance Group will coordinate and direct the activities of a group of at least six individuals. The group shall consist of the following: at least three individuals with experience in permitting; at least one individual with experience in source sampling; at least one individual with experience in dispersion modeling; and one individual with experience in public information. These individuals will be assigned to the group by the Chief of the Air Division on the recommendation of the coordinator of the Technical and Environmental Assistance Group. As necessary, the coordinator, with the approval of the Chief of the Air Division, may enlist additional Departmental personnel. 2. TYPE OF ASSISTANCE AVAILABLE a. Provide information concerning compliance methods and technologies for small business stationary sources to operators and ownerst of small business stationary sources through interaction and cooperation with the Alabama Development Office (ADO), the Alabama Department of Economic and Community Affairs (ADECA), Alabama Small Business Development Consortium, Safe-State, the WRATT program, trade associations, and other appropriate groups. b. Provide information to small business stationary sources concerning pollution prevention and/or accidental release detection and prevention programs. This shall include providing information about alternative technologies, process changes, products, and methods of operation that reduce air pollution. c. Provide answers to questions from the Ombudsman, and other agencies such as the ADO, ADECA, Alabama Small Business Development Consortium, Safe-State, the WRATF program, trade associations, and other appropriate groups, concerning air permit requirements and applicability in a timely and efficient manner. d. Provide public notice in the State’s four largest newspapers of applicable proposed or final rules, regulations, or standards issued under the Clean Air Act. e. Speak at forums and/or meetings concerning applicable proposed or final rules, regulations, or standards issued under the Clean Air Act. f. Serve as secretariat to the Ombudsman and Advisory Panel in the development and dissemination of reports, advisory opinions, and other information. g. Inform small businesses of tl e procedures for considering requests for a variance from a rule, work practice, standard, or compliance date. h. The Alabama Waste Reducti n and Technology Transfer (WRATT) Program will be included in the Assistance Group where multi-n edia pollution prevention opportunity information is requested. i. Establish public service announcements, seminars, and workshops. j. Make use of EPA services such as the Control Technology Center (CTC) and the Emission Measurement Technical Information Center (EMTIC). k. Provide compliance assistance to small business in identifying applicable requirements and procedures to obtain permits in a timely fashion. I. Establish responsive techniques, outreach techniques, and information packets. This will cover topics E-l ------- such as pollution prevention and accidental release prevention and detection, source rights and obligations under the Clean Air Act, and obtaining approval for modification of work practices, compliance methods or schedules of compliance. m. Perform on-site audits at the request of small business to evaluate work practices, compliance monitoring procedures, and reco d keeping procedures. Such audits may be performed by Department personnel or by the WRAU program at no cost to the small business. OMBUDSMAN 1. QUALIFICATIONS a. This individual shall be employed in a merit position of the Department of Environmental Management, shall be appointed as Ombudsman by the Director of the Department of Environmental Management, and shall report directly to the Director of the Department of Environmental Management His/Her duties will be expanded; to cover the oversight of the Small Business Technical and Environmental Assistance Group. b. This individual shall have experience in dealing with private and governmental entities, arbitration and negotiation, interpretation of laws and regulations, investigation, record keeping, report writing, public speaking, and management. 2. DUTIES a. Act as the primary liaison with other groups and organizations designed to assist small businesses such as ADO, ADECA, Safe State, Alabama Small Business Development Consortium, the WRATT program, and others. The primthy goal will be to establish an outreach program to assist small businesses in complying with n w requirements and establishing a communications network where small business can be advised of all the assistance which is available by contacting any of the organizations designed to assist small businesses. b. Conduct annual independent ‘evaluation of the Small Business Technical and Environmental Assistance Group. Report should be made to the Compliance Advisory Panel by the Ombudsman. c. Work with trade associations to bring about voluntary compliance with the rules and regulations. d. Refer small business to the appropriate individual in the Small Business Technical and Environmental Assistance Group as well as ADO, ADECA, Alabama Small Business Development Consortium, and the WRATF program. e. Aid in the investigation and resolution of complaints of small businesses concerning the Air Division. f. Operate a toll-free hotline to provide free, confidential help on specific source problems and grievances. g. Facilitate and promote the p rticipation of small businesses in the development of new regulations that impact small business. h. Communicate directly to the Governor’s Office, the Director of ADEM, the Chief of the Air Division, other state agencies, and other government officials. E-l ------- i. Request data from other state and federal agencies. j. Propose legislation or administrative action through ADEM or the Compliance Advisory Panel. k. Direct the activities of the Small Business Technical and Environmental Assistance Group. Individuals in this group will be available to the ombudsman as needed. The total work years allocated to the group is not specific. 1. Establish liaison with air agencies of neighboring states. COMPLIANCE ADVISORY PANEL 1. ORGANIZATION Under the Authority provided to the Department a Compliance Advisory Panel will be established as described below: a. The Governor appoints two (2) members who are not owners of small business stationary sources to represent the general public. b. The Director of the Department of Environmental Management selects one (1) member to represent the Department. c. The State Legislature selects four members who are owners of small business stationary sources. The majority and minority leadership of each house selects one (1) member. d. The length of each term is two years. However, members may be reappointed to serve consecutive terms. e. The Panel will select its own chair by majority vote at the beginning of each fiscal year. f. The chair may meet with the Ombudsman and the coordinator of the Small Business Technical and Environmental Assistance Group in planning the panels work for the year. 2. COMPENSATION a. Members will serve without compensation. b. Members may be fully reimbursed for travel and per them expenses. c. Funds of the Air Division may be used for the operation of the Panel. 3. DUTIES a. Give advisory opinions to EPA on the effectiveness of the Small Business Technical and Environmental Assistance Group. b. Prepare periodic reports to E A on the compliance status of the Small Business Technical and Environmental Assistance Group to adhere to provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, the E-1 ------- Regulatory Flexibility Act, and the Equal Access to Justice Act. c. Review information for smal’ business to make sure that the information is understandable by laymen. I d. Have Small Business Technical and Environmental Assistance Group serve as the secretariat for the development and dissemination of such reports and advisory opinions. E-1 ------- 11.2 Emissions Statements for Ozone Nonattainment Areas Section 182(a)(3)(B) of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 requires the State to submit a revision to its SIP by November 15, 1992 to develop an emissions statement program for ozone nonattainment areas. The firs annual statements are due by November 15, 1993, and will be based on emissions in 1992. The CAAA specify minimum reporting requirements for this program. The CAAA designated one area in the State of Alabama as nonattainment for the pollutant ozone. This was the birmingham area, and it was designaçed a “marginal” area. Through a series of rulemakings, this area was defined as the two county areas of Jefferson and Shelby Counties. The requirements of this emissions statement program apply to all facilities in Jefferson and Shelby County, Alabama. Emission statements are intended to assist slate and local agencies in the reporting and analysis of emission estimates. The emission estimates reported on emission statements will be useful in the annual lracldng of emission reductions. This tracking will help monitor the progress that areas make towards attainment of the ozone NAAQS. A. Legal Authority: This section of Chapter 11 of the SIP for the SIP for the State of Alabama was prepared in response to section 182(a)(3)(B) of the 1990 CAAA which requires the preparation and submission of annual emission statements. Required emission data includes plant, point, and segment information. The authority to require these emission statements is found in ADEM Administrative Code Division 335-3-l-.04, “Monitoring, Recoi 1 ds, and Reporting”. Under this rule, the Director has the authority to require sources to submit reports such as these required annual emission statements. B. Applicability: This requirement applies to all stationary sources with emissions of oxides of nitrogen (NOx) or volatile organic compounds (VOC) in Jefferson and Shelby Counties, with the following exception. Facilities with less than 25 tons per year of plant-wide actual VOC or NOx emissions are exempted from this requirement because these sources will be included in the base year and periodic emission inventori 9 s. Additionally, if either VOC or NOx is emitted at or above 25 tons per year plant wide, the other pollutant must be included even if it is emitted at levels less than 25 tons per year plant wide. C. Compliance Schedule: The pwner or operator of any facility meeting the applicability requirements stated in 11 .2.B must submit an emission statement to the State or appropriate local agency on an annual basis beginning no later than April 15, 1993, for the previous calendar year. The emission statement shall include, at a minimum, the data outlined in 1 1.2.D. D. Requirements: The emission statements submilled by the source to the state or appropriate local agency shall contain the following information: 1. Certificalion that the information contained in the statement is accurate to the best knowledge of the individual certifying the statement. The certification shall include the full name, title, signature, date of signature, and telephone number of the certifying individual. 2. Source Identification Information a. Full name physical location, and mailing address of the facility. b. Latitude and Longitude, or equivalent. E-1 ------- c. SIC Code, or equivalent. 3. Operating Information a. Percentage throughput by season. The firs season (Dec-Feb) will actually encompass a two calender year period. (e.g. December 1991 though February 1992). The remaining seasons (Mar-May, Jun-Aug. Sept-Nov) represent one calender year. b. Days per week on the normal operating schedule. c. Hours per day during the normal operating schedule. d. Hours per year during the n 9 rmal operating schedule. 4. Process Rate Date. a. Anual process rate (annual thoughput). b. Peak daily process rate during the June-August period. 5. Control Eqipment Information a. Identification of current prini aiy and secondary control equipment. b. Current control equipment eI ficiency (5). 6. Emissions Information a. Estimated actual VOC and/or NOx emissions at the process level. b. Identification of emissions estimation techniques. c. Calender year for the emissions. d. Emission factor (if emission were calculated using an emission factor). E-1 ------- APPENDIX F STATE IMPLEMENTATION PLAN FOR REDESIGNATION OF THE LEEDS AREA OF JEFFERSON COUNTY, ALABAMA FROM NONATFAINMENT TO ATFAINMENT FOR LEAD MAINTENANCE PLAN The purpose of this plan is to provide fo the maintenance of the NAAQS for lead in the Leeds area for at least 10 years from the anticipated date of redesignation. The pl in becomes effective upon redesignation to attainment by the EPA Administrator. In addition, the plan will be revised eight years after the original redesignation date to provide for maintenance of the NAAQS for an additional 10 years following the first 10 year period. The basic components of the maintenance plan are an emission inventory, a maintenance demonstration and New Source Review under Prevention of Significant Deterioration. a. Attainment Emission Inventory A base year inventory or lead emissions in the Leeds nonattainment area was prepared. The purpose of the inventoi4 is to identify the stationary point source of lead and to quantify the amount of lead emiued from each source. The data will serve as a benchmark to which future inventories will be compared. Appendix D provides the emission inventory for the Leeds area. As noted, the total emissions of lead from the one source is 2.63 tons per year. The source has lead emissions which are considerably less than the 5 tons per year which is the threshold level at which EPA classifie a lead source as a point source (Ref. 40 CFR 51.100(k)). The significance of individu l source having emissions of less than 5 tons-per-year is that they are not required to meet cejtain control strategy requirements (40 CFR 51.117) and genera NSR permitting criteria. However, as noted previously, the ADEM Administrative Code requires the modified existing souit s and new sources with the potential of emitting 0.6 TPY or more of lead shall be evaluated nder the auspices of the new source review program. Using 1990 data the pefcent reduction in lead emissions which resulted from the ILCO shutdown is 77.8 perce it. This is based on JLCO emissions of 9.195 tons per year and ACME Packaging emissions of! 2.63 tons per year. b. New Source Review (NSR) under Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD). The ADEM Administrative Code under the auspices of the 1990 CAAA, Part C, Prevention of Significant Deterioration of Air Quality, requires that new sources and modified existing sources with a potential of emitting 0.6 tons per year of lead obtain authorization for such construction of modifidition from the Director in the form of an Air Permit. Refer to Rule 335-3-14.04 (approved y EPA on December 10, 1981) entitled “Air Permits Authorizing Construction in Clean Air Areas.” As a basic component of the maintenance plan this regulation provides a n ethod of monitoring individual source emissions and also provides a permanent and enforceable means of regulating new and existing source growth in the Leeds area. Industrial growth in the area will not be restricted providing the the impact of additional lead emissions does no contribute to an exceedance of the ambient air quality standard for lead. C. Progress of Maintenanc Plan. E-1 ------- Progress of the maintenance plan will be tracked by reviewing at intervals of three years or less the factors used to develop the inventory. This will include as a minimum the review of permit files for emission changes at existing sources and for emissions from new sources. In addition, the emission calculations will be reviewed for appropriate methodology and accuracy of results. Monitoring of air quality for lead will continue in the Leeds area to verify attainment status and the verification of continued maintenance. At a minimum, the monitoring site that recorded the highest ambient levels of lead when the secondary lead smelter (ILCO) was operating will continue as an operational site for as long as there is evidence of lead emissions from the defunct ILCO facility. If future review of the monitoring site operation results in a recommendation for closure, EPA will be asked to concur with the recommendation. Air quality monitoring shall comply with the requirements of 40 CFR 58. d. All other components of the CAAA Section 175A maintenance plan are not applicable to the Leeds area as a result f shutdown and dismantling of the single point source responsible for the nonattainment classification and the absence of point sources in the area (i.e., sources with actual emissions of 5 tc ns per year or more). END E-1 ------- THESE FILES CONTAIN A REPRODUCTION OF THE REGULATIONS SUBM1T ED BY THE STATE AGENCY TO EPA. THESE REGULATIONS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY EPA, BUT EPA DOES NOT GUARANTEE EITHER THE COMPLETENESS OR ACCURACY OF THE DISKE1TE COPY OF THE REGULATIONS, OR THAT THE DISK!EITE CONTAINS THE MOST UP-TO-DATE VERSION OF THE REGULATIONS. I E-l ------- |